Home

Kinemetrics Rockhound User Manual

image

Contents

1. Limi ype Text Only no limits a ow Limit 0 0 Parameter 1 of 67 Digitizer Parameter Setup Digitizer Parameter Setup allows you to change StationID Allows you to select from the available SOH variables List Update Reads a list of available SOH variables from the digitizer so that you can choose what to display Up Moves the selected SOH data item up left on the SOH display Down Moves the selected SOH data item down right on the SOH display Delete Deletes the selected SOH item from the list of available items Title Sets the displayed title for the selected SOH item Enabled Enables or disables the selected SOH item Tool Tip Sets the displayed tool tip for the selected SOH item Type Sets the type of data of the selected SOH item so that you can set limits of good and bad values High Limit Sets the high limit of good values for the selected SOH item Low Limit Sets the low limit of good values for the selected SOH item Flag Alerts Sets flag bits that are of interest for a selected SOH item whose type is Flags Category STATUSDISPLAYGUI Publishes Output Subscribes to CHANNELDATASOURCE_Output 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 213 Status serving utilities Category STATUSSERVER Status Server modules provide a way to deliver status information to a remote status monitor The Status Server module may take the form of support for a customer specific status monitor or may b
2. Sensor serial number for the channel Name digitizer ch chan SensorSN Type int Range 0 to 99999 Default 0 Example digitizer ch chan SensorSN 0 Sensor natural frequency for the channel in Hz Name digitizer ch chan NaturalFreq Type double Range 0 to 9999 Default 200 Example digitizer ch chan NaturalFreq 200 Sensor damping for the channel between 0 and 1 Name digitizer ch chan Damping Type double Range 0 to 1 Default 0 7 Example digitizer ch chan Damping 0 7 Altitude value for the channel in degrees needed for EVT SAC and COSMOS files Name digitizer ch chan Altitude Type int Range 90 to 90 Default 0 Example digitizer ch chan Altitude 0 Azimuth value for the channel in degrees needed for EVT SAC SUDS and COSMOS files Name digitizer ch chan Azimuth Type int Range 0 to 360 Default 0 Example digitizer ch chan Azimuth 0 Channel offset north value for the channel in meters Name digitizer ch chan OffsetNorth Type double Range 32000 to 32000 Default 0 Example digitizer ch chan OffsetNorth 0 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 6 20 2011 Channel offset east value for the channel in meters Name digitizer ch chan OffsetEast Type double Range 32000 to 32000 Default 0 Example digitizer ch chan OffsetEast 0 Channel offset up value for the channel in meters Name digitizer ch chan OffsetUp Type
3. 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 25 Layout Wizard Page 26 The Layout Wizard makes it easy to create Rockhound layouts from predefined layout templates For example to create a simple continuous recorder layout select the number of channels being used select the data source such as an RS 232 interfaced Altus digitizer or an IP interfaced Q330 and then select the output format of how to store the data That s pretty much it Edit the parameters before transmitting the new layout to the unit to set change parameters from their default values or to specify some of the values that cannot be meaningfully defaulted For example you may need to set IP addresses baud rates sample rates or other parameters The Layout Wizard can also handle more complex configurations such as Rockhound configurations with multiple data sources multiple Q330s multiple Altus digitizers or some combination of dissimilar datasources Event recorders with one or more data sources that trigger filter the data trigger on it and then event record it in a specified format Combined Event recording and Continuous recording systems that both store data continuously and do event recording perhaps in different formats and on different drives Combined recording and telemetry systems that take data in from a data source do event or continuous recording and then forward the data through a selected telemetry link using a specific protocol One nice thin
4. 8 Hz 50 PEG eor S L H 100 aD Z0 HZ 200 x2 AAH 200 e a Category CHANNELTRGFILTER Publishes Output Subscribes to CHANNELEXTRACTOR_ Output and or CHANNELPREEXTRACTOR_ Output and or CHANNELOASISINTEGRATOR_Output Parameters added to module specific cfg file Filter settling time in samples Name SamplesToSettle Type int Range 0 to 300000 Default 3000 Example SamplesToSettle 3000 Page 156 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 LPSRO Filter Advanced This is an LPSRO trigger filter Rockhound module This is a Multi Stage IIR filter with the following characteristics Descr Simulation of long period SRO from LP Sample rate 1 sps Stage 1 cut 0 02 Butterworth high pass Stage 2 cut 0 04 Butterworth low pass This is a trigger filter often used for long period data Category CHANNELTRGFILTER Publishes Output Subscribes to CHANNELEXTRACTOR_Output and or CHANNELPREEXTRACTOR_ Output and or CHANNELOASISINTEGRATOR_Output Parameters added to module specific cfg file Filter settling time in samples Name SamplesToSettle Type int Range 0 to 300000 Default 3000 Example SamplesToSettle 3000 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 157 LPWWSS Filter Advanced This is an LPWWSS trigger filter Rockhound module This is a Multi Stage IIR filter with the following characteristics Descr Simulation of long period world wide from LP Sample rate 1 sps Stage 1 cut 0 01 Butterworth high pa
5. Minimum time between retries in seconds Dynamic Parameter Name RetryDelaySec Type int Range to 3600 Default 30 Example RetryDelaySec 30 Maximum delay between retries as retry interval is doubled in seconds Dynamic Parameter Name MaxDelaySec Type int Range 10 to 345600 Default 14400 Example MaxDelaySec 14400 Space separated times of day 2 15 15 54 to allow call in This allows modem power to be turned on to allow call in at predictable times Dynamic Parameter Name CallWindows Type String Range 0 to 40 characters Default none Example Call Windows string Length of call window in minutes 2 Unused 1 Power always on 0 No call in power X minutes Note that power bit is defined in the Rock GPIO module Dynamic Parameter Name WindowDuration Type int Range 2 to 240 Default 2 Example WindowDuration 2 Document 304702 Rev N Page 251 Page 252 Warmup time in seconds after power is turned on but before call is attempted Power remains on for 2 seconds after completion of the call Dynamic Parameter Name Window Warmup Type int Range 0 to 900 Default O Example Window Warmup 0 Difference compression of the data stream Name Compress Type boolean Default true Example Compress true Buffer size of the simulated Altus ring buffer in 16kb blocks 64 1mb Zero 0 means no streaming NOTE Will be disabled if modem functions used Name Buffer Type int Ra
6. Minimum time between retries in seconds Name RetryDelaySec Type int Range 1 to 200 Default 10 Example RetryDelaySec 10 Maximum delay between retries as retry interval is doubled in seconds Name MaxDelaySec Type int Range 10 to 345600 Default 14400 Example MaxDelaySec 14400 SCP File Sender The SCPSender module is used to transmit recorded files to an SSH server as designated by the user The setup and maintenance of the SSH server are the responsibility of the user The SCPSender module requires you to set up several parameters for proper communication with your SSH server These include SSH Server Provides the IP address of your SSH server where files are to be placed SSH User The username used to log into your SSH server SSH Password The password used to log into your SSH server Base Directory The base directory at which to place files on your SSH server Often this is something like pub incoming The SSHSender module queues all file transfer requests to non volatile storage so that file transfers are not forgotten if there is a restart before the module is able to complete all file transfers In addition the SSHSender module will perform SSH retries up to 10 times attempting to get through to your SSH server Category FILESENDER Publishes Output Subscribes to NOTHING Page 194 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Parameters added to module specific cfg file 6 20 2011 SCP
7. Time to wait for a connection to the data center in seconds Dynamic Parameter Name ConnectWait Type int Range 5 to 400 Default 30 Example ConnectWait 30 Count of number of retries before giving up on a call Dynamic Parameter Name RetryCount Type int Range 1 to 1000 Default 10 Example RetryCount 10 Minimum time between retries in seconds Dynamic Parameter Name RetryDelaySec Type int Range 1 to 3600 Default 30 Example RetryDelaySec 30 Maximum delay between retries as retry interval is doubled in seconds Dynamic Parameter Name MaxDelaySec Type int Range 10 to 345600 Default 14400 Example MaxDelaySec 14400 Space separated times of day 2 15 15 54 to allow call in This allows modem power to be turned on to allow call in at predictable times Dynamic Parameter Name CallWindows Type String Range 0 to 40 characters Default none Example CallWindows string Length of call window in minutes 2 Unused 1 Power always on 0 No call in power X minutes Note that power bit is defined in the Rock GPIO module Dynamic Parameter Name WindowDuration Type int Range 2 to 240 Default 2 Example WindowDuration 2 Warmup time in seconds after power is turned on but before call is attempted Power remains on for 2 seconds after completion of the call Dynamic Parameter Name Window Warmup Type int Range 0 to 900 Default O Example Window Warmup 0 Document 3
8. 48 Run Time Parameter Statistics 0ccccccccccee 218 Running Rockhound on your computer 000000 58 Running ROCK TK wscsssesisdspbavtia eninge ese 58 SAC Format Data Archiver 0cccccccccc ccc eeeeeees 176 SCARCE TVS mista hci nuance nantes 176 SVE LAV OU espe Ga OO 25 SCP Mule SONG i ecco eam 194 SCP SSWO SL uro TE ATAA 194 SEEDLink Stream Mirrored to Disk 276 SEISAN Format Data Archiver 0 000000055 180 SEO AINA ECI VOT oiran IEE E T EEE 180 SEISLOG Format Data Archive 000064 190 CERIO LOCATO I VOT aa en aiarteauaun 190 Sele OUN oe aa a saatadinanienitaatea 46 EE OT AE T E P I A T EAT 31 SEINRI TEOL sesh sehr cece TE 276 SMS Message Sender cccccccccccceeeeeeeesseseececeees 288 BMEMES SAO SC SNC Ci o 288 SOE aerae E eh iain 208 SOH File Generator c 224 SOHPTASGCNET AE OT ee eats 224 SPWWSS Filter Advanced cccccccccccccceeeeeees 159 SPNO OE TLC ET piste naan ds sista banana A 159 STASI TA TTD OCR esis oes icant nai E 161 CL Al AP CL OTO E A 161 Statistics SENET GION arere E E e 218 St4ETSE1CSGENCST AE OF eaan 218 AS SEINE Ad OR o A E EA 218 Status Display GUI nrrainn erea E N 208 Status Display GUI Desktop Only 0000 208 Status INte OralOrF noanean eere iai a 153 Status Integrator re 153 SALUS SCIVER aoaie ra indie dceteatieuse 214 Status serving ULLILICS cccccccccccceneeeeeecceceeenaeeeeees 214 SL
9. 9999 to 9999 Default 1 0 Example digitizer ch chan Calper 1 0 SegT ype for the channel needed for Ring Buffer storage Name digitizer ch chan SegType Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default Example digitizer ch chan SegType Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Number of ADC counts at full scale in counts Name digitizer ch chan FullScaleADCCounts Type int Range 1 to 100000000 Default 8388608 Example digitizer ch chan FullScaleADCCounts 8388608 Maximum retry request buffer time in seconds See Recovery Limit in the front end configuration Name RetrySeconds Type int Range to 1209600 Default 1800 Example RetrySeconds 1800 Maximum current data recovery buffer in packets Limits how much current data can be queued as recovery progresses Should be made smaller on systems with many digitizers and small memory Name RecoveryQueueLimit Type int Range 1 to 1209600 Default 3000 Example RecoveryQueueLimit 3000 Parameters added to module specific cfg file 6 20 2011 COM port specification e g COM1 Windows or dev ttySX Linux Unix Name ComPort Type String Range 1 to 80 characters Default dev ttyS 1 Example ComPort dev ttyS 1 Serial baud rate Name Baud Type choice Choices 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 Default 57600 Example Baud 57600 Sampling rate in SPS NOTES 1 Etna supports 100 200 250sps only 2 Valu
10. Default 2 0 Example AlarmThreshold 2 0 Trigger votes for this channel Dynamic Parameter Name TriggerVotes Type int Range 1000 to 1000 Default 1 Example TriggerVotes 1 Detrigger votes for this channel Dynamic Parameter Name DetriggerVotes Type int Range 1000 to 1000 Default 1 Example DetriggerVotes 1 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 163 Channel data filter Category CHANNELDATASTREAMFILTER The DATASTREAMFILTER is used to modify the data stream from a single channel usually by filtering and decimating the data stream Often this will be used to modify the effective data rate before recording for example to convert an input data stream of 100sps to a recorded data stream of 40sps DIY FIR Filter Advanced This module is a Do It Yourself DIY FIR filter Rockhound module In this filter you specify your own decimation factor AND a file that contains the coefficients The module will figure out the rest from there including group delays The file looks like this 0000000000000000E 00 0000000000000000E 00 SA T OoN LSSZOSEZSOE 06 1669230039 1093 7E0939 S40 LIZ 3200342 TT SAAE 05 6002146 426075 812E 05 17046928405760172E 04 n B0LS99S0UZ960340 7 00E 04 49829483032226560E 04 7700524749755859E 04 pL LAaSeO1LZ 2563 006GE 03 Seb OLOOL TROLS LOS aE 03 21576838140869141E 03 521 98002 9602050 6E 03 The file contains one coefficient per line The number of coef
11. EpiSensor gain value should be set to match the sensor s jumper settings 1 2 5V range 2 5 0V 4 10V 8 20V Name digitizer ch chan EpiGain Type choice Choices 1 2 4 8 Default 2 Example digitizer ch chan EpiGain 2 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 6 20 2011 EpiSensor range code where 1 4 2 2g 5 0 25g should be set to match the sensor s Jumper settings Name digitizer ch chan EpiRange Type choice Choices 1 2 3 4 5 Default 1 Example digitizer ch chan EpiRange 1 EpiSensor Cal Coil value in g V This is a factory calibrated value Name digitizer ch chan EpiCalCoil Type double Range 0 05 to 0 10 Default 0 05 Example digitizer ch chan EpiCalCoil 0 05 Altitude value for the channel in degrees needed for EVT SAC and COSMOS files Name digitizer ch chan Altitude Type int Range 90 to 90 Default O Example digitizer ch chan Altitude 0 Azimuth value for the channel in degrees needed for EVT SAC SUDS and COSMOS files Name digitizer ch chan Azimuth Type int Range 0 to 360 Default 0 Example digitizer ch chan Azimuth 0 Channel offset north value for the channel in meters Name digitizer ch chan OffsetNorth Type double Range 32000 to 32000 Default O Example digitizer ch chan OffsetNorth 0 Channel offset east value for the channel in meters Name digitizer ch chan OffsetEast Type double Range 32000 t
12. Example digitizer ch chan NaturalFreq 200 Sensor damping for the channel between 0 and 1 Name digitizer ch chan Damping Type double Range 0 to 1 Default 0 7 Example digitizer ch chan Damping 0 7 Gain value for the channel Name digitizer ch chan Gain Type int Range to 5000 Default 1 Example digitizer ch chan Gain 1 EpiSensor gain value should be set to match the sensor s jumper settings 1 2 5V range 2 5 0V 4 10V 8 20V Name digitizer ch chan EpiGain Type choice Choices 1 2 4 8 Default 2 Example digitizer ch chan EpiGain 2 Document 304702 Rev N Page 81 Page 82 EpiSensor range code where 1 4 2 2g 5 0 25g should be set to match the sensor s Jumper settings Name digitizer ch chan EpiRange Type choice Choices 1 2 3 4 5 Default 1 Example digitizer ch chan EpiRange 1 EpiSensor Cal Coil value in g V This is a factory calibrated value Name digitizer ch chan EpiCalCoil Type double Range 0 05 to 0 10 Default 0 05 Example digitizer ch chan EpiCalCoil 0 05 Altitude value for the channel in degrees needed for EVT SAC and COSMOS files Name digitizer ch chan Altitude Type int Range 90 to 90 Default O Example digitizer ch chan Altitude 0 Azimuth value for the channel in degrees needed for EVT SAC SUDS and COSMOS files Name digitizer ch chan Azimuth Type int Range 0 to 360
13. Full scale range value for the channel in volts needed for EVT SUDS and COSMOS files Name digitizer ch chan FullScale Type double Range 0 001 to 10000 0 Default 2 5 Example digitizer ch chan FullScale 2 5 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 307 Page 308 Sensor Type index for the channel 10 FBA 11 11 FBA 4g 12 FBA 2g 13 FBA 1g 14 FBA 0 5 g 15 FBA 0 25g 16 FBA 0 1 g 20 FBA 23 30 WR 1 32 EpiSensor 33 S6000 34 Mark L22 35 Mark L4C 36 CMG 37 CMG3T 38 CMG40T 39 CMGS 40 KS 2000 41 GT S13 42 CMG3ESP 43 KMI SH1 44 KMI SV1 needed for EVT SAC and COSMOS files Name digitizer ch chan SensorType Type int Range 0 to 9999 Default 32 Example digitizer ch chan SensorType 32 Sensor serial number for the channel Name digitizer ch chan SensorSN Type int Range 0 to 99999 Default 0 Example digitizer ch chan SensorSN 0 Sensor natural frequency for the channel in Hz Name digitizer ch chan NaturalFreq Type double Range 0 to 9999 Default 200 Example digitizer ch chan NaturalFreq 200 Sensor damping for the channel between 0 and 1 Name digitizer ch chan Damping Type double Range 0 to 1 Default 0 7 Example digitizer ch chan Damping 0 7 Gain value for the channel needed for EVT SUDS SEISAN and COSMOS files Name digitizer ch chan Gain Type int Range to 5000 Default 1 Example digitizer ch chan Gain 1
14. NOTHING _KMI_2_ ChannelExtractor _KMI_3_ChannelExtractor Publishes Output Subscribes to Datalntegrator Output Publishes Output Subscribes to Datalntegrator Output Publishes Output Subscribes to Datalntegrator Output _KMI_1_IIRAFilter _KMIL2_IIRAFilter _KML_3_CSMFilter Publishes Output Subscribes to _KMI_3_ChannelExtractor_Output Publishes Output Subscribes to _KMI_1_ChannelExtractor_Output Publishes Output Subscribes to _KMI_ 2_ChannelExtractor_Output _KML1_STALTATrigger _KML 2 STALTATrigger _KMI_3_ThresholdTrigger Publishes Output Subscribes to Subscribes to Subscribes to _KML1_IIRAFilter Output _KML 2 IIRAFilter_Output _KMI_3_CSMFilter Output Voter 5S EventRecorder AltusEvtArchiver Publishes Output Publishes Output Subscribes to Subscribes to Request EventRecorder Output _KML1_STALTATrigger_ Output Subscribes to _KML 2 STALTATrigger_ Output Voter Output _KMIL_3_ThresholdTrigger_ Output Publishes Output Publishes Output A Basic Event Recorder Example Note here that the data stream is split from the DataIntegrator into three channel streams by the ChannelExtractors From there each channel stream is passed through a Filter and then through a Trigger The output of the Triggers are all sent to the Voter who will indicate start of recording to the EventRecorder The EventRecorder makes data requests back to the DataIntegrat
15. Name digitizer ch chan LocationCode Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example digitizer ch chan LocationCode string Network code string for the channel needed for EVT SAC MiniSEED files and or Ring Buffer storage Defaults to the global Network ID if not specified Name digitizer ch chan NetworkCode Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example digitizer ch chan NetworkCode string Station code string for the channel needed for EVT SAC MiniSEED files and or Ring Buffer storage Defaults to the global Station ID if not specified Name digitizer ch chan StationCode Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example digitizer ch chan StationCode string Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Calib value for the channel needed for Ring Buffer storage Name digitizer ch chan Calib Type double Range 1000000 to 1000000 Default 0 0 Example digitizer ch chan Calib 0 0 Calper value for the channel needed for Ring Buffer storage Name digitizer ch chan Calper Type double Range 9999 to 9999 Default 1 0 Example digitizer ch chan Calper 1 0 SegT ype for the channel needed for Ring Buffer storage Name digitizer ch chan SegType Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default Example digitizer ch chan SegType Number of ADC counts at full scale in counts Name digitizer ch chan Fu
16. Network Code for the vec SOH channel Advanced Name lofSysPwr NwId Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example lofSysPwr NwlId string Network Code for the leq SOH channel Advanced Name TimeQual NwId Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example TimeQual Nwld string Network Code for the Ice SOH channel Advanced Name TCXODrift Nwld Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example TCXODrift NwId string Network Code for the cpu SOH channel Advanced Name LoadAverage NwlId Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example LoadAverage NwlId string Network Code for the dsk SOH channel Advanced Name PercentUsed Nwld Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example PercentUsed NwId string Document 304702 Rev N Page 97 Page 98 Network Code for the mem SOH channel Advanced Name RAMUsed NwId Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example RAMUsed Nwld string Network Code for the vco SOH channel Advanced Name TCXODAC NwlId Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example TCXODAC Nwld string Network Code for the usr SOH channel Advanced Name UserStat Nwld Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example UserStat NwlId string Network Code of mass position for channel 1 of this 4 channel group Advanced Name MPos ADC board 1 NwId Type bdgroup Select
17. Page 22 In addition to the creation of the registration file the registration information is displayed in the center window of ROCKTalk K KMI ROCKTalk ROCK1 A a File Setup Edit Help AEA EEA Registration information 2008 03 18 09 07 09 Customer FEMIDeve lopment Site Dennis Vista Machine ProgramName SMARTS Copyright Kinemetrics Inc SerialNumber 00000148 RegisteredTo KMIDeve lopment HWIid 001D09111776 Main 540573 41649493 68632 registration Info fetch completed Registration information lalak Send Registration Info Sends registration info to the selected unit This function sends registration information that is used to authorize use of the main Rockhound firmware as well as additional chargeable options for Rockhound After sending updated registration information ROCKTalk will instruct Rockhound to restart to utilize the new registration Without valid registration codes access to Rockhound functionality is severely limited Without a valid registration code for the main Rockhound firmware the Rockhound firmware will start but will display warning messages on startup and will run in demo mode for up to 12 hours and will then terminate In this demo mode all Rockhound modules may be used but only for the 12 hour trial period If a valid registration code exists for the main Rockhound firmware then there is obviously no 12 hour limit However if additional modules are added to th
18. Advanced Name TimeQual StnId Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example TimeQual StnId string Station Code for the cpu SOH channel Advanced Name LoadAverage StnId Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example LoadAverage StnId string Station Code for the dsk SOH channel Advanced Name PercentUsed StnId Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example PercentUsed StnId string Station Code for the usr SOH channel Advanced Name UserStat StnId Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example UserStat StnId string Calib value for the vep SOH channel Advanced Name VofSysPwr Calib Type double Range 1000000 to 1000000 Default 0 0 Example VofSysPwr Calib 0 0 Document 304702 Rev N Page 135 Page 136 Calib value for the leq SOH channel Advanced Name TimeQual Calib Type double Range 1000000 to 1000000 Default 0 0 Example TimeQual Calib 0 0 Calib value for the cpu SOH channel Advanced Name LoadAverage Calib Type double Range 1000000 to 1000000 Default 0 0 Example LoadAverage Calib 0 0 Calib value for the dsk SOH channel Advanced Name PercentUsed Calib Type double Range 1000000 to 1000000 Default 0 0 Example PercentUsed Calib 0 0 Calib value for the usr SOH channel Advanced Name UserStat Calib Type double Range 1000000 to 1000000 Default 0 0 Example UserStat Calib 0 0
19. Calib value for the cpu SOH channel Advanced Name LoadAverage Calib Type double Range 1000000 to 1000000 Default 0 0 Example LoadAverage Calib 0 0 Calib value for the dsk SOH channel Advanced Name PercentUsed Calib Type double Range 1000000 to 1000000 Default 0 0 Example PercentUsed Calib 0 0 Calib value for the mem SOH channel Advanced Name RAMUsed Calib Type double Range 1000000 to 1000000 Default 0 0 Example RAMUsed Calib 0 0 Calib value for the vco SOH channel Advanced Name TCXODAC Calib Type double Range 1000000 to 1000000 Default 0 0 Example TCXODAC Calib 0 0 Calib value for the usr SOH channel Advanced Name UserStat Calib Type double Range 1000000 to 1000000 Default 0 0 Example UserStat Calib 0 0 Calib value of mass position for channel 1 of this 4 channel group Advanced Name MPos ADC board 1 Calib Type bddouble Range 1000000 to 1000000 Default 0 0 Example MPos ADC board 1 Calib 0 0 Calib value of mass position for channel 2 of this 4 channel group Advanced Name MPos ADC board 2 Calib Type bddouble Range 1000000 to 1000000 Default 0 0 Example MPos ADC board 2 Calib 0 0 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 6 20 2011 Calib value of mass position for channel 3 of this 4 channel group Advanced Name MPos ADC board 3 Calib Type bddouble Range 1000000 to 1000000 Default 0 0 Example MPos ADC board 3 Calib 0 0 Calpe
20. Calper value for the vep SOH channel Advanced Name VofSysPwr Calper Type double Range 9999 to 9999 Default 1 0 Example VofSysPwr Calper 1 0 Calper value for the leq SOH channel Advanced Name TimeQual Calper Type double Range 9999 to 9999 Default 1 0 Example TimeQual Calper 1 0 Calper value for the cpu SOH channel Advanced Name LoadAverage Calper Type double Range 9999 to 9999 Default 1 0 Example LoadAverage Calper 1 0 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 6 20 2011 Calper value for the dsk SOH channel Advanced Name PercentUsed Calper Type double Range 9999 to 9999 Default 1 0 Example PercentUsed Calper 1 0 Calper value for the usr SOH channel Advanced Name UserStat Calper Type double Range 9999 to 9999 Default 1 0 Example UserStat Calper 1 0 Segment Type for the vep SOH channel Advanced Name VofSysPwr Seg Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default Example VofSysPwr Seg Segment Type for the leq SOH channel Advanced Name TimeQual Seg Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default Example TimeQual Seg Segment Type for the cpu SOH channel Advanced Name LoadAverage Seg Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default Example LoadAverage Seg Segment Type for the dsk SOH channel Advanced Name PercentUsed Seg Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default Example PercentUsed Seg Segme
21. Default none Example digitizer SerialNo string Logical port connection for Q330 connection Name digitizer LogicalPort Type int Range 1 to 4 Default 1 Example digitizer LogicalPort 1 Base port for local IP port assignments Default should be good for all standard applications If more than one copy of the firmware will be run on any one computer offset this base port number by 50 for each copy of the firmware Name digitizer LocalBasePort Type int Range 5000 to 32767 Default 9700 Example digitizer LocalBasePort 9700 Page 84 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Base port for Q330 IP port assignments Must match base port assignment in Q330 Usually unchanged Name digitizer BasePort Type int Range 5000 to 32767 Default 5330 Example digitizer BasePort 5330 Power Cycled Operation possible with Q330s if Q330 parameters and hardware systems properly configured Name PowerCycledMode Type boolean Default false Example PowerCycledMode false Parameters added to module specific cfg file 6 20 2011 Number of virtual channels data streams produced by this digitizer Name NDigitizerChannels Type int Range 1 to 6 Default digchannels Example NDigitizerChannels digchannels Number of physical channels on this digitizer NOTE After changing the number of physical channels save by pressing OK and THEN change channel mapping Name NPhysicalChannels Type c
22. Example VotesToTrigger 1 Total votes needed to detrigger recording once triggered Dynamic Parameter Name VotesToDetrigger Type int Range 1 to 1000 Default 1 Example VotesToDetrigger 1 Propagation window for trigger detection in milliseconds Advanced Dynamic Parameter Name TriggerWindowMS Type int Range 0 to 5000 Default 800 Example TriggerWindowMS 800 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 CGS Voter There are two different Voters available in the system The first is the traditional Voter used in previous generation Altus digitizers and the other is the CGS Voter that works similarly to the standard Voter but differs in how detriggering is done In either Voter a channel is considered triggered if it has filtered data values that exceed the specified level specified for that channel Correspondingly a channel is considered detriggered if NO values exceed the specified level Note that the levels used change depending on whether the system as a whole is triggered or not If the system is not triggered the filtered data values are compared against the TRIGGER levels whereas once the system has been triggered they are compared against the DETRIGGER levels The standard Voter counts triggers and uses that count to determine detriggering by comparing votes with the detrigger voting threshold If the number of votes of triggered channels do not exceed the detrigger threshold then the system will detrigger Excee
23. Parameters Hardware Limited Access Links Kinemetrics Web Site Kinemetncs Contacts Tech Support Email Kinemetrics 2000 2009 All Rights Reserved Internet Protected Mode On Done HTTPConfig advanced features 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 229 State of Health takes you to a selection screen this data is for a Q330 which allows you to select those State of Health values that are of interest Station KMI Internet GE orer a ovid PO D Dell k X a n 5 lol x su 5 elie se _ amp E he E http 10 0 1 167 a 4 x M Googie P File Edit View Favorites Tools Help E Station KMI T GE oe iage v G Tools a State of Health Selection Short Term Parameters last 24 hrs Long Term Parameters one year DiGi Temperature false pci Temperature false Kinemetrics Rockhound Station KMI Cancel Connect Limited Access Links Einemetrics Web Site Kinemetrics Contacts Tech Support Email Kinemetrics 2000 2009 All Rights Reserved Intemet Protected Mode On 100 HTTPConfig state of health selection Page 230 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Once selected a state of health display will show the selected data as graphs Available data can be shown as short term last 24 hours or long term previous year P y Station KMI Internet Explorer provided by Dell 7 A OO E
24. Parameters added to module specific cfg file Number of sources channels to be acquired from the Ring Buffer Name NDigitizerChannels Type int Range 1 to 36 Default digchannels Example NDigitizerChannels digchannels Page 144 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Sample rate used to fill channels that never report Notes If a channel later reports data fill have the correct sample rate If 1sps used as fill sample rate channel will not be recorded in EVT format which requires a minimum 10sps Name ZeroFillRate Type int Range 1 to 2000 Default 1 Example ZeroFillRate 1 Flush Ring Buffer packet buffer on connect Ring Buffer is unaffected but this connection begins with current data Name FlushOnConnect Type boolean Default true Example FlushOnConnect true Writes allowed to the remote unit s Ring Buffer Must be enabled here and in remote system needed in order to perform remote sensor calibrations etc Name RemoteWrites Type boolean Default false Example Remote Writes false SOH data republished SOH data that arrives in the PF packet is republished as dig rbdig LocalTemperature Name Republish Type boolean Default false Example Republish false Pseudo Data Waveform Generator Advanced The PseudoSampleGenerator is used to generate pseudo data to be fed through a Rockhound system This module can be useful in software development when no real data source e g a digitizer
25. String Range 0 to 80 characters Default Example UserStat Seg Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Segment Type of mass position for channel 1 of this 4 channel group Advanced Name MPos ADC board l Seg Type bdgroup Selections for each ADC board Default Example MPos ADC board 1 Seg Segment Type of mass position for channel 2 of this 4 channel group Advanced Name MPos ADC board 2 Seg Type bdgroup Selections for each ADC board Default Example MPos ADC board 2 Seg Segment Type of mass position for channel 3 of this 4 channel group Advanced Name MPos ADC board 3 Seg Type bdgroup Selections for each ADC board Default Example MPos ADC board 3 Seg Parameters added to module specific cfg file 6 20 2011 Number of virtual channels data streams produced by this digitizer Name NDigitizerChannels Type int Range 1 to 6 Default digchannels Example NDigitizerChannels digchannels Number of physical channels on this digitizer NOTE After changing the number of physical channels save by pressing OK and THEN change channel mapping or channel sensor groups Name NPhysicalChannels Type int Range 1 to 60 Default physical channels Example NPhysicalChannels physical channels Channel mapping See Physical Channels parameter Name VChxx Type mapping Choices Isps 10sps 20sps 50sps 1OOsps 200sps 250sps 500sps 1O0Osps 2000sps Default none Example V
26. Type double Range 1000000 to 1000000 Default 0 0 Example LoadAverage Calib 0 0 Calib value for the dsk SOH channel Advanced Name PercentUsed Calib Type double Range 1000000 to 1000000 Default 0 0 Example PercentUsed Calib 0 0 Calib value for the usr SOH channel Advanced Name UserStat Calib Type double Range 1000000 to 1000000 Default 0 0 Example UserStat Calib 0 0 Calper value for the deg SOH channel Advanced Name Temperature Calper Type double Range 9999 to 9999 Default 1 0 Example Temperature Calper 1 0 Calper value for the hum SOH channel Advanced Name Humidity Calper Type double Range 9999 to 9999 Default 1 0 Example Humidity Calper 1 0 Calper value for the vvb SOH channel Advanced Name VofV12Batt Calper Type double Range 9999 to 9999 Default 1 0 Example VofV 12Batt Calper 1 0 Document 304702 Rev N Page 123 Page 124 Calper value for the vep SOH channel Advanced Name VofSysPwr Calper Type double Range 9999 to 9999 Default 1 0 Example VofSysPwr Calper 1 0 Calper value for the vec SOH channel Advanced Name IofSysPwr Calper Type double Range 9999 to 9999 Default 1 0 Example lofSysPwr Calper 1 0 Calper value for the leq SOH channel Advanced Name TimeQual Calper Type double Range 9999 to 9999 Default 1 0 Example TimeQual Calper 1 0 Calper value for the cpu SOH channel Advanced Na
27. Unused 1 GPIO bit 1 2 GPIO bit 2 3 GPIO bit 3 4 GPIO bit 4 5 GPIO bit 5 6 GPIO bit 6 7 External relay 1 8 External relay 2 9 External relay 3 10 External relay 4 1 1 External relay 5 12 External relay 6 13 External relay 7 14 External relay 8 Default Unused Example SOHGPIO Unused Document 304702 Rev N Page 297 Page 298 SOH bit is to be inverted when output Name InvertSOHGPIO Type boolean Default false Example InvertSOHGPIO false Output bit that is always set Note that GPIO bits are on the internal dual serial option cards and external relays are on an optional external relay board interfaced through RS 232 Name Always1 GPIO Type choice Choices Unused 1 GPIO bit 1 2 GPIO bit 2 3 GPIO bit 3 4 GPIO bit 4 5 GPIO bit 5 6 GPIO bit 6 7 External relay 1 8 External relay 2 9 External relay 3 10 External relay 4 1 1 External relay 5 12 External relay 6 13 External relay 7 14 External relay 8 Default Unused Example Always 1GPIO Unused Always On Power bit 1 is to be inverted when output Name InvertAlways1 GPIO Type boolean Default false Example InvertAlways1GPIO false Output bit that is always set Note that GPIO bits are on the internal dual serial option cards and external relays are on an optional external relay board interfaced through RS 232 Name Always2GPIO Type choice Choices Unused 1 GPIO bit 1 2 GPIO bit 2 3 GPIO bit 3 4 GPIO bit 4 5 GPIO bit 5 6 GPIO bit 6 7 External relay 1 8 External relay 2
28. choice Choices 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 Default 19200 Example BaudRate 19200 Output sample rate of DFS data Must divide evenly into the sample rate of the input data The sample rate of all input data AND channels must be the same Name OutputRate Type int Range 1 to 1000 Default 100 Example OutputRate 100 Document 304702 Rev N Page 243 List of digitizers channels to be relayed e g dig1 1 dig1 2 Name Channels Type String Range 0 to 1024 characters Default none Example Channels string Specifies minimum latency of the DFS output Because DFS is sent without flow control it is important to allow for delays in transmission so there are not gaps in the DFS output Suggested setting is 5 seconds but varies according to network conditions Name MinLatency Type int Range 1 to 1000 Default 5 Example MinLatency 5 Time packets required as for Kelunji drum recorder This is an optional packet within the IASPEI DES protocol Name TimePackets Type boolean Default false Example TimePackets false Parameters used to set up basic port parameters such as bits parity stop bits and flow control Advanced Name PortParams Type String Range 1 to 20 characters Default 8nln Example PortParams 8nIn SVDR Telemetry Advanced Module name SVDRTelemetry This module is used to send selected channels of the data stream to a PC based DAC board for driving a Kinemetrics analog drum re
29. http 10 0 1 167 4 X Google sd i D a MM B oleae alias T toe E D Do o h Bage G Tos State of Health a 2 et O Drift Temperature ELGE sv Kinemetrics Rockh i 0 000us 27 0c 13 4 Short term DiGi Temperature Station KMI Overview Log Out State of Health Waveform Viewer Triggering amp Sensors Recorded Files Interactive File Viewer Eao DIGI TEMPERATURE CHAX 27 0 on fiz 16 20 Jo l ae eee System Operation Layout Display Long term DIG Temperature Tools Runtime Log Error Log Documentation Connect Limited Access Links Kinemetrics Web Site f ey ee 7 hi DICI LONG TERM TEMPERATURE CMAX 38 8 Tech Support Email Acre O A S OO R O FO N Kinemetrics 2000 2009 All Rights Reserved Intemet Protected Mode On 100 HTTPConfig state of health graphs 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 231 Waveform viewer will require that your user install Java Once installed the waveform viewer is provided as a signed Java applet which is downloaded from Rockhound to the user s computer He will get a security warning as follows Warning Security The application s digital signature has been verified Do you want to run the application Name kmi smarts smartsvision SMAR TSVisionApplet Publisher Kinemetrics Inc From http 10 0 1 167 gn EEEE EAIA ARIA E EEE EI EISES YEE A I ETE E EAE AA TE A EENE EJ The digit
30. true Example lofSysPwr true Record time quality stream as Icq Name TimeQual Type boolean Default true Example TimeQual true Record CPU Load Average stream as cpu values lt 200 indicate sufficient idle time Name LoadAverage Type boolean Default true Example LoadAverage true Record Percent of Data Storage Used stream as dsk Name PercentUsed Type boolean Default false Example PercentUsed false Record user status stream as usr See the ROCK Console command userstat Advanced Name UserStat Type boolean Default false Example UserStat false Maximum sample rate supported by this system NOTE Increasing the maximum sampling rate should be done carefully to avoid producing more data than the system can process After changing the maximum sampling rate save by pressing OK and THEN change channel mapping Advanced Name MaxSampleRate Type int Range 50 to 2000 Default 250 Example MaxSampleRate 250 Type of TSA digitizer iCOBI iDAS or iSMA1 Advanced Name TSATYPE Type choice Choices iCOBI Default iCOBI Example TSATYPE iCOBI Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 UTC Offset value in hours Affects timestamps of data streams recorded files and most displays and commands Some time values originating from GPS will not be compensated Daylight Savings is not used because that would produce gaps in the data stream so for example you will get PST but not PDT unless you c
31. users are encouraged to use a console password This is done by editing the Console password parameter a console password is provided by default Be sure to set the Console password parameter and ROCKTalk s Console password for the selected Rockhound to the same value If you do not set the two password values the same then ROCKTalk will be unable to communicate with Rockhound The password field cannot be empty If you truly want no password enter NONE Remember that passwords are case sensitive Category COMMANDCONSOLE Publishes Output Subscribes to NOTHING Parameters added to module specific cfg file Console commands disabled for security reasons If you want no commands disabled enter NONE here Dynamic Parameter Name DisabledCmds Type String Range 1 to 512 characters Default cat copy del ren registermodule Example DisabledCmds cat copy del ren registermodule Password used to allow console logins If you want no password enter NONE here Dynamic Parameter Name ConsolePassword Type String Range to 512 characters Default kmi Example ConsolePassword kmi TCP Port number for the console should be greater than 5000 Name TCPPort Type int Range 5000 to 32767 Default 9900 Example TCPPort 9900 Echo is done by the command console for full duplex communications This should be disabled if using some TELNET or similar clients that do not allow disabling of local echo within TELNET
32. 164 Channel extraclOr areire E EE EN 153 Channel Extractorf ccccccccccccccc ccc ce eee e ee eneeeeees 153 Channel pre extractorf vscisisensisriisnseviiatcasveanes 318 Channel Pre EXtract or cccccc cece cece ee teeeeeeeeees 318 Channel TIo CC soc ijaste E 160 Channel trigger Ier crocette ees 153 CHANNE GDATASOURCE giyceati roret Citrin oo nesses EES 65 CHANNELDATASTREAMFLLTER scississasopernacotasd 164 Channel EE TAO OT aE 153 CHANNE LEX TRAC TOR EVE E ETA 153 CHANNEDOASTOBRID OE oa samstpamenecavensdawks es 307 CGHANNP LOAST OBRTE T riris dTe OANE NAAA 311 CHANNEDOASTSLINITEGRATOR Prea ata hace ys 311 CHANNE GP RE EX TRACTOR sareni aaa 318 CHANNE GLP OPIL T E ues each E EAA 153 CHANNE EITRI GGER cs aces o RAE EAEN 160 Classic Strong Motion Filter cccccccceeeeeeeeees 154 Command CONSOLE ccsseccccccccceeeeesesececeeeaaenseseeeeeeas 199 COMMATIOC OMS OS oa a a i teldanaies 30 199 COMMAND CON SO iE nsuessasestavoveasvane Ae R i 199 Computes drift between specified displacement E LA AEE EE EA ATA EE TE 311 Config Control web servert 0 0 0000 226 Configuration information common to all Rockhound NOS CUS a sic eta ea oa aatacete cana taatenesaaes 64 CONTINUOUS recordet 1 cccccccccensnveeseecceceenaeseeseesees 173 Continuous Recorder ccc cece cece eects 173 COMET MUCOUS RECO LOST orr N 173 CONTINUOUS RECORDER a suddatesuneavsaesacwes 173 COSMOS Format Data Archiver 00
33. 25 Document 304702 Rev N Page 73 Full scale range value for the channel in volts needed for EVT SUDS and COSMOS files Name digitizer ch chan FullScale Type double Range 0 001 to 10000 0 Default 2 5 Example digitizer ch chan FullScale 2 5 Sensor Type index for the channel 10 FBA 11 11 FBA 4g 12 FBA 2g 13 FBA 1g 14 FBA 0 5 g 15 FBA 0 25g 16 FBA 0 1 g 20 FBA 23 30 WR 1 32 EpiSensor 33 S6000 34 Mark L22 35 Mark L4C 36 CMG 37 CMG3T 38 CMG40T 39 CMGS 40 KS 2000 41 GT S13 422 CMG3ESP 43 KMI SH1 44 KMI SV1 needed for EVT SAC and COSMOS files Name digitizer ch chan SensorType Type int Range 0 to 9999 Default 32 Example digitizer ch chan SensorType 32 Sensor serial number for the channel Name digitizer ch chan SensorSN Type int Range 0 to 99999 Default O Example digitizer ch chan SensorSN 0 Sensor natural frequency for the channel in Hz Name digitizer ch chan NaturalFreq Type double Range 0 to 9999 Default 200 Example digitizer ch chan NaturalFreq 200 Sensor damping for the channel between 0 and 1 Name digitizer ch chan Damping Type double Range 0 to 1 Default 0 7 Example digitizer ch chan Damping 0 7 Gain value for the channel needed for EVT SUDS SEISAN and COSMOS files Name digitizer ch chan Gain Type int Range to 5000 Default 1 Example digitizer ch chan Gain 1 Page 74 D
34. 32000 Default 0 Example digitizer ch chan OffsetEast 0 Document 304702 Rev N Page 75 Page 76 Channel offset up value for the channel in meters Name digitizer ch chan OffsetUp Type double Range 32000 to 32000 Default 0 Example digitizer ch chan OffsetUp 0 Location code string for the channel needed for EVT MintSEED files and or Ring Buffer storage Name digitizer ch chan LocationCode Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example digitizer ch chan LocationCode string Network code string for the channel needed for EVT SAC MiniSEED files and or Ring Buffer storage Defaults to the global Network ID if not specified Name digitizer ch chan NetworkCode Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example digitizer ch chan NetworkCode string Station code string for the channel needed for EVT SAC MiniSEED files and or Ring Buffer storage Defaults to the global Station ID if not specified Name digitizer ch chan StationCode Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example digitizer ch chan StationCode string Calib value for the channel needed for Ring Buffer storage Name digitizer ch chan Calib Type double Range 1000000 to 1000000 Default 0 0 Example digitizer ch chan Calib 0 0 Calper value for the channel needed for Ring Buffer storage Name digitizer ch chan Calper Type double Range
35. 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 23 Tool Bar The tool bar provides fast access to ROCKTalk functions without having to navigate through a menu Most functions available on the tool bar are also available on the menu though so for most activities use of the menu or use of the tool bar is a matter of personal preference This section describes ROCKTalk functions in detail with only a few functions that are not available through the tool bar described in the Menu section Notice that tool bar and dialog buttons contain tool tips So if the cursor is placed over a button or other display widget and held there for about two seconds a tool tip that briefly describes the function of the display element will appear TED kat ROCKTaik ROCKI N H J File Setup Edit Help A GA EFAA Layout Wizard ROCKTalk Tool Tips Open Layout This operation opens a Rockhound layout by reading it from a selected unit Rockhound layouts consist of multiple files as described earlier in this manual The Open Layout function reads all of these files into ROCKTalk so that they may be reviewed changed or saved When Open Layout is selected the user is presented with a selection dialog as follows from ROCK thee ars pane este eee reser Open Layout Dialog Page 24 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Reads the layout from the currently selected unit This is done by ROCKTalk automatically performing the following steps Con
36. 80 characters Default none Example TimeQual StnId string Station Code for the lce SOH channel Advanced Name TCXODrift StnId Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example TCXODrift Stnid string Station Code for the cpu SOH channel Advanced Name LoadAverage StnId Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example LoadAverage StnId string Document 304702 Rev N Page 99 Page 100 Station Code for the dsk SOH channel Advanced Name PercentUsed StnId Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example PercentUsed StnId string Station Code for the mem SOH channel Advanced Name RAMUsed StnId Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example RAMUsed StnId string Station Code for the vco SOH channel Advanced Name TCXODAC StnId Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example TCXODAC StnId string Station Code for the usr SOH channel Advanced Name UserStat StnId Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example UserStat StnId string Station Code of mass position for channel 1 of this 4 channel group Advanced Name MPos ADC board StnId Type bdgroup Selections for each ADC board Default none Example MPos ADC board 1 StnId string Station Code of mass position for channel 2 of this 4 channel group Advanced Name MPos ADC board 2 StnId Type bdgroup Selections for each ADC board Default no
37. Advanced Computes drift between specified displacement channels OASIS Drift Computer Advanced OASIS Statistics generator OASIS Statistics Generator OASIS drift trigger OASIS Drift trigger Advanced OASIS Alarm controller OASIS Alarm controller module Advanced 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 63 Channel pre extractor Channel Pre Extractor Data processing plug ins Data Plug in Layout Configuration information common to all Rockhound layouts Page 64 A few parameters are defined for every Rockhound system These parameters are added to the smarts cfg and or hardware cfg configuration files Parameters added to smarts cfg Data directory that will be scanned for available space by the Status Monitor Name DataDir Type String Range 1 to 100 characters Default data Example DataDir data If used data directory used instead of the standard system temporary directory The temporary data directory is used for working files such as the raw data recorded before it is converted to the final data output format This could be used for example to relocate the temporary directory to an available SD card If set to NONE the standard system temporary directory is used Advanced Name TempDataDir Type String Range 1 to 100 characters Default NONE Example TempDataDir NONE Spare space required on the file system in order to record new files in KB If remaining space is below this number the
38. Calib 0 0 Calper value for the channel needed for Ring Buffer storage Name digitizer ch chan Calper Type double Range 9999 to 9999 Default 1 0 Example digitizer ch chan Calper 1 0 Document 304702 Rev N Page 91 Page 92 SegT ype for the channel needed for Ring Buffer storage Name digitizer ch chan SegType Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default Example digitizer ch chan SegType Number of ADC counts at full scale in counts Name digitizer ch chan FullScaleADCCounts Type int Range 1 to 100000000 Default 8388608 Example digitizer ch chan FullScaleADCCounts 8388608 Maximum retry request buffer time in seconds See Recovery Limit in the front end configuration Name RetrySeconds Type int Range to 1209600 Default 1800 Example RetrySeconds 1800 Channel ID string for the deg SOH channel if not set uses default name Advanced Name Temperature Id Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example Temperature Id string Channel ID string for the hum SOH channel if not set uses default name Advanced Name Humidity Id Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example Humidity Id string Channel ID string for the vvb SOH channel if not set uses default name Advanced Name VofV12Batt Id Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example VofV 12Batt Id string Channel ID strin
39. Calper 1 0 Calper value for the mem SOH channel Advanced Name RAMUsed Calper Type double Range 9999 to 9999 Default 1 0 Example RAMUsed Calper 1 0 Calper value for the vco SOH channel Advanced Name TCXODAC Calper Type double Range 9999 to 9999 Default 1 0 Example TCXODAC Calper 1 0 Calper value for the usr SOH channel Advanced Name UserStat Calper Type double Range 9999 to 9999 Default 1 0 Example UserStat Calper 1 0 Calper value of mass position for channel 1 of this 4 channel group Advanced Name MPos ADC board Calper Type bddouble Range 9999 to 9999 Default 1 0 Example MPos ADC board Calper 1 0 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 6 20 2011 Calper value of mass position for channel 2 of this 4 channel group Advanced Name MPos ADC board 2 Calper Type bddouble Range 9999 to 9999 Default 1 0 Example MPos ADC board 2 Calper 1 0 Calper value of mass position for channel 3 of this 4 channel group Advanced Name MPos ADC board 3 Calper Type bddouble Range 9999 to 9999 Default 1 0 Example MPos ADC board 3 Calper 1 0 Segment Type for the deg SOH channel Advanced Name Temperature Seg Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default Example Temperature Seg Segment Type for the hum SOH channel Advanced Name Humidity Seg Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default Example Humidity Seg Segment Type for
40. Channels 1 2 3 Record temperature stream as deg Name Temperature Type boolean Default true Example Temperature true Document 304702 Rev N Page 71 Record VofV12Batt stream as vvb Name VofV12Batt Type boolean Default false Example VofV 12Batt false Record time quality stream as Icq Name TimeQual Type boolean Default true Example TimeQual true Difference compression of the data stream Name Compress Type boolean Default true Example Compress true Buffer size of Altus ring buffer in 16kb blocks Name Buffer Type int Range 0 to 65535 Default 64 Example Buffer 64 Maximum amount of data to recover from the real time stream when unit restarts See Retry Seconds in hardware configuration Name Recover Type choice Choices As Needed None 10 min 20 min 30 min 1 hr 2 hr 4 hr 8 hr Default None Example Recover None This digitizer is optional If selected and initial connection to the digitizer fails then the unit will continue to operate without it If not optional a successful connection is required or the unit will restart Name OptionalDigitizer Type boolean Default false Example OptionalDigitizer false Page 72 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Drum recorder special simplex communication mode This is intended only for specialized use with drum recorder output In this mode Rockhound will only listen to the Altus and will not send any data Any control of the Altus wi
41. Channels must exist Name GroupCorr4 Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default none Example GroupCorr4 string A comma separated list of three channel IDs used to prepare QSCD packets e g C1 C2 C3 Channel order must be specified as ZNE Name ChannelGroup5 Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default none Example ChannelGroup5 string A comma separated list of two channel IDs used to specify channel correlation pairs e g C1 C4 Channels must exist Name GroupCorr5 Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default none Example GroupCorr5 string A comma separated list of three channel IDs used to prepare QSCD packets e g C1 C2 C3 Channel order must be specified as ZNE Name ChannelGroup6 Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default none Example ChannelGroup6 string A comma separated list of two channel IDs used to specify channel correlation pairs e g C1 C4 Channels must exist Name GroupCorr6 Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default none Example GroupCorr6 string A comma separated list of three channel IDs used to prepare QSCD packets e g C1 C2 C3 Channel order must be specified as ZNE Name ChannelGroup7 Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default none Example ChannelGroup7 string Document 304702 Rev N Page 273 Page 274 A comma separated list of two channel IDs used to specify channel correlation pairs e g C1 C4 Channels must exist Na
42. FTP site This can be done automatically by polling Rockhound from the FTP site or can be done manually or automatically from the FTP site when the notification has been received that new data is available Notifying the user from Rockhound Rockhound may be set up to notify the user when certain important events occur Several Notifier modules are available in Rockhound that can be used to notify a user via e mail SMS or Pager Notification can be made for any of several reasons On startup Useful to notify the user when Rockhound restarts for any reason This can be a restart due to a firmware or configuration update among other reasons Since restarts should be infrequent this notification could serve as confirmation to user activities such as firmware upgrades or as early warning of problems needing attention Event detected Sent when the unit detects a new event at the point of trigger This can be used as a first notification of a trigger when details are not necessary Event completed Sent when the unit finishes recording an event at the point of detrigger This can be used to provide details after recording is complete where it 1s necessary to know the details what are available only after the event is complete such as peaks duration or frequency content On Alarm Sent when an alarm level is detected As of this writing this is unimplemented On Checkin Sent on periodic Daily Weekly Monthly checkin Can be
43. For example EventEnd EventEndMsg txt An example config file MailHost mail myhost com ToUser marsha yourhost com Subject Rockhound Test Startup SMARTSId Restarted FEventStart SMARTSId This is my event start message EventEnd SMARTSId This is my event end message Alarm This is my alarm message Checkin This is my checkin message Other This is my other message Baud rate BaudRate Example On EventStart reason being received Rockhound kmi will send the message kmi This is my event start message For details on available config variables that can be tokenized into a message see RunTime Parameters documentation Page 284 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Category NOTIFIER Publishes Output Subscribes to NOTHING Parameters added to hardware cfg Domain name that the mail is coming from like yourhost com Mail will be sent as coming from UnitID yourhost com Name Domain Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default none Example Domain string Parameters added to module specific cfg file Use the KMI relay to send e mail messages If used you DO NOT need to specify the Mail Host From User Password or Port Name UseKMIRelay Type boolean Default true Example UseKMIRelay true SMTP Mail host e g mail myhost com NOTE Not needed if using the KMI Relay Name MailHost Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example MailHost string User that the
44. RMS Custom STATSGENERATOR modules can be created that provide more customer specific processing as needed Run Time Parameter Statistics Provides statistics about the recorded file s and each channel of the data The StatisticsGenerator subscribes to the output of the Recorder in parallel with any OUTPUTFORMATTERs and determines Statistics that can be extracted from the data These statistics are then stored in the run time parameters and may then be extracted for use with NOTFIER modules or other processing after recording completes A sample set of statistics sent to the run time parameters for an event would be as follows StatisticsGenerator Type StatisticsGenerator StatisticsGenerator StartTime 2000 12 11 16 36 03 40 StatisticsGenerator EndTime 2000 12 11 16 36 17 40 StatisticsGenerator Duration 14 StatisticsGenerator kmi StatisticsGenerator kmi StatisticsGenerator kmi StatisticsGenerator kmi StatisticsGenerator kmi StatisticsGenerator kmi StatisticsGenerator kmi StatisticsGenerator kmi StatisticsGenerator kmi StatisticsGenerator kmi StatisticsGenerator kmi StatisticsGenerator kmi StatisticsGenerator kmi StatisticsGenerator kmi StatisticsGenerator kmi StatisticsGenerator kmi Page 218 Chl ch1 ch1 Chel chil Chal che ch2 ch2 ch2 ch2 ch2 ch3 ch3 CRs ch3 Document 304702 Rey N AbsPeak 0 3392209649059999 MinPeak 0 32354644536972044 MaxP ak 0 3392209649085999 Mean 0 007990872859954834
45. Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example Temperature Id string Channel ID string for the hum SOH channel if not set uses default name Advanced Name Humidity Id Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example Humidity Id string Channel ID string for the vvb SOH channel if not set uses default name Advanced Name VofV12Batt Id Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example VofV 12Batt Id string Channel ID string for the vep SOH channel if not set uses default name Advanced Name VofSysPwr Id Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example VofSysPwr Id string Channel ID string for the vec SOH channel if not set uses default name Advanced Name lofSysPwr Id Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example lofSysPwr Id string Channel ID string for the Icq SOH channel if not set uses default name Advanced Name TimeQual Id Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example TimeQual Id string Document 304702 Rev N Page 117 Page 118 Channel ID string for the cpu SOH channel if not set uses default name Advanced Name LoadAverage Id Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example LoadAverage Id string Channel ID string for the dsk SOH channel if not set uses default name Advanced Name PercentUsed Id Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example Percent
46. Range 50 to 2000 Default 200 Example MaxSampleRate 200 ADC gain for special use only will reduce effective dynamic range Advanced Name Gain Type int Range 1 to 16 Default 1 Example Gain 1 Effective Number of Bits Can be used to reduce the number of significant gits in recorded data For example ENOBS 12 effectively masks the samples with OxFFFFF000 Scale factors are unaffected Advanced Name ENOBS Type int Range 8 to 24 Default 24 Example ENOBS 24 Resync the main CPU Linux clock if time varies from GPS time more than this amount in seconds Advanced Name NeedsResync Type int Range 5 to 200 Default 30 Example NeedsResync 30 Page 112 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Resync the main CPU Linux clock if time varies from GPS time more than this amount in seconds Then reboot Advanced Name NeedsSyncAndReboot Type int Range 60 to 14400 Default 240 Example NeedsSyncAndReboot 240 UTC Offset value in hours Affects timestamps of data streams recorded files and most displays and commands Some time values originating from GPS will not be compensated Daylight Savings is not used because that would produce gaps in the data stream so for example you will get PST but not PDT unless you change it manually Linux time is not changed MUST be used in conjunction with the timezone string Advanced Name UTCOffset Type double Range 24 to 24 Default 0 Example UTC
47. Reason Notify Checkin To get alarms every Monday and Friday at 8 00 am TimeOfDay 8 00 DayOfWeek M F Reason Notify Checkin To get alarms once an hour on the hour TimeOfDay 12 00 Every X Minutes 60 Reason Notify Checkin To get alarms on the first and 15th of the month at 8 00 am DayOfMonth 1 15 TimeOfDay 8 00 Reason Notify Checkin To do timed recording for 60 seconds at 8 00 am and 2 00pm every day TimeOfDay 8 00 14 00 Reason KBTRI 60 Category ALARMCLOCK Publishes Output Subscribes to NOTHING Parameters added to module specific cfg file Space separated days of the week M T W TH F SA SU Name DayOfWeek Type String Range 0 to 15 characters Default none Example DayOfWeek string Page 282 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Space separated days of the month 1 2 3 31 Name DayOfMonth Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example DayOfMonth string Space separated times of day 2 15 15 54 Name TimeOfDay Type String Range 0 to 128 characters Default none Example TimeOfDay string Interval between alarms in minutes 0 unused Name EveryX Minutes Type int Range 0 to 99999999999 Default 0 Example Every XMinutes 0 Message to be sent when the alarm triggers only one per EventAlarmClock module Name Reason Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default Notify Checkin Example Reason Notify Checkin User notifier Category NOTIFIER The NOTIF
48. RmsInG 0 04292945760202232 Rms IndB 30 3551919293144 AbsPeak 0 04420842068535941 MinPeak 0 028360949564415977 MaxPeak 0 04420842068535941 Mean 0 025107754639216835 Rms ING 0 002 6610821472125815 Rms IndB 54 50913432920303 AbsPeak 0 3553986532347543 sMinPeak 0 355398653234 7543 MaxPeak 0 288060466099701036074 Mean 0 006163595403943743 6 20 2011 StatisticsGenerator kmi ch3 RmsInG 0 023635015449455364 StatisticsGenerator kmi ch3 RmsIndB 35 53918214607853 Duration is in seconds times are relative to UTC and peaks and means have been converted to g based upon the specified full scale and sensitivity values of the sensors used Category STATSGENERATOR Publishes Output Subscribes to RECORDER_Output and or CONTINUOUSRECORDER_ Output Summary File Generator Provides basic summary information about the recorded file s and each channel of the data The SummaryData module subscribes to the output of the Recorder in parallel with any OUTPUTFORMATTERs and determines summary information that can be extracted from the data This information is then stored in the a text summary file and may then be further processed or transmitted using functions like the FTPSender module after recording completes A sample set of summary data written for an event would be as follows UnitID KMI Start Times 20017 08702 142162 19 40 Trigger Times 2001708702 es 162 22783 1 Channel s Triggered digl chl Runtime 15 seconds Digitiz
49. See Command Console Next ROCKTalk will transfer the firmware update to the unit using SCP FTP or file copy as determined by the configuration of each unit within ROCKTalk After transfer of the update ROCKTalk will command the unit to restart Restarting the unit allows it to extract install and execute the update Validation of the new firmware is done automatically by the unit before accepting and installing the new firmware The validation process can take up to a minute to complete Please note that unlike previous Kinemetrics products the design of Rockhound allows new firmware to be loaded without having to default parameters and reconfigure Rockhound like you would do with an Altus recorder after updating firmware Kinemetrics recommends however that the user still review the Rockhound parameters after a firmware update Edit Hardware Config Edits the hardware configuration parameters of the selected unit These are the parameters that are unique to a particular unit such as the Rockhound name serial number sensor information etc Edit Parameters Edits the Rockhound parameters of the selected unit These parameters are not unique to a particular unit and these parameters should be useable by a group of units that are set up similarly Replace Module Replace a module with another compatible module type Advanced Features Access to advanced ROCKTalk features HELP About ROCKTalk version and copyright information
50. SegType Number of ADC counts at full scale in counts Name digitizer ch chan FullScaleADCCounts Type int Range 1 to 100000000 Default 8388608 Example digitizer ch chan FullScaleADCCounts 8388608 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Maximum retry request buffer time in seconds See Recovery Limit in the front end configuration Name RetrySeconds Type int Range to 1209600 Default 1800 Example RetrySeconds 1800 Maximum current data recovery buffer in packets Limits how much current data can be queued as recovery progresses Should be made smaller on systems with many digitizers and small memory Name RecoveryQueueLimit Type int Range 1 to 1209600 Default 3000 Example RecoveryQueueLimit 3000 Parameters added to module specific cfg file 6 20 2011 Sampling rate in SPS NOTES 1 Etna supports 100 200 250sps only 2 Values other than 100sps allowed in Altus App version 2 96 or higher only Name SPS Type choice Choices 20 40 50 100 200 250 Default 100 Example SPS 100 Number of channels produced by this digitizer Name NDigitizerChannels Type int Range 1 to 6 Default digchannels Example NDigitizerChannels digchannels List of channels to be sent e g 1 2 3 NOTE Number of selected channels MUST be less or equal to the number of channels to be produced by this digitizer Name Channels Type String Range 1 to 80 characters Default 1 2 3 Example
51. Sende sierra E EE eE 283 SMS MOSSA ES CN OR IEEE E EAEE E EEEE E 288 PIETONI T oE A E E AE 292 MATCTC ONC CU AAC E S IENE E E NE O T A E EE E T AA E O E E NE A N AT 293 NEIWOFK ITIO EOI onin EEE CRET A EA AT E A 293 General PUrPose IO IMET ICE ian E E E E N EEEE 296 Rock GFIO ssrsinirotp temas destin A E lan cease leicae mn cans idee cane ate danse orenaenstaatans came 296 ROCK PGA GPIO wcccasccseamstessianouarnamasiaciae aaathiasiar a E N 299 OASIS Display GUL eerop En T E ENS 306 OASIS Display GUI Desktop Only Advanced cccccccccccccc cece eee e teen eeeesseeeeeeeceeeeeeeaaaaaaaaseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaas 306 OASIS Data Did Cee anner E E EEEN 307 OASIS Data Bridge Advanced 00000000annnnnnneeneennnssesseeseeennnnnnnsssssssssssrereresssssssssssssseereeresssssssssssssserrrereessssss 307 Mathematical integration of data A gt V gt D sssssssssssseeeereessssssssssssssserrrresesssssssssssseetererrossssssssssseessseeerreresesssss 311 OASIS Mathematical Integrator Advanced 0000000aaannnneeeeennnnsessoeeeeeeenennnssssssssssseererresssssssssssseseerreesesessss 311 Computes drift between specified displacement Channels ccccccccccscsssssssssseseecececeeeeeeeeeeeeeasaaeeessseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaas 311 OASIS Drift Computer AdVANCE cccccccccccscssesseeeeeeee eect ence eee e eee e eee e nena eee e abet Gees Gee A GEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEES 311 OASIS Statistics generator noero sceta calcd haut
52. Subscription The primary method used for Rockhound modules to accept data from other Rockhound modules See publication Unit A target hardware platform either provided by Kinemetrics or by the customer that is used for running the Rockhound firmware In many cases this is a box in the field Widget A widget is a component of a GUI display Widgets can include buttons checkboxes pull down lists text areas scroll bars and other items Overview Page 4 The Rockhound firmware and software model consists of the following components The Operating System This is the basic computer software that provides the management of the computer s services Because Rockhound is written in Java Rockhound is not limited to any one Operating System Rockhound code will run on multiple Operating Systems Contact Kinemetrics for a complete list The Operating System is typically a separate commercial product that must be purchased or obtained separately The Java Virtual Machine or JVM The JVM provides the environment in which the compiled Java code of Rockhound operates The JVM isolates the Rockhound code from the details of the particular computer or Operating System employed As of this writing Rockhound is written for Sun s 1 4 JVM or later The Rockhound Firmware This is the firmware that performs the actual functions of the unit The exact functions depend on what modules were selected and how the modules were connected This firmw
53. This is my event start message EventEnd SMARTSId This is my event end message Alarm This is my alarm message Checkin This is my checkin message Other This is my other message Baud rate BaudRate Example On EventStart reason being received Rockhound kmi will send a message to 12125551137 that contains kmi This is my event start message For details on available config variables that can be tokenized into a message see RunTime Parameters documentation Category NOTIFIER Publishes Output Subscribes to NOTHING Parameters added to module specific cfg file Name of the modem port e g COM1 Windows or dev ttySX Linux Unix Name PortName Type String Range 1 to 20 characters Default dev ttyS 1 Example PortName dev ttyS 1 Parameters used to set up basic port parameters such as bits parity stop bits and flow control Name PortParams Type String Range 1 to 20 characters Default 7elu Example PortParams 7elu Baud rate used to communicate with modem Name BaudRate Type choice Choices 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 Default 19200 Example BaudRate 19200 Modem setup string sent to the modem Name ModemSetupCmd Type String Range 0 to 40 characters Default AT amp FEO amp C1S0 1 amp W Example ModemSetupCmd AT amp FEO amp C1S0 1 amp W 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 289 Page 290 Setup string sent to set up SMS Name SetupCmd Type String Range 0 to 40 c
54. Type boolean Default false Example Julian false File extension of created summary files Dynamic Parameter Name FileExtension Type String Range 1 to 128 characters Default txt Example FileExtension txt Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 JMA Summary File Generator Computes basic summary information about a recorded file as well as JMA INtensity and dominant frequency in the range of 0 5Hz to 10Hz The JMA Intensity calculations are performed for each defined set of three channels The JMASummary module subscribes to the output of the Recorder in parallel with any OUTPUTFORMATTERs and determines summary information that can be extracted from the data This information is then stored in the a text summary file along with the computed JMA Intensity information and may then be further processed or transmitted using functions like the FTPSender module after recording completes A sample set of JMA summary data written for an event would be as follows UnitID KMI Start Time 2001 08 02 14 16 19 40 Trigger Tame 2001 08702 Jas 16222 83 1 Channel s Triggered digl ch3 Runtime 25 seconds Digi ta7eie Ch ChannelID SPS Min Max digrtschL Col 200 2 63 1 31 669 551 AiG len C02 200 meio resto 369 342 digi cch3 C03 200 429 038 695 625 JMA Processing Channel Groups Intensity Dom Freg COs CO S03 BaT Sa 6HZ Duration is in seconds times are relative to UTC and peaks have been demeaned and converted to gal based
55. a lama Se Ow wy bitp 10 0 1 167 t Xx Google Pp File Edit View Favorites Tools Help i Timi ata oo CH SECVSEC XS I op cr Kinemetrics Rockhound 20 Station KMI TIME CSECONDS gt oO al CH SEC SEC Overview Log Out State of Health Waveform Viewer Triggering amp Sensors Recorded Files TIME CSECONDS gt Interactive File Viewer Parameters Hardware System ation Layout Display Vv Now Advanced Features Tools Runtime Log Error Log Documentation Connect Limited Access I oo oo ao al S cmvsecvsec S J oo Kinemetrics 2000 2009 All Rights Reserved Done Internet Protected Mode On 100 HTTPConfig Enlarged thumbnail image The HTTPConfig module supports multilingual displays including different languages on each connection All HTTPConfig messages can be translated but some messages from other parts of the Rockhound system may not be translatable Translation is enabled by adding a file httplanguages cfg to the SMARTSDist directory The file contains common names of translations supported and their corresponding language files English is implied Kinemetrics does not normally provide or maintain the translation files 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 235 An example httplanguages cfg file would look like this Spanish spanish cfg German german cfg By adding this file to the system the user will be allowe
56. as a convenience when some channels are recorded at one sample rate and sent by telemetry at a different sample rate Name OnlySPS Type choice Choices Unused 1Isps 10sps 20sps 50sps 1O00sps 200sps 250sps 500sps 1000sps 2000sps Default Unused Example OnlySPS Unused Use Julian day representation for indicating day within the year e g February 5 would be indicated as 036 rather than 0205 Dynamic Parameter Name Julian Type boolean Default false Example Julian false Document 304702 Rev N Page 179 MATLAB Format Data Archiver A multi channel MatLab archiver that saves events in the MatLab m format The output filenames are constructed from a combination of the starting time of the first sample in the file the network code and the unit ID as follows M20080318_160536_KM_KMI m Data can be stored at multiple sample rates and is stored as ADC counts only so further processing will need to apply appropriate scaling factors to convert the data to Engineering units To open a generated MatLab format m file open the data file first and then open a plotting or processing program such as the kmiplot m example that is provided with the distribution In order to make use of the produced data files the user will need to have a program that can read the MatLab m data format such as MatLab itself or a compatible program Category OUTPUTFORMATTER Publishes Output Subscribes to RECORDER_Output and or CONTINUOUSRE
57. at a different sample rate Name OnlySPS Type choice Choices Unused Isps 10sps 20sps 50sps 100sps 200sps 250sps 500sps 1000sps 2000sps Default Unused Example OnlySPS Unused Use Julian day representation for indicating day within the year e g February 5 would be indicated as 036 rather than 0205 Dynamic Parameter Name Julian Type boolean Default false Example Julian false Document 304702 Rev N Page 175 Cimarron style directory structure e g digitizer data D070929 Name CimarronFmt Type boolean Default false Example CimarronFmt false Three character filenames forced if Cimarron style directory structures used one char for SPS and two for channel number SPS 1 I 10 X 20 T 40 F 50 L 100 C 200 B 250 S 500 D 1000 M 2000 H Examples at 200sps Ch1 B01 Ch10 B10 etc Example name would be CBID00__ C01 where BID indicates Month 11 Day 18 and Hour 13 CO1 is the channel identifier channel 1 at 100sps Name CimarronNames Type boolean Default true Example CimarronNames true Alternate file naming if Cimarron Format not used m files have the naming format YYYYMMDDHHMMSS STN CHN CHAN m where STN is the dig name or channel specific station ID for example 20100113000014 KMI 001 HHZ m seed files have the naming format STN NW CHAN LOC YYYYMMDD_HHMMSS seed for example KMI KM HHZ 01 20100113_000014 seed Name AlternateNaming Type choice Choices m files 2 seed
58. boolean Default false Example NoTips false Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 6 20 2011 Color of the font used for table titles at the top of the table Default is FFFFFF white in RGB Advanced Name TableTitleFontColor Type String Range 3 to 20 characters Default FFFFFF Example TableTitleFontColor RKFFFFF Background color of the bar used for table titles at the top of the table Default is 000000 black in RGB Advanced Name TableTitleBarColor Type String Range 3 to 20 characters Default 000000 Example TableTitleBarColor 000000 Background color of table bodies Default is FOFOFO light gray in RGB Advanced Name TableBackgroundColor Type String Range 3 to 20 characters Default FOFOFO Example TableBackgroundColor FOFOFO Font color used for text in tables Default is 000000 black in RGB Advanced Name TableFontColor Type String Range 3 to 20 characters Default 000000 Example TableFontColor 000000 Page background color used for the left pane and some simpler pages Default is HEOEOEO medium gray in RGB Advanced Name PageBackgroundColor Type String Range 3 to 20 characters Default EOEQEO Example PageBackgroundColor EQEQEO Page font color used for page notes and titles Default is 000000 black in RGB Advanced Name PageFontColor Type String Range 3 to 20 characters Default 000000 Example PageFontColor 000000 Alert font color
59. computer is not set up with the NetBIOS service enabled This service is required in order to get the hardware identification information from your computer necessary to run the Rockhound software 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 59 5 Rockhound Modules This section describes each Rockhound module in terms of its behavior possible subscriptions and parameters In the following examples some parameter names or values are created using other values defined by Rockhound These include digitizer The name of the related digitizer digchannels The number of channels for this digitizer nchannels The total number of channels affected by this Rockhound configuration chan The current channel number plug ins list The list of defined data plug ins plug in layouts list The list of user defined plug in layouts Available categories and modules Each Rockhound module belongs to a category of similar modules For example there might be several different types of trigger filters available but they all share one common feature namely that they are all trigger filters In other cases such as the Voter there might only be one choice When selections are made based on module category the software will determine how many modules there are of that category If there is only one module of that category the software will choose that module without further user input One the other hand if there are severa
60. data in the desired format The decision of what data to store has been made outside of the module The OU TPUTFORMATTER is only responsible for recording it in the proper format Typically an OUTPUTFORMATTER can accept data from a RECORDER or a CONTINUOUSRECORDER MinitSeed Format Data Archiver A multi channel MiniSeed MSEED format archiver for samples The module takes data in that is a multichannel data stream and writes it out as multiple MiniSeed files one per data stream The output filenames are constructed from a combination of the starting time of the first sample in the file the UnitID the channel number relative to the digitizer and the channel ID as follows yyyymmddhhmmss UnitID chan chanID m One file is created for each channel that is being recorded Time is taken from the time of the first data that is to be recorded NChannels UnitID and ChanID are taken from the RuntimeParams Channels to be recorded are taken from a comma delimited parameter string in the module config file called simply Channels The list includes an entry for each digitizer channel for example Channels kmi ti kms ny KML Soe eho ey Orie eS no OE ee Channels The channel list validated against NChannels is used to determine the list of channels to be recorded and helps extract the parameters that should be recorded from all the channels sent to the archiver Channel IDs are taken from RuntimeParams if they are available If not th
61. double Range 32000 to 32000 Default 0 Example digitizer ch chan OffsetUp 0 Location code string for the channel needed for EVT MintSEED files and or Ring Buffer storage Name digitizer ch chan LocationCode Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example digitizer ch chan LocationCode string Network code string for the channel needed for EVT SAC MiniSEED files and or Ring Buffer storage Defaults to the global Network ID if not specified Name digitizer ch chan NetworkCode Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example digitizer ch chan NetworkCode string Station code string for the channel needed for EVT SAC MiniSEED files and or Ring Buffer storage Defaults to the global Station ID if not specified Name digitizer ch chan StationCode Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example digitizer ch chan StationCode string Calib value for the channel needed for Ring Buffer storage Name digitizer ch chan Calib Type double Range 1000000 to 1000000 Default 0 0 Example digitizer ch chan Calib 0 0 Calper value for the channel needed for Ring Buffer storage Name digitizer ch chan Calper Type double Range 9999 to 9999 Default 1 0 Example digitizer ch chan Calper 1 0 Document 304702 Rev N Page 131 SegT ype for the channel needed for Ring Buffer storage Name digitizer ch chan SegT
62. false TCP Port number for the web server usually 80 Advanced Name TCPPort Type int Range 0 to 32767 Default 80 Example TCPPort 80 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Telemetry connections Category TELEMETRY Telemetry modules provide a way to deliver data to a telemetry connection for the purpose of delivering the data to an alternate site instead of or in addition to local processing The telemetry module may take the form of support for a customer specific communications protocol interface or may be as simple as the Rockhound Telemetry Connection module which provides for easy viewing of Rockhound data from a remote site using ROCKTalk or a similar program Waveform viewer The Telemetry Connection module is used to provide a telemetry interface that allows viewing of Rockhound data remotely using ROCKTalk or a similarly enabled program The Telemetry Connection requires low processor overhead when the telemetry connection is not in use since very little processing 1s required until the connection is open The Telemetry Connection makes all channels of data available to an outside connection for the purpose of monitoring the waveforms of the data flowing through Rockhound This quick check can answer many questions as to the state of health of the equipment involved A Telemetry Connection is added to Rockhound layouts by default but can be deleted by the user if necessary More data on the uses of the Telemetry Co
63. file name it something like replace jar and transfer it to the unit s SMARTSDist injar directory Once completely transferred rename the file to config jar Next time Rockhound loops around and restarts it will see this new configuration and use it hopefully resolving the crash If a previous configuration isn t available to use create one using ROCKTalk s Layout Wizard and then archive it to a JAR file then follow the procedure outlined above Finally if a replacement configuration isn t available then to just get Rockhound communicating again delete the config jar file from the SMARTSDist config directory When Rockhound next loops around and restarts it will interpret the absence of this file as meaning that there is no valid configuration and it will revert to a Console Only configuration that contains a Rockhound CommandConsole module and nothing else After this communication with Rockhound should again be possible using ROCKTalk A final option would be to connect to the unit s computer console directly or via TELNET and terminate Rockhound manually Once this is done use one of the above methods to restore a working configuration and then restart Rockhound Rockhound Stops Working After 12 Hours The most likely cause of this is that the Rockhound registration information is missing damaged or invalid In this case Rockhound will revert to Demo mode and run an otherwise fully functional configuration for
64. files Default 1 m files Example AlternateNaming 1 m files SAC Format Data Archiver A multi channel SAC format archiver for samples The module takes data in that is a multichannel data stream and writes it out as multiple SAC files one per data stream The output filenames are constructed from a combination of the starting time of the first sample in the file the UnitID and the channel ID as follows yyyydddhhmmss ssss UnitID chanID sac One file is created for each channel that is being recorded Time is taken from the time of the first data that is to be recorded NChannels UnitID and ChanID are taken from the RuntimeParams Channels to be recorded are taken from a comma delimited parameter string in the module config file called simply Channels The list includes an entry for each digitizer channel for example Channel s kma 2 lL kmi toy KM oy OCs ly Gers 2 y OGr S Channels The channel list validated against NChannels is used to determine the list of channels to be recorded and helps extract the parameters that should be recorded from all the channels sent to the archiver Page 176 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Channel IDs are taken from RuntimeParams if they are available If not they are loaded with simply C where is replaced by a numeric channel number To allow for continuous recording or event recording of long files the module takes data arrivals and writes them to temporary data files o
65. gt for a specific command Terminal Window NOTE that the Rockhound CommandConsole only supports one connection at a time so while connected to a unit through its CommandConsole no other connection will be allowed Page 30 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 RockTalk Setup Enters ROCKTalk Setup to allow selection of unit and setup of communications options for each unit It also allows selection of the advanced user password This password is primarily there to restrict inexperienced users from some of the more complex functions No advanced user password is set by default If a password is needed select Set Password and specify one The ROCKTalk Setup dialog appears as follows K ROCKTalk Setup i a ce tee oM Unit Selection and List Updates ROCKI Add Delete Rename _ IP Address and Command Port of ROCK1 127 0 0 1 i Console Password admin Advanced User Level er ete terete E r r EE R reat ROCKTalk Setup Dialog The various components of the ROCKTalk Setup dialog are as follows unit Selection and List Updates Provides the means to manage a list of known unit A pull down list ROCK1 in this example allows selection between several previously defined unit ROCKTalk will remember communications options for each unit saving the user the trouble of re entering these each time a new unit is selected ADD allows the user to define a new unit and add
66. has been triggered and should begin event recording The STA LTA trigger works by comparing a short term running average of the trigger filtered data with a long term average of the trigger filtered data If the short term average exceeds the long term average by the trigger ratio the channel is considered triggered When the channel is triggered the LTA length increases to the maximum length of 120 seconds to prevent loss of coda in a long event Also the criteria to detrigger the channel is that the STA LTA ratio must fall below the detrigger ratio calculated as 1 0 detriggerPercent 0 01 triggerRatio 1 0 These techniques allow the user to set the instrument relatively easily as only one type of STA LTA needs to be considered 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 161 Example from default To set up an STA LTA trigger select the length of the short term average in seconds these range from 0 1 to 10 seconds Next select the long term average time in seconds these range from 20 to 120 seconds Finally select the ratio of the STA LTA that will cause the channel to trigger and detrigger these range from 1 5 to 1000 for triggering and 10 to 100 for detriggering The lower you set the trigger ratio the more sensitive the unit and the more events both real and spurious you are likely to record The detrigger ratio will determine how sensitive the channel becomes once it has triggered You then need to repeat this Trigger
67. hr Default None Example Recover None This digitizer is optional If selected and initial connection to the digitizer fails then the unit will continue to operate without it If not optional a successful connection is required or the unit will restart Name OptionalDigitizer Type boolean Default false Example OptionalDigitizer false Advanced serial port settings for data bits parity etc Default is 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit Advanced Name ComSettings Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example ComSettings string Drum recorder special simplex communication mode This is intended only for specialized use with drum recorder output In this mode Rockhound will only listen to the Altus and will not send any data Any control of the Altus will be done by someone else such as an upstream Earthworm Antelope or NMS client In particular recovery is the responsibility of the upstream host though a short timeout for the DataIntegrator is recommended 10 15 seconds to keep data flowing in the case of an opccasional non recovered packet loss SOH channels will not be published This module s parameters should be set up to match those of the Altus for channel count sample rate and other parameters Advanced Name DrumMode Type boolean Default false Example DrumMode false Q330 Input from UDP P Module name Q330FrontEnd This module serves as the Rockhound interface to a Kinemetrics Quan
68. i nT TET O TE ETO S O EE RET 154 URATI oA A AA A A T TA 155 URET cj genre ee een eee eC en A O A A E O A 156 LPSRO Filter Advanced sanon a EAT E AT 157 LPW WSS Tier Aan eA aaa a eee a a a een So da 158 GSI Tr Advanced e R T E eal a aN 159 SPWWSS Filler Advanced araen a a T A tals hs a calc A ne 159 Channelin o oee ar e E O E ene ese eee sD 160 Threshold TIECT a e E dacs Mt E T a a 160 STFAJGIA TTO Cr aasa E T E le aD 161 TIS Clabes E a a a a a A a T A N 164 DIY FIR Tiller Advanced erra ea E A AA E A A A A E ONTE 164 DOTY TTR Tiir Advanced anea E A EA A A A A E ONTE 165 Velocity LIR Filter Advanced scvisi Zisiwescccccisecnssaitncsvaovicaxsciase E E iE Aa AEE E EE AE 167 Displacement IIR Filter Advanced aaoaooee000annnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnsssssssssseeeersensssssssssssssrererenesssssssssssseeerreeesssssss 168 Post Integration IIR Filter Advanced aaeaeeeeeennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnsssssssssseeereennnsssssssssssseererennsssssssssssseerreeee 169 V0 E EI IEE T ANEN N I ENA P INE E IENEI A AA ENIE UE OP NP ROARED RN ROE ATEI TE E A 170 VOLET ai a a a N a act lect E E nea ton rete 170 COSTO ne a a UEC IO a N r a ECM EDR OPT NT SRR AEN Po On Pe 171 IS HEB tf ee De orem ae mR Te eT a RC POR PET MOPED Pe ORD OP Ee EP TT OR oe PO 172 RECOFU OT oe E E E E T A EAE A OP RTO Te 172 COMUNUOUS recorder arpin nne N E E EE ENE 173 Continuous Recorder ciscscnseseiivnnuceiantaasesorenzcabsrhandesdvantualsancnadotsseansoveshsaa
69. initial page that looks like this The link near the bottom left allows the user to release Full Access to another user by selecting Limited Access only one user may have Full Access at a time all other users are given Limited Access rights effectively read only A link is also provided near the top left that allows the user to log out immediately Page 226 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Station KMI Internet orer provided by Dell Y Ow http 10 0 1 167 File Edit View Favorites Tools Help aly Favorites 92g Suggested Sites US e System started on Wed Jun 24 07 40 39 PDT 2009 sing groups 0 Restart count 1198 TEO Gua None Number of streams incl SOH 3 lt ete o IP Address 10 0 1 167 gap Chika None Software version 3 0 3 roups queued 102 System Info It s Wed Jun 24 07 45 34 PDT 2009 Kinemetrics 2000 2009 All Rights Reserved Internet Protected Mode On HTTPConfig module main page 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 227 The System Operation or Hardware parameters links will take you to a parameter editing screen such as 7 Station KMI Internet arora provided byt Dell i OGO ba Elh http 10 0 1 167 an Google Pp File Edit View Favorites Tools Help x sip Favorites sig Suggested Sites t 7 Station KMI kanran cont Recorder fcc fe dig L Ch hi Classic Strona Motion Fiter digi Ch 1 Threshold Trager a1 T
70. level as well as spectral computations that can be optionally performed on triggered data This information is then available for inclusion in e mail messages Category OASISSTATISTICS Publishes Output Subscribes to RECORDER_Output and or CONTINUOUSRECORDER_ Output Parameters added to module specific cfg file 6 20 2011 Text description of each drift trigger level Dynamic Parameter Name Levell Type String Range to 256 characters Default Level Example Levell Level1 Text description of each drift trigger level Dynamic Parameter Name Level2 Type String Range 1 to 256 characters Default Level2 Example Level2 Level2 Text description of each drift trigger level Dynamic Parameter Name Level3 Type String Range 1 to 256 characters Default Level3 Example Level3 Level3 Compute spectral acceleration for this channel use channel ID here reports as OASISSA1 Dynamic Parameter Document 304702 Rev N Page 313 Name SpectraChan 1 Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example SpectraChan1 string Damping factor for spectral acceleration in percent Dynamic Parameter Name SpectraDamping 1 Type double Range 0 to 100 Default 5 Example SpectraDamping1 5 Period for spectral acceleration in seconds Dynamic Parameter Name SpectraPeriod1 Type double Range 0 001 to 500 Default 10 Example SpectraPeriod1 10 Compute spectral acceleration for this cha
71. mail is directed to e g marsha yourhost com Name ToUser Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example ToUser string User that the mail is coming from If not specified the system will use a combination of the Unit ID and the Domain both found in the hardware parameters such as userid domain NOTE Not needed if using the KMI Relay Name FromUser Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example FromUser string 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 285 Page 286 ESMTP authentication user password to be supplied to ESMTP authentication using AUTH LOGIN NOTE Not needed if using the KMI Relay Name Password Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example Password string Subject line for the message Name Subject Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example Subject string Count of number of retries before giving up on a message Name RetryCount Type int Range 1 to 1000 Default 10 Example RetryCount 10 Minimum time between retries in seconds Name RetryDelaySec Type int Range 1 to 3600 Default 30 Example RetryDelaySec 30 Maximum delay between retries as retry interval is doubled in seconds Name MaxDelaySec Type int Range 10 to 345600 Default 14400 Example MaxDelaySec 14400 String sent when unit restarts for any reason Name Startup Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default none Example St
72. may choose to only upgrade a few units on your network at a time until you understand the behaviors of the new firmware before going live across the entire network It is also possible for you to write your own FTP transfer mechanism to transfer firmware and configuration updates To do this you would take a firmware JAR file and FTP it to several units into their injar directories Although firmware updates may be sent to multiple units configuration data should not Be certain that you do not send the same configuration information to more than one unit Whatever you call them on your own system a firmware update sent to a unit should be sent to the injar directory and should be called ftpupdate jar If you follow this naming convention Rockhound will recognize the existence of the file within 10 minutes and will validate the firmware image and install it if it is a good image Kinemetrics can provide you some examples as needed to help you with building your own FTP firmware or configuration updating mechanism Upgrading Rockhound configuration The configuration of Rockhound may be changed from time to time by the customer For this reason a plan should be set up for dealing with the process of making and managing these configuration changes Configuration changes can be made using ROCKTalk s Open Layout and Save Layout selections which are made from the File menu Using these methods the user may change the configuration b
73. module subscriptions Again this is something that rarely if ever should need to be done by the customer Editing subscriptions alters the data flow in the system and could leave some modules as orphans that no longer receive data Although subscription editing is not substantially restricted beyond requiring Advanced User status it is primarily intended for use by Kinemetrics personnel and should only be used by the customer under specific direction from Kinemetrics personnel Special advanced level only Help About Displays version and copyright information about the current copy of ROCKTalk 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 43 3 How Do l This chapter addresses commonly asked questions about the configuration and operation of the Rockhound firmware and or the ROCKTalk software The main goal here is to deal with common questions and operational issues Add a unit to ROCKTalk To add a unit to ROCKTalk so that it is remembered in the list of available units select the Open Layout or Save Layout function and then go to ROCKTalk Setup Once in ROCKTalk Setup click the Add button at the top of the dialog and enter the name of the new unit when asked The name is only for display purposes within ROCKTalk and can be any reasonable length Press OK after entering the name Enter additional information needed to communicate with the unit including its IP address and file transfer method SCP FTP or file copies and any oth
74. modules can be combined in ways not considered or that new modules are being designed now that do what is needed It is also possible that a custom module could be quickly designed that would meet the exact criteria Contact Kinemetrics for further information 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 17 2 ROCKTalk This chapter covers the program ROCKTalk that provides the primary user interface to Rockhound for setup and parameter editing ROCKTalk Overview As seen from the example descriptions given in the overview the configuration of Rockhound is done with text files and communication with Rockhound can be done primarily through standard interfaces such as Telnet and SCP FTP However it should also be clear by now that the number of available Rockhound modules and the number of configuration options make manual configuration an intimidating prospect for anyone with better things to do than to learn all of the detailed intricacies of Rockhound internals For this reason Kinemetrics developed a program called ROCKTalk ROCKTalk is designed to walk that fine line between hiding the complexities of dealing with Rockhound and limiting access to the power of that complexity In other words ROCKTalk tries to provide the best of both worlds ROCKTalk is written in Java like the rest of the Rockhound software This means that ROCKTalk can be run on any computing platform that supports Java such as the various Windows Operating Systems Su
75. needed for EVT SUDS SEISAN and COSMOS files Name digitizer ch chan Sensitivity Type double Range 0 001 to 10000 0 Default 1 25 Example digitizer ch chan Sensitivity 1 25 Full scale range value for the channel in volts needed for EVT SUDS and COSMOS files Name digitizer ch chan FullScale Type double Range 0 01 to 40 Default 5 0 Example digitizer ch chan FullScale 5 0 Sensor Type index for the channel 10 FBA 11 11 FBA 4g 12 FBA 2g 13 FBA 1g 14 FBA 0 5g 15 FBA 0 25g 16 FBA 0 1 g 20 FBA 23 30 WR 1 32 EpiSensor 33 S6000 34 Mark L22 35 Mark L4C 36 CMG 37 CMG3T 38 CMG40T 39 CMGS 40 KS 2000 41 GT S13 422 CMG3ESP 43 KMI SH1 44 KMI SV1 needed for EVT SAC and COSMOS files Name digitizer ch chan SensorType Type int Range 0 to 9999 Default 1 Example digitizer ch chan SensorlType 1 Number of ADC counts at full scale in counts Name digitizer ch chan FullScaleADCCounts Type int Range 1 to 100000000 Default 8388608 Example digitizer ch chan FullScaleADCCounts 8388608 Page 116 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 6 20 2011 Maximum retry request buffer time in seconds See Recovery Limit in the front end configuration Name RetrySeconds Type int Range to 1209600 Default 1800 Example RetrySeconds 1800 Channel ID string for the deg SOH channel if not set uses default name Advanced Name Temperature Id Type String
76. not required User and Root Passwords Kinemetrics Rockhound turn key systems which consist of Rockhound firmware loaded onto Kinemetrics hardware run under the Linux operating system Linux provides password protected user accounts including a root account for system administration activities plus two Rockhound specific accounts that are used for execution of the Rockhound firmware and configuration of Rockhound In addition the user may choose to install his own accounts which may have their own passwords Passwords on the various Linux user accounts are set by default but are not required 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 15 Page 16 ROCKTalk Advanced User Password ROCKTalk allows for restriction of Advanced User features The Advanced User password is set on the ROCKTalk Setup dialog By default no Advanced User password is set FTP Server Password In addition to the unit acting as an SCP FTP Server allowing remote retrieval of files Rockhound can transmit files automatically to an FTP Server that the user has set up to accept these files Setup and maintenance of an FTP Server is the responsibility of the user if desired Normally the FTP Server would have accounts and passwords to restrict reading writing or changing of files on the FTP Server The FTP Server s address account name and password must be given to the Rockhound FTPSender module in the form of parameters See FTPSender Rockhound module Default Passwor
77. only Usage VCOCHECK secs vcodelta mindrift maxdrift VCOSTABLE Sets VCO initial value for stable temperature and GPS locked intended for factory use only Usage VCOSTABLE VCOVERIFY Verify that VCO has not changed Arg 0 saves current VCO for later comparison Arg 0 checks VCO against saved 1ntended for factory use only Usage VCOVERIFY vcorange VER Display the software and hardware version numbers Usage VER VMBYTES Display the total bytes available and bytes free in the Virtual Machine Usage VMBYTES VMEXIT Exits the Virtual Machine restarting Usage VMEXIT VMGC Force Garbage Collection in the Virtual Machine Usage VMGC VMPROPS Display the Virtual Machine properties Usage VMPROPS VIDSET Set voltage range during ATE testing 0 2 5V 1 5V 2 20V intended for factory use only Usage VIDSET range WATCHDOGTEST Cause a system restart via a software watchdog Usage WATCHDOGTEST NOTE 1 For security reasons the CAT COPY DEL REN and REGISTERMODULE commands are disabled by default You can edit the list of disabled commands by changing the Disabled console commands parameter of the command console module This list cannot be empty If you truly want no commands restricted enter NONE 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 203 NOTE 2 With the above list of commands disabled at the console the console is not a significant security risk However to provide an extra level of security
78. option cards and external relays are on an optional external relay board interfaced through RS 232 Name HeartbeatGPIO Type choice Choices Unused 1 GPIO bit 1 2 GPIO bit 2 3 GPIO bit 3 4 GPIO bit 4 5 GPIO bit 5 6 GPIO bit 6 7 External relay 1 8 External relay 2 9 External relay 3 10 External relay 4 1 1 External relay 5 12 External relay 6 13 External relay 7 14 External relay 8 Default Unused Example HeartbeatGPIO Unused List of digitizers channels to be processed e g dig1 1 dig1 2 or Name Channels Type String Range 1 to 1024 characters Default Example Channels Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 6 20 2011 Units used for PGA calculation and formatting Note that g and cm selections only apply to accelerometers and only if sensitivity selection is set correctly Name PGAUnits Type choice Choices Volts g cm gal Default g Example PGAUnits g Alarm message template If blank no message file will be created If a template file is specified it will define the structure of the created message files and can contain delimited tokens from the Run Time Parameters Name Message Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default none Example Message string Number of files to keep If zero all files will be given the same name MSG_NW_STA_SN txt and will be overwritten each time If non zero file names will include a timestamp and will be automatically cleaned up YY YYMMDDHHMMSS_ MSG NW_S
79. plug ins Category PLUGIN Plug ins provide a way to customize a Rockhound module in limited but very efficient ways for specialized purposes A plug in is not as simple a concept as Rockhound modules and is not as general purpose but it can be a very fast and efficient way to process data in some cases A Plug in layout is always associated with a Rockhound module such as the DATAINTEGRATOR and provides a way for the data stream to be quickly and efficiently routed out from the module through the plug in and then back into the module for further processing Page 318 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 The clearest example of a plug in is data filtering Assume for example that the input data rate from the digitizer is at a sample rate of 200sps but that data for certain channels is to be recorded at 10sps This would be a good application for plug ins where the data arriving at the DATAINTEGRATOR is passed out to the plug ins where the affected channels are filtered appropriately and returned to the DATAINTEGRATOR while unaffected channels are simply returned without modification to the DATAINTEGRATOR In either case the data returned from the plug ins is used throughout the rest of the Rockhound system as if the data had originally arrived this way Plug ins can also be used for other purposes where it is necessary to tap off of the primary data stream including things like reduction of the data to a lower sample rate before telemetry or sp
80. ratio 4 DEUCrigger rates LU a COO Aad S22 procedure for each channel that is active in the recorder s triggering scheme Remember that this setup causes a channel to trigger but you will still need to set up the Voter to indicate how many channels of triggering are required to trigger the unit for recording The trigger ratio detrigger percentage STA length LTA length and the votes for this channel can be specified Category CHANNELTRIGGER Publishes Output Subscribes to CHANNELEXTRACTOR_ Output and or CHANNELTRGFILTER_Output Parameters added to module specific cfg file Page 162 STA LTA Trigger ratio Dynamic Parameter Name TriggerRatio Type choice Choices 1 5 2 3 4 6 8 10 20 30 40 60 100 Default 4 0 Example TriggerRatio 4 0 STA LTA Detrigger percentage Dynamic Parameter Name DetriggerPercent Type choice Choices 10 15 20 40 60 100 Default 40 0 Example DetriggerPercent 40 0 STA duration in seconds Dynamic Parameter Name STALength Type choice Choices 0 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 8 1 0 1 2 1 4 1 6 1 8 2 0 2 5 3 0 5 0 10 0 Default 1 0 Example STALength 1 0 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 LTA length in seconds Dynamic Parameter Name LTALength Type choice Choices 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 120 Default 60 Example LTALength 60 Alarm threshold as a percentage of full scale percentage Dynamic Parameter Name AlarmThreshold Type double Range 0 001 to 100 000
81. restart count against saved intended for factory use only Usage RSVERIFY rsflag RTPARAMS Display current system runtime parameters Usage RTPARAMS optional key match RUN Run a batch file by executing commands in it as if they were typed Usage RUN file SETDEBUGMASK Set the debug mask for a given module Usage SETDEBUGMASK module value default 0 SLEEP Sleep the specified number of seconds Usage SLEEP seconds SNSCAL Do sensor calibration Usage SNSCAL type SOHCHECK Checks BF analog voltage values intended for factory use only Usage SOHCHECK value range 10 each SOHFLUSH Request a flush of SOH data files when using the optional web server interface Usage SOHFLUSH STEP Apply the sensor step voltage Usage STEP STIME Display the system start time Usage STIME Page 202 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 TEMPCHECK Checks temperature against actual Range against expected must allow for case rise intended for factory use only Usage TEMPCHECK expected range UNSTEP Remove the sensor step voltage Usage UNSTEP USERSTAT Write numeric parameter to user status stream Usage USERSTAT num VALIDATE Validates firmware or config update If valid may cause restart Usage To validate and restart VALIDATE UPDATE To validate and dynamically reconfigure VALIDATE RECONFIG VCOCHECK Check the VCO response by offsetting and monitoring drift intended for factory use
82. sections Publication The Rockhound firmware is primarily designed around a publication subscription model This means that most modules take data in from one or more modules elsewhere in Rockhound layout that they have subscribed to Data coming from other sources that this module has not subscribed to is ignored Once processed a module will generally publish results for consumption by still other modules Reply The returned results of a Request See request Request A special variation of the subscription publication interface that allows a module to make a specific request for information and to have the results of that request returned via a reply In Rockhound the best example of this request reply method is the interface between a DataIntegrator which contains the pre event memory buffers and an EventRecorder that once triggered will request the data to be recorded Rockhound The library of Kinemetrics Rockhound code that can be assembled to provide great flexibility Software In general software is a set of instructions to a computer When users think of software they tend to think of software stored on hard disks or other such media In the context of Rockhound software 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 3 is not used to refer to the software that actually runs the unit but to user interface software such as ROCKTalk or to other software for processing or handling the resulting data See Firmware
83. server e g myserver com or 10 0 0 1 Dynamic Parameter Name Host Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example Host string SCP user for login to the SCP server e g fred Dynamic Parameter Name User Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default anonymous Example User anonymous SCP password for login to the SCP server e g mypassword If using pre shared Keys do not put a password here but instead specify the fully qualified path to the private key e g root ssh Aid_dsa Dynamic Parameter Name Password Type String Range 0 to 256 characters Default none Example Password string Semicolon separated list of file extensions to send Name FileExtensions Type String Range to 128 characters Default m evt txt Example FileExtensions m evt txt SCP base directory for where to place files on the SCP server e g pub incoming MUST ALREADY EXIST NOTE Slashes must match those expected by the SCP server Dynamic Parameter Name BaseDir Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example BaseDir string Destination permissions mask 0644 RW for owner RO all others Dynamic Parameter Name Permissions Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default 0644 Example Permissions 0644 Document 304702 Rev N Page 195 Count of number of retries before giving up on a file send Name RetryCount Type int Range 1 to 200 Default 10 Example RetryCount
84. shall be made on Software Change Request forms SCRs Problems reported by filing an SCR within one year will be corrected free of charge SCRs filed after the one year period will be billed at the then current rates The method of correction will be at Kinemetrics Inc s discretion in that a correction may be supplied via a software patch or by shipping updated software Shipment of updated software will sometimes require hardware or configuration changes to the system Hardware changes may include but are not limited to memory and disk drives Required hardware or configuration changes are not included in the cost of a software update and may represent an additional cost to the customer All software once delivered is covered under warranty Updates fitting the following descriptions would NOT be considered valid warranty claims and the software would be billed accordingly e Updates not prompted by a software problem Additional software options requested voluntarily by the customer such as the addition of special software Copyright 1998 2011 Kinemetrics Inc All Rights Reserved No part of this publication may be reproduced without the written permission of Kinemetrics Inc Table of Contents introduction Retetnatee tena neue aver ne eer cr eeraier tent ne MPN a 1 Gonerakintorma GON eei a e pe a a a aaa l Denno peepereeraen meron eee a a a a a a a a rene ee emer 2 OVETN IO Woese siran EE EE E E EE E un iaelccaotees 4 T
85. the Rockhound Command Console configuration parameters and in ROCKTalk s Command Console parameter under ROCKTalk Setup Anonymous FTP Account name anonymous password emailaddress This account is provided by default for anonymous READ ONLY access to the Linux based FTP server To access recorded files anonymously log into the FTP site using this account and your e mail address as a password To log into the SCP FTP site with write access use the admin account Files are typically stored under pub data events In higher security applications a better protection method is use of secure communications functions such as secure shell secure telnet and SCP These methods are significantly more complicated and use encryption that makes the data meaningless to anyone sniffing the connection and denies unauthorized connections to your system totally Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 One Final Word on the Overview From the overview descriptions so far on Rockhound it should be clear that Rockhound is a very flexible collection of firmware modules that can be combined in a number of ways to provide a great deal of flexibility The Rockhound architecture is very scalable allowing more channels and more elaborate processing to be done limited only by the available computing resources New Rockhound modules are expected to be added to the list of modules described in this manual For specific applications it is possible that existing
86. the expected sample rate of the drum recorder Channels Must be a list of three channels The Telemetry Channel selection within the drum recorder will select between the three Minimum Latency This value should be set to a value smaller than the Telemetry Delay selection within the drum recorder Exact values necessary will depend on network conditions but good starting values are 10 for the drum recorder s Telemetry Delay value and 5 for the DFS Telemetry module s Minimum Latency value Time Packets Should be enabled The drum recorder s Scale Factor parameter may be used to scale output NOTE The drum recorder has a time window that is used to validate the timestamps of incoming data Data that does not fall within this time window will be discarded and you ll get a flat line For this reason it is important that the time base of the drum recorder and the data source be the same ideally both from GPS relative to UTC The drum recorder s Telemetry Delay parameter must be large enough to comfortably include the DFS Telemetry module s Minimum Latency value Category DATARELAY Publishes Output Subscribes to DATAINTEGRATOR_Output Parameters added to module specific cfg file 6 20 2011 Name of the DFS port e g COM1 Windows or dev ttySX Linux Unix Name PortName Type String Range 1 to 20 characters Default dev ttyS 1 Example PortName dev ttyS 1 Baud rate used for communication Name BaudRate Type
87. the result would be that Rockhound would start and crash and start and crash and start Unfortunately it is difficult for the Rockhound firmware to detect or do anything about this So it falls to the user to correct it Symptoms Cannot communicate with the unit via the CommandConsole as Rockhound does not stay running long enough to keep the CommandConsole alive for communication Unit s computer can still communicate via FTP as this is independent of the Rockhound firmware If communication with the unit s computer console Note NOT the CommandConsole is possible then the Rockhound firmware can be seen to be starting and crashing Solutions More than likely the problem comes from an unforeseen invalid combination of Rockhound modules and or parameters In this case the easiest thing to do is to eliminate the suspect configuration and restore the system to a known good configuration that at least allows reliable communication 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 325 One way to do this is to restore an earlier known good configuration Since this cannot be done through ROCKTalk because the Rockhound firmware is not running at least not well then what is needed is to do this through other means An FTP connection to the unit s computer might be the easiest but it may also be possible to make a TELNET connection to the unit s computer if it is configured to support TELNET If a previous configuration exists as a JAR
88. the ring buffer Name OnlySPS Type choice Choices Unused 1Isps 10sps 20sps 50sps 100sps 200sps 250sps 500sps 1000sps 2000sps Default Unused Example OnlySPS Unused ANTELOPE MODE ONLY Latency for SOH data added to the ORB This can be used to trade off telemetry bandwidth and latency by packing more seconds of contiguous data into each ORB packet Values of 0 or 1 provide minimum latency by generating one packet for each second Higher values will more efficiently use available bandwidth but at the expense of more latency Name ORBSOH Latency Type int Range 0 to 64000 Default 0 Example ORBSOHLatency 0 ANTELOPE MODE ONLY Latency for channel data added to the ORB This can be used to trade off telemetry bandwidth and latency by packing more seconds of contiguous data into each ORB packet Values of 0 or 1 provide minimum latency by generating one packet for each second Higher values will more efficiently use available bandwidth but at the expense of more latency Name ORBDataLatency Type int Range 0 to 64000 Default O Example ORBDataLatency 0 Maximum size for RAM based Ring Buffer in KB Above this number the Ring Buffer is created on disk Advanced Name RBMaxRam Type int Range 0 to 64000 Default 15000 Example RBMaxRam 15000 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Timed event alarm clock Category ALARMCLOCK The ALARMCLOCK is used to cause an action in the system on a timed basis ALARMCLOCK
89. the vvb SOH channel Advanced Name VofV12Batt Seg Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default Example VofV 12Batt Seg Segment Type for the vep SOH channel Advanced Name VofSysPwr Seg Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default Example VofSysPwr Seg Segment Type for the vec SOH channel Advanced Name lofSysPwr Seg Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default Example lofSysPwr Seg Document 304702 Rev N Page 105 Page 106 Segment Type for the leq SOH channel Advanced Name TimeQual Seg Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default Example TimeQual Seg Segment Type for the lce SOH channel Advanced Name TCXODrift Seg Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default Example TCXODrift Seg Segment Type for the cpu SOH channel Advanced Name LoadAverage Seg Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default Example LoadAverage Seg Segment Type for the dsk SOH channel Advanced Name PercentUsed Seg Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default Example PercentUsed Seg Segment Type for the mem SOH channel Advanced Name RAMUsed Seg Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default Example RAMUsed Seg Segment Type for the vco SOH channel Advanced Name TCXODAC Seg Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default Example TCXODAC Seg Segment Type for the usr SOH channel Advanced Name UserStat Seg Type
90. through the installation of Kinemetrics Rockhound itis strongly recommended that you quit all programs before continuing with this installation Click the Next button to proceed to the next screen If you want to change something on a previous screen click the Previous button You may cancel this installation at any time by clicking the Cancel button InstallAnywhere by Macrovision amp Cancel amp Previous Install ready to begin Page 54 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Following this is the Kinemetrics software license agreement J Kinemetrics Rockhound License Agreement Installation and Use of Kinemetrics Rockhound Requires Acceptance of the Following License Agreement KKK ese NY j Kinemetrics Inc reserves the right to make improvements in the software described in this documentation at any time and without notice The KINEMETRI CS information contained here is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Kinemetrics Inc Ihe software described in this document is provided as a licensed item in conjunction with Kinemetrics equipment It may not be copied or distributed for use on other than the equipment it was licensed for Disclaimer Kinemetrics Inc shall have no liability or T accept the terms of the License Agreement EE EE eet eee tt ee eerie eset eeta eeetttr testi treet rest t tly PRRCSSSEEESES BSeSRELECESaSE BESS Install
91. to 4096 Default 1 Example Gain4 1 Channel source e g dig1 2 Name Channel5 Type String Range 0 to 1024 characters Default none Example Channel5 string Gain factor multiplier for output data Name Gain5 Type double Range 0 125 to 4096 Default 1 Example Gain5 1 Channel source e g dig1 2 Name Channel6 Type String Range 0 to 1024 characters Default none Example Channel6 string Gain factor multiplier for output data Name Gain6 Type double Range 0 125 to 4096 Default 1 Example Gain6 1 Channel source e g dig1 2 Name Channel7 Type String Range 0 to 1024 characters Default none Example Channel7 string Gain factor multiplier for output data Name Gain7 Type double Range 0 125 to 4096 Default 1 Example Gain7 1 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Channel source e g dig1 2 Name Channel8 Type String Range 0 to 1024 characters Default none Example Channel8 string Gain factor multiplier for output data Name Gain amp Type double Range 0 125 to 4096 Default 1 Example Gain8 1 Full scale DAC output value in volts This is used for all channels Use individual channel gains to set specific scaling values Name DrumFS Type double Range 0 25 to 10 Default 5 Example DrumFS 5 Remove mean from signals before output Name MeanRemove Type boolean Default false Example MeanRemove false Altus Telemetry v
92. to 80 characters Default update Example User update Remote update FTP password for login to the FTP site e g mypassword Dynamic Parameter Name Password Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default auto Example Password auto Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 FTP base directory for where to get files on the FTP site e g pub incoming Name BaseDir Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example BaseDir string Passive FTP mode to be used when FTP server does not support active mode Dynamic Parameter Name PassiveMode Type boolean Default false Example PassiveMode false 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 207 Status Display GUI Category STATUSDISPLAYGUI The Status display GUI module provides a simple GUI status display showing overall system and digitizer status These GUI interfaces must run on a system that has a graphics display such as a PC Status Display GUI Desktop Only The SOH display GUI is a module that can be added to a Rockhound layout to show status of the digitizers in the layout The display shows overall system status and configurable digitizer status as shown here Custom logo goes here SOH GUI Status Display Configuration Digitizer Status Digitizer StationiD Battery Temperature Drive A LastRestart SystemTime FaultFlags LIBD Gnsgmng sea EREE N Jan 1 1980 00 00 27 000 Jan 30 2007 09 41 48 000 System Status SOH GUI Main screen T
93. used for alert messages Default is K00000 red in RGB Advanced Name AlertFontColor Type String Range 3 to 20 characters Default E00000 Example AlertFontColor E00000 Document 304702 Rev N Page 239 Page 240 Background image GIF file that will be used on the right hand pane Advanced Name BackgroundImage Type String Range to 512 characters Default background_stripe gif Example BackgroundImage background_stripe gif User Agent string list for mobile phones If the User Agent string sent as part of the HTML header contains any of these strings the device is assumed to be a mobile phone which necessarily has a smaller screen and does not support Java User Agent strings are space separated Strings are NOT case sensitive and cannot contain special characters such as space comma colon or quotes Advanced Name PhoneAgent Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default palmsource netfront phone nokia symbian iemobile blackberry mini Example PhoneAgent palmsource netfront phone nokia symbian iemobile blackberry mini Allow limited access level users to have access to the Waveform Viewer Note Since only one user has access to the Waveform Viewer at a time by enabling this you are potentially allowing limited access users to force full access users out of the Waveform Viewer without their permission Advanced Dynamic Parameter Name WFVLimited Type boolean Default false Example WF VLimited
94. we need to do 1s to select the Layout Wizard Once selected the wizard will present a list of the layout templates that are available in the current firmware Select the Simple Continuous Recorder simple in that it takes data from only one digitizer as opposed to a complex recorder that takes data from multiple recorders EB ROCKTalk er Select Layout iComplex Continuous Recorder Complex Event Recorder Simple Continuous Recorder Simple Event Recorder OK Cancel Help Selecting a layout type Select the number of physical channels coming from the digitizer ROCKTalk 3 Lt Number of physical channels 3 Selecting the number of physical channels Select the number of virtual channels coming from the digitizer Virtual channels are the actual channels you want produced for example you might have 4 physical channels 1 4 but want data produced for each at two different sample rates for a total of eight virtual channels ROCKTalk lt a Selecting the number of virtual channels Select the type of data source 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 27 JJ ROCKTalk Select module by type Altus SDS from RS232 Altus SDS Input from TCP IP Data Input from ALTUS EVT Files Q330 Input from UDP IP Select the output format H ROCKTalk Select module by type Altus EVT Format Data Archiver COSMOS Fo
95. where the choice is made to use FTP or file copies for file communication between ROCKTalk and this unit The option is set independently for each unit SCP used for file transfers This is where the choice is made to use SCP or file copies for file communication between ROCKTalk and this unit The option is set independently for each unit Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Advanced User Level Allows specification of advanced user capabilities These advanced capabilities only affect those users that have requested advanced user status These capabilities include Allow archiving dearchiving of configurations Allow choice of SCP FTP or COPY for config access Allow access to advanced modules Allow access to advanced parameters Allow layout save to or from a file Allow access to Level of Debug control Allow access to Module Rename function Allow access to Test Modules and test parameters Allow access to plugin management Allow access to Subscription Edit function View layout each time it is validated even if OK Advanced User privileges Allows selection of advanced user status By default the user is not given advanced user status and has no special privileges If an advanced user password has been set then the user must provide the advanced user password before advanced user privileges can be turned on No advanced user password is needed to turn off advanced user status Set Password Allows setting or cha
96. 0 Enable use of a secondary Rock platform serial port PLEASE NOTE THAT THIS IS STRONGLY DISCOURAGED if the modem will be the only remote connection to the Rock as a firmware or parameter problem could make the unit inaccessible remotely If the modem is the only remote connection to the Rock we recommend that you instead configure the TTY Monitor service via the ttymonconfig script from Linux and then replace this module with the Altus Telemetry via TCP IP module and configure it to connect to the service at the specified port Using the service will allow you to get emergency access to a Linux shell through the modem if needed If this is a secondary connection or you are willing to take the risk of not being able to access the unit remotely in case of problems then select this options to define this as a secondary connection Name RockSecondary Type boolean Default false Example RockSecondary false Altus password feature to block use of certain commands Dynamic Parameter Name Password Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example Password string List of digitizers channels to be output e g dig1 1 dig1 2 or Name Channels Type String Range 1 to 1024 characters Default Example Channels Page 248 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 6 20 2011 Enable modem use When disabled the connection is permanent and there s no dialing or modem control Name ModemEnable Type boolean D
97. 0 Mode 2 timeout value in packets 0 Mode 1 normal 1 Mode 3 handshake 6 65535 Mode 2 periodic continuations required Advanced Name ModeTimeout Type int Range 1 to 65535 Default 0 Example ModeTimeout 0 CGS Altus Telemetry via RS 232 This module provides support for limited emulation of the Altus RS232 interface including the Serial Data Streams SDS protocol modem dial out modes and command console The primary purpose of this module is to allow customers with existing Altus units and software that communicates with them to have an easier transition requiring little or no software changes before eventual conversion to a more native interface Communication parameters and conditions are controlled through Rockhound parameters and this class will support a very limited subset of the Altus command mode and block mode functions Parameters can be read through the interface via an SDS parameter packet but parameters cannot be sent back as a parameter packet Block mode file transfers are supported Command mode supports a very limited command set but does include most file operations including TX and RX commands This module adds CGS specific support for the HOLD and SUCCESS commands Altus modem modes are nearly fully supported Category DATARELAY Publishes Output Subscribes to CHANNELDATASOURCE_ Output and or DATAINTEGRATOR_ Output Page 258 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Parameters added to module spe
98. 0 0 0 1 If non blank the module will start a thread that tries to create and maintain this connection Name RemoteHost Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default none Example RemoteHost string TCP Port for remote host client connections Name RemotePort Type int Range 5000 to 65535 Default 16002 Example RemotePort 16002 Signer mechanism Used to look up signing method and shared secret used for client connection authentication Name Signer Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default invite Example Signer invite Enter host names here of trusted Ring Buffer clients space separated Blank entry here indicates all clients trusted Name TrustClients Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default none Example TrustClients string Time in seconds between status packet entries put into the Ring Buffer Set to zero to disable status entries Name StatusInterval Type int Range 0 to 86400 Default 30 Example StatusInterval 30 Choose status of pf st status packets choose Antelope for Antelope compatible status packets or OASIS for OASIS or KMI SOH GUI compatible status packets Name PFSTStyle Type choice Choices OASIS Antelope Default OASIS Example PFSTStyle OASIS Document 304702 Rev N Page 279 Page 280 If set causes the ring buffer to store only channels at the specified sample rate and SOH channels This is provided for when you only want some channels to be put in
99. 000 41 GT S13 422 CMG3ESP 43 KMI SH1 44 KMI SV1 needed for EVT SAC and COSMOS files Name digitizer ch chan SensorType Type int Range 0 to 9999 Default 32 Example digitizer ch chan Sensorlype 32 Document 304702 Rev N Page 141 Page 142 Sensor serial number for the channel Name digitizer ch chan SensorSN Type int Range 0 to 99999 Default 0 Example digitizer ch chan SensorSN 0 Sensor natural frequency for the channel in Hz Name digitizer ch chan NaturalFreq Type double Range 0 to 9999 Default 200 Example digitizer ch chan NaturalFreq 200 Sensor damping for the channel between 0 and 1 Name digitizer ch chan Damping Type double Range 0 to 1 Default 0 7 Example digitizer ch chan Damping 0 7 Gain value for the channel needed for EVT SUDS SEISAN and COSMOS files Name digitizer ch chan Gain Type int Range to 5000 Default 1 Example digitizer ch chan Gain 1 EpiSensor gain value should be set to match the sensor s jumper settings 1 2 5V range 2 5 0V 4 10V 8 20V Name digitizer ch chan EpiGain Type choice Choices 1 2 4 8 Default 2 Example digitizer ch chan EpiGain 2 EpiSensor range code where 1 4 2 2g 5 0 25g should be set to match the sensor s Jumper settings Name digitizer ch chan EpiRange Type choice Choices 1 2 3 4 5 Default 1 Example digitizer ch chan EpiRange 1 E
100. 00066 178 COC MOSATC IVOR aiea NN 178 CSME LI EOE ETEN N OAE 154 1D Yew nts Rage ar I a E Vc Sai E A EE 48 Data ICBO aisse 151 Data multichannel integrator o on 151 Data Plug in Layout 0 00000000000000 320 Data processing PLUG INS o cccccccsseeeccccccseeesseseeeeeeeees 318 Data Relay to transmit data StreQmM c cccccccceeeee 242 Data TI OO a OL e Neeaieiclaie enone 151 DAL A TNT EG RAT OR e rE ETNEA 151 DATAM ILRROR aoni a a a a 276 DATAR E LAI aE E AE EAN 242 De archive a Rockhound Layout ccccceeeeeeeceeeeeees 47 De Archive Layout cccccccccccccccccee cece eee eteeeneees 38 Den ONS daera E E 2 Delivery of recorded files ccccccccecccccccceeseseeeeeeeeeeees 322 DFS Telemetry Advanced ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeees 242 DOTE TO ME CE aaa E A 242 Displacement IIR Filter Advanced 168 Dienlaco nont TILTOTT A 168 DIY FIR Filter Advanced a 164 DIY IIR Filter Advanced c0cccccccceeececc cee 165 DIETRO e AEEA See Te 164 DILL LLEOL Iisa a e 165 Edit Hardware Configuration ccccccccccceseee 36 Edit Parameters espe o on ites suite Ga 37 Edit Rockhound Parameters 1cccccccccceeeveeseseeeeeees 46 E Mail File Sender cccccccccccccc cece eeeeeeeeees 196 E Mail Message Sende 0 ccccccccccceeeeeeeeees 283 BM at Te RTOS CNG OR dain ie desea eh ianspet eats 196 MMe ad MSGS ENAA E on eines AE EAN 283 Event recorde cacctase ie
101. 04702 Rev N 6 20 2011 6 20 2011 Difference compression of the data stream Name Compress Type boolean Default true Example Compress true Buffer size of the simulated Altus ring buffer in 16kb blocks 64 1mb Zero 0 means no streaming NOTE Will be disabled if modem functions used Name Buffer Type int Range 0 to 65535 Default 0 Example Buffer 0 Primarily for use with Altus EVT archiver Simulates the Altus naming convention by creating new EVT files with the naming style AA001 EVT Applies ONLY to event recording Continuously recorded data is produced in the YY YYMMDDHHMMSS firstCh STDID evt format only Advanced Dynamic Parameter Name AltusEVTStyle Type boolean Default true Example AltusEVTStyle true Dynamic packet sizing allows automatic sizing of packets for block file transfers to maximize transmission speed If disabled packets are fixed at 256 bytes Advanced Name TXSi1ze256 Type choice Choices 0 Dynamic 2048 1 Fixed 256 2 Dynamic 4096 Default 0 Dynamic 2048 Example TXS1ze256 0 Dynamic 2048 Maximum size for RAM based SDS ring buffer in KB Above this number the ring buffer is created on disk Advanced Name SDSMaxRam Type int Range 0 to 64000 Default 4000 Example SDSMaxRam 4000 Mode 2 timeout value in packets 0 Mode 1 normal 1 Mode 3 handshake 6 65535 Mode 2 periodic continuations required Advanced Name ModeTimeout Type int Range 1 to 65
102. 1 g 20 FBA 23 30 WR 1 32 EpiSensor 33 S6000 34 Mark L22 35 Mark L4C 36 CMG 37 CMG3T 38 CMG40T 39 CMGS 40 KS 2000 41 GT S13 422 CMG3ESP 43 KMI SH1 44 KMI SV1 needed for EVT SAC and COSMOS files Name digitizer ch chan SensorT ype Type int Range 0 to 9999 Default 32 Example digitizer ch chan SensorType 32 Sensor serial number for the channel Name digitizer ch chan SensorSN Type int Range 0 to 99999 Default O Example digitizer ch chan SensorSN 0 Page 146 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 6 20 2011 Sensor natural frequency for the channel in Hz Name digitizer ch chan NaturalFreq Type double Range 0 to 9999 Default 200 Example digitizer ch chan NaturalFreq 200 Sensor damping for the channel between 0 and 1 Name digitizer ch chan Damping Type double Range 0 to 1 Default 0 7 Example digitizer ch chan Damping 0 7 Gain value for the channel needed for EVT SUDS SEISAN and COSMOS files Name digitizer ch chan Gain Type int Range to 5000 Default 1 Example digitizer ch chan Gain 1 EpiSensor gain value should be set to match the sensor s jumper settings 1 2 5V range 2 5 0V 4 10V 8 20V Name digitizer ch chan EpiGain Type choice Choices 1 2 4 8 Default 2 Example digitizer ch chan EpiGain 2 EpiSensor range code where 1 4 2 2g 5 0 25g should be set to match the sensor s Jumper set
103. 10 Minimum time between retries in seconds Name RetryDelaySec Type int Range 1 to 200 Default 10 Example RetryDelaySec 10 Maximum delay between retries as retry interval is doubled in seconds Name MaxDelaySec Type int Range 10 to 345600 Default 14400 Example MaxDelaySec 14400 E Mail File Sender The EMailFileSender module is used to e mail recorded files as attachments to a user via VUENCODEd SMTP to an e mail account designated by the user The setup and maintenance of the e mail account are the responsibility of the user This module is not used for sending text notifications to users for that function see the E Mail Message Sender module The EMailFileSender module queues all file transfer requests to non volatile storage so that file transfers are not forgotten if there is a restart before the module is able to complete all file transfers NOTE If you wish you can set up your own mail server to handle the e mail messages or you may select Use KMI Relay and you may relay your messages through the Kinemetrics relay If you use the KMI Relay several parameters such as Mail Host From User Password and Port are ignored and handled by the KMI Relay Category FILESENDER Publishes Output Subscribes to NOTHING Parameters added to hardware cfg Domain name that the mail is coming from like yourhost com Mail will be sent as coming from UnitID yourhost com Name Domain Type String Range 0 to
104. 11 For the purposes of this example we ll insert a module that has no subscribers We ll insert a Web Server Type of module to insert Altus SDS Input from TCP IP lAltus Telemetry via TCP IP Auto Oldest File Delete Auto Small EVT File Delete CGS Voter cosmos Format Data Archiver IChannel Extractor iChannel Pre Extractor Classic Strong Motion Filter Inserting a module Delete a module Provides a method to delete modules out of the layout Although this seems simple enough it can become complicated if the module being deleted publishes data which is then in turn subscribed to by other modules If you delete module B of a data stream consisting of modules A B and C you may need to first change module C so that it now subscribes to module A and then delete module B Again it gets complicated fast 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 41 For the purposes of this example we ll delete a module that has no subscribers The Web Server Module to be deleted Altus EVT Format Data Archiver Contig Control web server IContinuous Recorder Telemetry connection Update monitor digi Ch 1 Altus SDS Input from TCP IP Selects dose iste Deleting a module Level of debug Provides a method to set the debug levels of each module Debug levels are primarily intended for use by Kinemetrics personnel and should only be used by the customer under specific direction from Kinemetrics personnel Special
105. 12 hours At the end of the 12 hour demo period Rockhound will stop functioning and must be restarted manually Symptoms Everything works correctly in Rockhound but the Rockhound firmware quits functioning after 12 hours Look at the SMARTSDist SMARTSLog txt file Down toward the end of the file it will probably contain something like this Warning Missing or invalid registration Demo Mode Rockhound will halt in 12 hours Solutions Page 326 Use ROCKTalk to examine and or replace the registration information for Rockhound Hopefully a copy of the registration information has been saved that can be resent to the unit If after examining the registration information no problem is found or if there is any trouble installing a correct registration file then contact Kinemetrics for assistance Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Advanced Features not Accessible Some features of ROCKTalk are more complex and are not recommended for use by all users ROCKTalk implements two levels of restriction to try and limit access to the more complex functions Control of these levels is left up to the user Symptoms When selecting the Advanced Features function of ROCKTalk a message Sorry Advanced Users Only is displayed When attempting to enable Advanced Features from the ROCKTalk Setup dialog a password is requested that is now known After enabling Advanced User status some advanced features such as Level of Debug or M
106. 132 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 6 20 2011 Channel ID string for the vep SOH channel if not set uses default name Advanced Name VofSysPwr Id Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example VofSysPwr Id string Channel ID string for the leq SOH channel if not set uses default name Advanced Name TimeQual Id Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example TimeQual Id string Channel ID string for the cpu SOH channel if not set uses default name Advanced Name LoadAverage Id Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example LoadAverage Id string Channel ID string for the dsk SOH channel if not set uses default name Advanced Name PercentUsed Id Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example PercentUsed Id string Channel ID string for the usr SOH channel if not set uses default name Advanced Name UserStat Id Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example UserStat Id string Location Code for the vep SOH channel Advanced Name VofSysPwr Loc Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example VofSysPwr Loc string Location Code for the leq SOH channel Advanced Name TimeQual Loc Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example TimeQual Loc string Document 304702 Rev N Page 133 Page 134 Location Code for the cpu SOH channel Advanced Name LoadAverage Loc Type St
107. 2 123 12 0 3 Dynamic Parameter Name Includel Type String Range 0 to 1024 characters Default none Example Includel string List of hosts to be specifically included for network triggering A space separated list of IP addresses of units that need to common trigger but are outside of the local network and cannot be automatically discovered List format is as follows 123 12 0 2 123 12 0 3 Dynamic Parameter Name Include2 Type String Range 0 to 1024 characters Default none Example Include2 string List of hosts to be specifically included for network triggering A space separated list of IP addresses of units that need to common trigger but are outside of the local network and cannot be automatically discovered List format is as follows 123 12 0 2 123 12 0 3 Dynamic Parameter Name Include3 Type String Range 0 to 1024 characters Default none Example Include3 string List of hosts to be specifically included for network triggering A space separated list of IP addresses of units that need to common trigger but are outside of the local network and cannot be automatically discovered List format is as follows 123 12 0 2 123 12 0 3 Dynamic Parameter Name Include4 Type String Range 0 to 1024 characters Default none Example Include4 string List of hosts to be specifically excluded from network triggering A space separated list of IP addresses of units that should not be includ
108. 2 Rev N Page 67 Page 68 Sensor Type index for the channel 10 FBA 11 11 FBA 4g 12 FBA 2g 13 FBA 1g 14 FBA 0 5 g 15 FBA 0 25g 16 FBA 0 1 g 20 FBA 23 30 WR 1 32 EpiSensor 33 S6000 34 Mark L22 35 Mark L4C 36 CMG 37 CMG3T 38 CMG40T 39 CMGS 40 KS 2000 41 GT S13 42 CMG3ESP 43 KMI SH1 44 KMI SV1 needed for EVT SAC and COSMOS files Name digitizer ch chan SensorType Type int Range 0 to 9999 Default 32 Example digitizer ch chan SensorType 32 Sensor serial number for the channel Name digitizer ch chan SensorSN Type int Range 0 to 99999 Default 0 Example digitizer ch chan SensorSN 0 Sensor natural frequency for the channel in Hz Name digitizer ch chan NaturalFreq Type double Range 0 to 9999 Default 200 Example digitizer ch chan NaturalFreq 200 Sensor damping for the channel between 0 and 1 Name digitizer ch chan Damping Type double Range 0 to 1 Default 0 7 Example digitizer ch chan Damping 0 7 Gain value for the channel needed for EVT SUDS SEISAN and COSMOS files Name digitizer ch chan Gain Type int Range to 5000 Default 1 Example digitizer ch chan Gain 1 EpiSensor gain value should be set to match the sensor s jumper settings 1 2 5V range 2 5 0V 4 10V 8 20V Name digitizer ch chan EpiGain Type choice Choices 1 2 4 8 Default 2 Example digitizer ch chan EpiGain 2 Document 304702 R
109. 512 characters Default none Example Domain string Page 196 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Parameters added to module specific cfg file Use the KMI relay to send e mail messages If used you DO NOT need to specify the Mail Host From User Password or Port Name UseKMIRelay Type boolean Default true Example UseKMIRelay true SMTP Mail host e g mail myhost com NOTE Not needed if using the KMI Relay Name MailHost Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example MailHost string User that the mail is directed to e g marsha yourhost com Name ToUser Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example ToUser string User that the mail is coming from If not specified the system will use a combination of the Unit ID and the Domain both found in the hardware parameters such as userid domain NOTE Not needed if using the KMI Relay Name FromUser Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example FromUser string ESMTP authentication user password to be supplied to ESMTP authentication using AUTH LOGIN NOTE Not needed if using the KMI Relay Name Password Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example Password string Subject line for the mailed file Name Subject Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example Subject string 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 197 Text message sent with file Can redirect me
110. 535 Default 0 Example ModeTimeout 0 Document 304702 Rev N Page 263 Advanced serial port settings for data bits parity etc Default is 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit Advanced Name ComSettings Type String Range 0 to 20 characters Default none Example ComSettings string CGS Altus Telemetry via TCP IP This module provides support for limited emulation of the Altus TCP IP interface including the Serial Data Streams SDS protocol modem dial out modes and command console The primary purpose of this module is to allow customers with existing Altus units and software that communicates with them to have an easier transition requiring little or no software changes before eventual conversion to a more native interface Communication parameters and conditions are controlled through Rockhound parameters and this class will support a very limited subset of the Altus command mode and block mode functions Parameters can be read through the interface via an SDS parameter packet but parameters cannot be sent back as a parameter packet Block mode file transfers are supported Command mode supports a very limited command set but does include most file operations including TX and RX commands This module adds CGS specific support for the HOLD and SUCCESS commands Altus modem modes are nearly fully supported Category DATARELAY Publishes Output Subscribes to CHANNELDATASOURCE_ Output and or DATAINTEGRATOR_ Output Para
111. 9 External relay 3 10 External relay 4 1 1 External relay 5 12 External relay 6 13 External relay 7 14 External relay 8 Default Unused Example Always2GPIO Unused Always On Power bit 2 is to be inverted when output Name InvertAlways2GPIO Type boolean Default false Example InvertAlways2GPIO false Output bit that is toggled for a heartbeat SOH condition Note that GPIO bits are on the internal dual serial option cards and external relays are on an optional external relay board interfaced through RS 232 Name HeartbeatGPIO Type choice Choices Unused 1 GPIO bit 1 2 GPIO bit 2 3 GPIO bit 3 4 GPIO bit 4 5 GPIO bit 5 6 GPIO bit 6 7 External relay 1 8 External relay 2 9 External relay 3 10 External relay 4 1 1 External relay 5 12 External relay 6 13 External relay 7 14 External relay 8 Default Unused Example HeartbeatGPIO Unused Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Name of the relay module interface serial port e g COM1 Windows or dev ttySX Linux Unix Name PortName Type String Range 0 to 20 characters Default none Example PortName string NON ROCK ONLY Alarm duration sec before auto reset If zero then latched and doesn t auto reset Note This parameter is provided by the RockFrontEnd or MZD24FrontEnd modules and as such this parameter here only applies to non Rock or non MZD724 digitizers Dynamic Parameter Name Duration Type int Range 0 to 7200 Default O Example Duration 0 Baud rate us
112. A TUS OTOP DAI GUT a a N 208 OA CUSINA LEGTA C OL reon EAN 153 LATUS INTEGRATOR eere AEEA 153 CACTUS S OTTE o A A E 214 SITATO SOBER VER Saath Sen TEA A TOATA saa ts 214 SUDS Format Data Archiver 0000ceeeeeeee 188 SUD ATOUT VED sien ia ae 188 Summary File Generator cccccccceeeeeescccccceeeees 219 SUMMA TY Da rates Mil Eo ee 219 SVDR Telemetry Advanced ccccccccceeeeeees 244 SVR RCT O AY arcade NT T welder 244 SYSTEM monitoring utilities o ccccccccsseeeccccccceeenseeseeees 205 De GTR ara a iG ela hol Bos AT 241 Pelee ery CORN SCE TOM ya 33 Telemetry CONNECTIONS cccccccccessveececccceesenseessseeseeens 241 TOTEM FY OS orcs tse 05 A A A 241 Terminal Window cccccc cece cece cece tes 30 PETIT TO LOO Vis eos Metalic a aa O 2 Text Format Data Archiver 00cccccccceceeeeeees 186 The Basics of Rockhound Modules 00cccccceeeeveees 5 Threshold Trigger cccccccccccccccccccccccccceeeeeeeeeeaes 160 SMabaaicvore Nie Mii galore aamertrer a a Eee 160 Timed event alarm CLOCK icccccccccssecccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeseeees 281 TOOL BOT o E EE E O AT 24 Die ATS a T O ap EE 235 TSASMA Data Interface 0 0000000000000 129 TOAS MAF TONGEN repie a Ere 129 Une SSC LOCE OTa a E ie 46 Update monitor 5 sehen hae eae 206 Update Rockhound Firmware cccscccccccceeeeeeeeeeeees 47 Opa t eMonT EOP earo i 206 Upgrading Rockhound Configuration 0000006 323 Upgrading Rockhound firm
113. ASIS GUI is described in detail in the OASIS manual p n 300640 Category OASISDISPLAYGUI Publishes Output Subscribes to CHANNELDATASOURCE_ Output Page 306 and or CHANNELOASISBRIDGE_Output Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 OASIS Data bridge Category CHANNELOASISBRIDGE The OASIS Data Bridge module combines the data from the original acceleration data channels with the derived velocity displacement and drift channels to create a new data stream representing all data in the system This data is then in turn passed along to the OASIS GUI and drift trigger modules for possible system triggering and or recording OASIS Data Bridge Advanced Category CHANNELOASISBRIDGE Publishes Output Subscribes to CHANNELPREEXTRACTOR_Output and or CHANNELDATASTREAMFILTER_ Output and or CHANNELOASISDRIFT_Output Parameters added to hardware cfg User settable name of the digitizer Name digitizer Name Type String Range 1 to 80 characters Default digitizer Example digitizer Name digitizer Channel ID string for the channel Name digitizer ch chan Id Type String Range 1 to 80 characters Default C chan Example digitizer ch chan Id C chan Sensitivity value for the channel in volts per unit e g volts per g needed for EVT SUDS SEISAN and COSMOS files Name digitizer ch chan Sensitivity Type double Range 0 001 to 10000 0 Default 1 25 Example digitizer ch chan Sensitivity 1 25
114. Anywhere by Macrovision amp Cancel amp Previous Next Install license agreement The next screen selects the installation folder Kinemetrics recommends that the software be installed in the default folder The rest of the examples in the installation section will assume that the software is installed into D Program Files SMARTS NOTE That on Windows Vista Rockhound cannot be installed into Program Files because of restrictions that Windows Vista places on programs in the Program Files directory For Windows Vista we recommend that you install Rockhound off of the root directory into a folder like Rockhound SMARTS 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 55 SI Kinemetrics Rockhound Choose Install Folder Where Would You Like to Install CAProgram Files SMARTS Restore Default Folder Choose InstallAnywhere by Macrovision amp Cancel amp Previous Choosing the install folder Now you will be asked to select the JVM that will be used to run the Rockhound code Kinemetrics recommends that you select the JVM that is shipped with the Rockhound software If you don t see any choices at this point quit the installation and go back to the step Installing the JVM If you know you have a compatible JVM already installed and would like to use it select Choose a virtual machine and then make the appropriate choice Click Next Page 56 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 WI Kinemetrics Rockhound Ch
115. Buffer storage Name digitizer ch chan LocationCode Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example digitizer ch chan LocationCode string Network code string for the channel needed for EVT SAC MiniSEED files and or Ring Buffer storage Defaults to the global Network ID if not specified Name digitizer ch chan NetworkCode Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example digitizer ch chan NetworkCode string Station code string for the channel needed for EVT SAC MiniSEED files and or Ring Buffer storage Defaults to the global Station ID if not specified Name digitizer ch chan StationCode Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example digitizer ch chan StationCode string Calib value for the channel needed for Ring Buffer storage Name digitizer ch chan Calib Type double Range 1000000 to 1000000 Default 0 0 Example digitizer ch chan Calib 0 0 Document 304702 Rev N Page 115 Calper value for the channel needed for Ring Buffer storage Name digitizer ch chan Calper Type double Range 9999 to 9999 Default 1 0 Example digitizer ch chan Calper 1 0 SegType for the channel needed for Ring Buffer storage Name digitizer ch chan SegType Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default Example digitizer ch chan SegType Sensitivity value for the channel in volts per unit e g volts per g
116. CD To Configure the second data stream set channel names for the second data stream By default channel names will be assigned as Cxx Change the channel names for the QSCDPush channels to something that helps you know that they are related to but not the same channels For example something like Clq to represent the QSCDPush equivalent of C1 Also set the Sensitivity and Full Scale to the SAME VALUES as those used for the recording channels Optionally you can set Sensor Type Gain Natural Frequency Damping and so on to match but these are not required Set the recording channel sample rate for example channels 1 12 set to 200sps and the QSCDPush channels for example channels 13 24 set to the 20sps equivalents Configure the system so that it will NOT record the 20sps data stream Go to the Altus Evt Archiver or whatever you are using and select to ONLY record the recording sample rate for example 200sps If you do not set Record Only you will get data recorded at BOTH 200sps and 20sps Page 270 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 In the QSCDPush parameters set the QSCD Host which is the IP address of the QSCD server Also set the UDP port to be used the sample rate that matches the QSCD channels and for each group set the channel IDs of three QSCD channels in a comma separated list The QSCDPush module will send one UDP packet every second for each defined group NOTE that you can send data to mo
117. CHANNELTRIGGER Publishes Output Subscribes to CHANNELEXTRACTOR_Output and or CHANNELTRGFILTER_Output Parameters added to module specific cfg file Trigger threshold as a percentage of full scale percentage Dynamic Parameter Name TriggerThreshold Type double Range 0 001 to 100 000 Default 2 0 Example TriggerThreshold 2 0 Page 160 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Detrigger threshold as a percentage of full scale percentage Dynamic Parameter Name DetriggerThreshold Type double Range 0 001 to 100 000 Default 2 0 Example DetriggerThreshold 2 0 Alarm threshold as a percentage of full scale percentage Dynamic Parameter Name AlarmThreshold Type double Range 0 001 to 100 000 Default 2 0 Example AlarmThreshold 2 0 Trigger votes for this channel Dynamic Parameter Name TriggerVotes Type int Range 1000 to 1000 Default 1 Example TriggerVotes 1 Detrigger votes for this channel Dynamic Parameter Name DetriggerVotes Type int Range 1000 to 1000 Default 1 Example DetriggerVotes 1 STA LTA Trigger This module is an STA LTA trigger detector It accepts a data stream from a single channel of data and monitors it to compare the Short Term Average of the data versus the Long Term Average of the data The STA LTA trigger publishes every time that the trigger changes state between triggered and detriggered This information is used by the Voter to determine when the overall system
118. CORDER_ Output Parameters added to module specific cfg file Directory to hold created text files Dynamic Parameter Name OutputDir Type String Range to 128 characters Default data events Example OutputDir data events SEISAN Format Data Archiver A multi channel SEISAN format archiver for samples The module takes data in that is a multichannel data stream and writes it out as multichannel SEISAN v7 0 data files The output filename is constructed from a combination of the starting time of the first sample in the file the Network ID and the number of channels yyyy mm dd hhmm sss netID_O06 One file is typically created for all channels that are being recorded Time is taken from the time of the first data that is to be recorded Network ID NChannels and UnitID are taken from the RuntimeParams Channels to be recorded are taken from a comma delimited parameter string in the module config file called simply Channels The list includes an entry for each digitizer channel for example Cherie Ss ome side Ar kM oratra Jl Ce See ahi eS Channels Page 180 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 The channel list validated against NChannels is used to determine the list of channels to be recorded and helps extract the parameters that should be recorded from all the channels sent to the recorder To allow for continuous recording or event recording of long files the module takes data arrivals and writes them to temp
119. ChTextSampleArchiver is in counts as received from the digitizer 34652 105064 25818 34026 105424 25808 33634 105092 26234 33142 104778 26544 34742 105014 26064 35234 104912 26082 33036 104962 26216 33714 105064 26108 34124 104972 26310 33920 105244 26090 34748 104998 26182 33998 104876 26450 33628 105064 26094 33376 104946 26284 33670 105076 26238 35330 105168 26096 34372 105152 26384 33136 105032 26110 33640 104846 26226 33380 104900 26124 34918 105060 25798 35234 104918 26530 33400 105122 26512 33208 105366 25884 33100 104954 25926 34678 104872 26026 35832 104840 26532 33626 104954 26492 32540 105130 25724 33848 105126 26202 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Page 186 Note that this module is normally only used by Kinemetrics for testing but it may be of use to some customers who do not wish to deal with the complexities of standard output formats Category OUTPUTFORMATTER Publishes Output Subscribes to RECORDER_Output and or CONTINUOUSRECORDER_ Output Parameters added to module specific cfg file Directory to hold created text files Dynamic Parameter Name OutputDir Type String Range to 128 characters Default data events Example OutputDir data events Directory structure for how to store recorded files Dynamic Parameter Name DirLayout Type choice Choices FLAT BYDATE STATION Default FLAT Example DirLayout FLAT List of digitizers channels to be r
120. Chxx mapping FIR filter type used for all channels that are set to this sample rate Name FilterTypel Type choice Choices acausal causal Default acausal Example FilterTypel acausal Document 304702 Rev N Page 107 Page 108 FIR filter type used for all channels that are set to this sample rate Name FilterType10 Type choice Choices acausal causal Default acausal Example FilterT ype10 acausal FIR filter type used for all channels that are set to this sample rate Name FilterType20 Type choice Choices acausal causal Default acausal Example FilterT ype20 acausal FIR filter type used for all channels that are set to this sample rate Name FilterT ype50 Type choice Choices acausal causal Default acausal Example FilterT ype50 acausal FIR filter type used for all channels that are set to this sample rate Name FilterType100 Type choice Choices acausal causal Default acausal Example FilterType100 acausal FIR filter type used for all channels that are set to this sample rate Name FilterType200 Type choice Choices acausal causal Default acausal Example FilterType200 acausal FIR filter type used for all channels that are set to this sample rate Name FilterT ype250 Type choice Choices acausal causal Default acausal Example FilterT ype250 acausal FIR filter type used for all channels that are set to this sample rate Name FilterType500 Type choice Choices acausal
121. Default 0 Example digitizer ch chan Azimuth 0 Channel offset north value for the channel in meters Name digitizer ch chan OffsetNorth Type double Range 32000 to 32000 Default O Example digitizer ch chan OffsetNorth 0 Channel offset east value for the channel in meters Name digitizer ch chan OffsetEast Type double Range 32000 to 32000 Default 0 Example digitizer ch chan OffsetEast 0 Channel offset up value for the channel in meters Name digitizer ch chan OffsetUp Type double Range 32000 to 32000 Default 0 Example digitizer ch chan OffsetUp 0 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 6 20 2011 Location code string for the channel needed for EVT MintSEED files and or Ring Buffer storage Name digitizer ch chan LocationCode Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example digitizer ch chan LocationCode string Network code string for the channel needed for EVT SAC MiniSEED files and or Ring Buffer storage Defaults to the global Network ID if not specified Name digitizer ch chan NetworkCode Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example digitizer ch chan NetworkCode string Station code string for the channel needed for EVT SAC MiniSEED files and or Ring Buffer storage Defaults to the global Station ID if not specified Name digitizer ch chan StationCode Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Defa
122. Dynamic Parameter Name Echo Type boolean Default true Example Echo true Page 204 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Determine echo mode automatically if possible by using TELNET IAC commands Will echo depending on the response from the TELNET or similar client Dynamic Parameter Name AutoEcho Type boolean Default true Example AutoEcho true System monitoring utilities Category MONITOR The MONITOR is one of the required modules in every Rockhound layout in the same sense that the COMMANDCONSOLE is required in every Rockhound layout The Update Monitor scans the injar directory looking for updated firmware loaded as ftpupdate jar or for updated configuration loaded as ftpconfig jar If these files appear the monitor will continue to poll until the size of these files stabilizes to allow for slow uploads to the unit and then will cause a restart of Rockhound after validating the contents of the updated jar files If the jar files validate they are renamed without the ftp prefix and Rockhound is restarted If the jar files do not validate they are deleted a message is posted and scanning continues The module provides several related capabilities 6 20 2011 1 Automatic firmware and configuration updates to Rockhound from your remote FTP client Transfer the necessary files to the Rockhound injar directory and after about 10 minutes this module will recognize the updated files and will validate the
123. E EA N E EAN E E EEE E A A EE E T 194 EV ESC ea E a a T 196 COn CO Eaa a a T N E eS TEAC RETR ee 199 Commmand CONS OCs aea eed a A Tae 199 SV Slt MONLO Ma uO i hcrcat ete ceirk oles ih Ricaacay ered hice sees apts ards Amt caeiie Sabie un siantaa sadewuanameasatnonnasaeieiealaneas 205 Update TOTIUOP erisir tase ca tata caveats E N 206 BCLS MTS A MN eo craeticasd nahh eet aaah ac etter tuc i Sete secc cbs eiastases as cuted tecteaeste neces geese saataaaneaetaams coum geasatntus eae 208 Status Display GUI Desktop Only ssscsessscchn Ser cweva sen dcthatersuevabenssees evcweiestadsdha shuceesuodncsusa yeetoentneddeatencwedtandeeits 208 PGA Alarms Display GUI Desktop OnLy cccccccccccccccccctcneeeeeeeeeseeeeceeeeeeeeeeaaaaaasssesseeeeeeeceeeeeeesaaaaaassasseeeeeeeess 211 BECO Si MS CVU NUNS Gerstner no gi nah tonnes caaurraai e sh scctuaty tte caleba E eusause teaches 214 SS SIVE e a Me mn TESA OR TL TTe aS Mee NO NN NT TER RIETs Me eevee RET EME Mn TTP a ESS rem Set PRR 214 AWS nedeli LOS AMIEL since senciagtie sey idalosthuceua E E E E E 214 ACU Aulo TUe DE siio E E E E yale saseiaek teaches 214 Amo Oldest Tile Dellt socne a E ad gubcdandaniuustiatidaseluntualal sudddantuaiteteiadeies 215 Amo Smal EVE File DEl issena aa a a 217 SSES CCNCIALOR aa A A 218 R n lime Parameler Mals NOS oerni a E a E 218 Summary F Ule Generatoro rera E EA E EENT EE EERIE EEN E TREE E TRON E EORR 219 JMA Summary Fue Generalo r o E A E TEE AE V T de 221 SOFT UC G
124. Example Julian false File duration in seconds If set to 3600 files will be blocked into approximate one hour files depending on where the MiniSEED packets start and end Name Duration Type int Range 1 to 28800 Default 3600 Example Duration 3600 Ring Buffer Server Category RBSERVER The RBSERVER provides a way to store data from the front ends in a ring buffer for retrieval by an external program Kinemetrics Rockhound conforms to the definition of the Ring Buffer as defined by Boulder Real Time Technologies for use with their Antelope real time monitoring systems An RBServer Rockhound module will accept data from one or more front ends and will place the data into a Ring Buffer that resides within Rockhound itself This data is then made available to external systems by running a Ring Buffer Server on Rockhound so that external systems may access the data The data will be placed in this Ring Buffer in approximately the order that the data arrived from the front ends There may be some variation from the exact order of arrival due to the multitasking nature of the Rockhound firmware but the order should be essentially identical and the data itself will be unaffected Ring Buffer Server Data from the various front ends is encoded into the GENC format which is a compressed data source As needed the Rockhound RBServer module can be extended to encode data written to the Ring Buffer in other data formats The configuration o
125. HECK CALIBRATE CRFLUSH DACCHECK DSPCMD ECHO EEPROM EXTCHARGERTEST HOSTSERVICES HWID LOOPBACKATE MINFO MKBATCH MSGLEVEL MSTIME NOISETEST OWSBCHECK PAUSE PING PLLCHECK RECONFIG 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 199 RSVERIFY RTPARAMS SETDEBUGMASK SLEEP SOHCHECK SOHFLUSH STEP TEMPCHECK UNSTEP USERSTAT VALIDATE VCOCHECK VCOSTABLE VCOVER LEY VMBYTES VMEXIT VMGC VMPROPS VIDSET WATCHDOGTEST Help can also describe a particular command gt help els CLS Clears the screen Usage CLS And HELP will intervene if you supply an incorrect type or number of command arguments gt del ERROR DEL Delete a file or an empty directory Usage DEL filename HELP will display a list of all commands and all help modes as follows gt help ALARM Set the state of the Rock Alarm bit Usage ALARM on off BASEDIR Report the base installation directory Usage BASEDIR BATTERYTEST Command a power supply battery test Usage BATTERYTEST secs BROADCAST Send a message to all modules Usage BROADCAST command optional argvl optional argv2 CALCHECK Checks front end calibration in the 20V range intended for factory use only Usage CALCHECK zerorange fsrange CALIBRATE Performs and reports calibration intended for factory use only Usage CALIBRATE fec dac avx view grade CLREVT Clear event counter Usage CLREVT CLS Clears the screen Usage CLS CRFLUSH Request an early flush of continuously
126. IER is used to send messages to a user for notification purposes NOTIFIERs listen for notification messages sent by different Rockhound modules The format of the broadcast is ArgvO Argvi where ArgvO NOTIFY and Argv1 is the reason A NOTIFIER module may use any one of several methods to contact the user including but not limited to E Mail Pagers and SMS messages E Mail Message Sender This module supports text e mailing to a user via SMTP This module is used for sending short e mail notification messages about things like a new event which can contain data elements such as peaks and trigger times This module is not used for mailing recorded data files for that function see the E Mail File Sender module NOTE To send e mail to multiple users create multiple e mailer modules each with their own config These multiple e mailer modules will share a single common SMTP port 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 283 NOTE Many parameters are defaulted so it should only be necessary to specify MailHost and ToUser Other parameters like Subject may be specified as needed In addition Domain is specified in hardware cfg and is used in constructing the e mail address that the message comes from UnitID domain is used unless domain undefined in which case will use just UnitID In most cases the domain will be required by your mail server NOTE If you wish you can set up your own mail server to handle the e mail messages o
127. Integer 3 1 5 C xXNUMBERZEROS integer 3 6 5 C xNORMALIZATION PETOG 3 12 11 C xPNZ1 to 75 String 3 to ASS Aes EL Category OUTPUTFORMATTER Publishes Output Subscribes to RECORDER_Output and or CONTINUOUSRECORDER_ Output 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 181 Parameters added to module specific cfg file Directory to hold created SEISAN files Dynamic Parameter Name OutputDir Type String Range 1 to 128 characters Default seismo Example OutputDir seismo Directory structure for how to store recorded files Dynamic Parameter Name DirLayout Type choice Choices FLAT BYDATE STATION NETWORK Default FLAT Example DirLayout FLAT List of digitizers channels to be recorded e g digl 1 dig1 2 or Name Channels Type String Range 1 to 1024 characters Default Example Channels If set causes the formatter to record only channels at the specified sample rate This is provided as a convenience when some channels are recorded at one sample rate and sent by telemetry at a different sample rate Name OnlySPS Type choice Choices Unused 1Isps 10sps 20sps 50sps 1O00sps 200sps 250sps 500sps 1000sps 2000sps Default Unused Example OnlySPS Unused Separate SEISAN file creation by digitizer name Dynamic Parameter Name Separate Type boolean Default false Example Separate false Data is placed directly into the SEISAN database named by Output Directory In this case Directory
128. Kinemetrics Rockhound User Manual Document 304702 Revision N 6 20 2011 Notice Kinemetrics Inc reserves the right to make improvements in the software described in this documentation at any time and without notice The information contained here is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Kinemetrics Inc The software described in this document is provided as a licensed item in conjunction with Kinemetrics equipment It may not be copied or distributed for use on other than the equipment it was licensed for Disclaimer Kinemetrics Inc shall have no liability or responsibility to you or any other person or entity with respect to any liability loss or damage caused or alleged to be caused directly or indirectly by this documentation or the software described in it This includes but is not limited to any interruption of service loss of business or anticipatory profits or consequential damages resulting from the use or operation of such software or computer programs Warranty Software and software updates provided by Kinemetrics Inc for its Strong Motion and Seismological measurement and recording equipment have a warranty period of one year This warranty applies to the standard software package as well as to options or special software provided to the customer An update shipped under warranty will be covered by the original system s warranty for the balance of the one year period Warranty claims
129. L HTM this is the file that is the starting point for the InstallAnywhere installer Open this file with your browser which on most Windows machines is done by simply double clicking on the file icon On Linux you single click NOTE On some systems it may be necessary to download the install to your hard drive and follow the simple installation instructions given on the INSTALL HTM screen You may see a security notice warning you that the installer is about to install some software on your system temporarily The installer is not connecting to the internet it does not pose a security risk On Linux be sure that you have appropriate permissions to install the software The next screen you ll see is the first actual install screen Kinemetrics Rockhound InstallAnywhere Web Installer Windows Internet Explorer N v C Program Fies Macrovision instalAnywhere 8 0 Enterprise Rockhound Rodkd X W GF Gkinemetrics Rockhound InstallAnywhere Web Installer Kinemetrics Rockhound Recommended Installation for Your Platform Download Installer for Windows lv Include VM in download installer created wih incial Anywhere by Macrovision Corpormton Copynght 2006 waw macovison com Available Installers Platform includes Java VM without Java VM Instructions gt 9A Windows Download 31 6M Download 6 4M View Ki Solaris Download 6 6M View 4 Linux Download 6 6M View Windows Instructions Inctrunti
130. M ey Ours Latr Aror EE eos Channels The channel list validated against NChannels is used to determine the list of channels to be recorded and helps extract the parameters that should be recorded from all the channels sent to the recorder To allow for continuous recording or event recording of long files the module takes data arrivals and writes them to temporary data files of samples and header information These files are periodically flushed closed and reopened for append every 10 seconds Category OUTPUTFORMATTER Publishes Output Subscribes to RECORDER_Output and or CONTINUOUSRECORDER_ Output Page 190 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Parameters added to module specific cfg file Directory to hold created SEISLOG files Dynamic Parameter Name OutputDir Type String Range 1 to 128 characters Default seislog incoming 2 Example OutputDir seislog incoming2 List of digitizers channels to be recorded e g dig1 1 dig1 2 or Name Channels Type String Range 1 to 1024 characters Default Example Channels If set causes the formatter to record only channels at the specified sample rate This is provided as a convenience when some channels are recorded at one sample rate and sent by telemetry at a different sample rate Name OnlySPS Type choice Choices Unused 1Isps 10sps 20sps 50sps 100sps 200sps 250sps 500sps 1000sps 2000sps Default Unused Example OnlySPS Unused Link to exter
131. MS 800 Event recorder Category RECORDER The RECORDER module is used to record events based on decisions made by the VOTER The RECORDER uses pre event and post event variables established by Rockhound to extract data from the DATAINTEGRATOR for recording Data from the RECORDER is passed to an OUTPUTFORMATTER module for storage in the desired format Recorder Category RECORDER Publishes Output Request Subscribes to VOTER_Output and or OASISDRIFTTRIGGER_ Output Parameters added to smarts cfg Pre event time in seconds Name PreEventSec Type int Range 0 to 500 Default 3 Example PreEventSec 3 Post event time in seconds Name PostEventSec Type int Range 0 to 65000 Default 10 Example PostEventSec 10 Parameters added to module specific cfg file Minimum event run time in seconds If set to zero event length time is not affected by this parameter Name MinRunTime Type int Range 0 to 1000 Default O Example MinRunTime 0 Page 172 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Clear event counter on restart If not set the event counter accumulates with each new event until manually cleared If set the event counter is cleared every time that the system restarts allowing you to use the current restart count and event count to derive the most recently recorded Altus EVT file name when using Altus file naming Name AQClearEvent Type boolean Default false Example AQClearEvent false Continuou
132. Min Type double Range 0 001 to 99999999999 Default 90 0 Example StorageMin 90 0 When set will delete empty directories after one day Name DeleteDirectories Type boolean Default true Example DeleteDirectories true Frequency to check for possible file deletion in days Name ScanFrequency Type double Range 0 001 to 365 Default 1 0 Example ScanFrequency 1 0 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Auto Small EVT File Delete This module will perform auto file deletion of files and subdirs of a given parent dir based on file average peak to peak and file extension The scan is not attempted until the directories occupy the amount of space indicated as the high water mark Once the high water mark is reached EVT files with the smallest average peak to peak are deleted until the files occupy less than or equal to the space designated by the low water mark It attempts its first check for files to be deleted 10 seconds after Rockhound has started It checks once a day thereafter or as indicated Deletes files with the smallest average peak to peak IF the total space occupied by files is greater than the high water mark When enough old files are deleted to get storage down below the low water mark then deletion stops File candidates reside under the SweepPath and have an EVT extension no others are allowed Files newer than 1 hour old are not considered for deletion to assure that a file that is still being
133. NNELPREEXTRACTOR_Output and or CHANNELDATASTREAMFILTER_ Output Computes drift between specified displacement channels Category CHANNELOASISDRIFT The OASIS Drift modules compute the relative drift between two sensor channels OASIS Drift Computer Advanced The simple drift module compares the relative displacement of two drift channels and outputs an additional data stream which represents this difference This module looks only at the relative displacement between the two channels The drift data stream is eventually processed by a drift trigger to determine trigger status Category CHANNELOASISDRIFT Publishes Output Subscribes to CHANNELPREEXTRACTOR_Output and or CHANNELDATASTREAMFILTER_ Output 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 311 Parameters added to hardware cfg User settable name of the digitizer Name digitizer Name Type String Range 1 to 80 characters Default digitizer Example digitizer Name digitizer Channel ID string for the channel Name digitizer ch chan Id Type String Range 1 to 80 characters Default C chan Example digitizer ch chan Id C chan Parameters added to module specific cfg file Drift channel definition Compares two drift channels by ID Use the form C1ID C2ID Name of digitizer as an input channel from the original acceleration data source Name Drift Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example Drift string Alternate d
134. ON CT OION ooi EEEE E E OEEO O ONONE EOE OOE a 224 WEES CLV CF aa A O EOT N TTEA A TTO 225 COnfi2 CONWOL WEDS CLV OP vreur T E E EAT EE OE E oe sueOexta achat 226 Teleme y connections aren e E E TAE 241 Vavel oroe Viewer oe a a a Naa ln ae i ate Meld i a Ss 241 Data Relay TOs ans iii aCe Shai cS acs eel E T Seale lela ae ale alld Nias 242 DIS Teleme ty Advanced oren a T laa ee rea a eee ars daa tec eca a eee RAG aa dara elee retells aol Saeed a 242 SVDR Teleme y AGV OI CO oiin aT EE E ae eh Na ie de SE iS lh neue RAE a NS 244 Altus Teleme Ny TARS 2 2 x hk at al ch al tlh al Ged Soe 247 Alus Teleme y via T CPP oi aie a e ch aa al ch a ial Ctl ache areal ee Ged oon 253 CGS Als Telemetry Vid RS 232 riirii ccs ianstinces gotdes E NAE E a i AERE NEER 258 CGS Alfus Tel metry via TCP IP irinin iiaii a E AEE EEE EE E EEES 264 PFP Dial Generation sorosoro naer E E E E O E NS 269 OSCD Facket Telemetry rrr E a a aE a E a aE ET 270 Cocal mirorof adata sorcerien an norii E E E OA AEE OAA AEE AT 276 SEEDLink Stream Mirrored to DIsk ccccccccceeeeee eee aaa aaa aaa a aaa dana a aaa aaa a aaa 276 RDS DUM SIV CI es aad ao en as aces eatoarae ew ce naa oticetsa tts we eho tenet yout netsestaud an ono enssied ats uetam em amatee 2711 RINO B USEF SOVE sean SE oR RRC a aa a CAT a ao 207 Timed event alom CLOCK aiaa a T tan tncaowde saturn awake T a ioe 281 Alaini COCK soea a a N a 281 User tahini atc a estos vo E E a A oes sees ane hele S 283 VIGIL MESSA oe
135. Offset 0 Timezone string e g PDT Will be used to label any time values converted to local time See UTC Offset description for more details MUST be used in conjunction with the UTC Offset Advanced Name TZString Type String Range 0 to 8 characters Default none Example TZString string MZD24 Data Interface Module name MZD24FrontEnd This module is a Metrozet MZD24 digitizer front end This module is used in Metrozet digitizers such as the iCOBI and iDAS The MZD24 front end interfaces with the TSA digitizer s data acquisition hardware via a special RS 485 connection in order to produce a data stream which can be further processed by the included Rockhound software installed on central processor to allow event recording continuous recording or telemetry Category CHANNELDATASOURCE Publishes Output Subscribes to NOTHING 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 113 Parameters added to hardware cfg Page 114 User settable name of the digitizer Name digitizer Name Type String Range 1 to 80 characters Default digitizer Example digitizer Name digitizer Channel ID string for the channel Name digitizer ch chan Id Type String Range 1 to 80 characters Default C chan Example digitizer ch chan Id C chan Sensor serial number for the channel Name digitizer ch chan SensorSN Type int Range 0 to 99999 Default O Example digitizer ch chan SensorSN 0 Sensor na
136. Power remains on for 2 seconds after completion of the call Dynamic Parameter Name Window Warmup Type int Range 0 to 900 Default O Example Window Warmup 0 Difference compression of the data stream Name Compress Type boolean Default true Example Compress true Buffer size of the simulated Altus ring buffer in 16kb blocks 64 1mb Zero 0 means no streaming NOTE Will be disabled if modem functions used Name Buffer Type int Range 0 to 65535 Default 64 Example Buffer 64 Primarily for use with Altus EVT archiver Simulates the Altus naming convention and archiver bit by creating new EVT files with the naming style AA001 EVT Applies ONLY to event recording Continuously recorded data is produced in the YYYYMMDDHHMMSS firstCh STDID evt format only Advanced Dynamic Parameter Name AltusEVTStyle Type boolean Default true Example AltusEVTStyle true Document 304702 Rev N Page 257 Dynamic packet sizing allows automatic sizing of packets for block file transfers to maximize transmission speed If disabled packets are fixed at 256 bytes Advanced Name TXSi1ze256 Type choice Choices 0 Dynamic 2048 1 Fixed 256 2 Dynamic 4096 Default 0 Dynamic 2048 Example TXS1ze256 0 Dynamic 2048 Maximum size for RAM based SDS ring buffer in KB Above this number the ring buffer is created on disk Advanced Name SDSMaxRam Type int Range 0 to 64000 Default 4000 Example SDSMaxRam 400
137. SUME Resumes display of data after a pause WIDTH Width of the window in seconds Y LIMIT Sets the Y axis display limit af not auto scaled AUTOSCALE Autoscales the data to fit the display MEAN Removes the mean from the displayed data Page 34 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 The Waveform Viewer may be paused by clicking in the data portion of the display Doing this pauses the display and shows instantaneous values such as the sample number amplitude of the marked sample instantaneous frequency and segment absolute peak to peak value Click RESUME to continue the display IE VScope KMI digl ch1 c1 aa C l Counts Reset Pause Resume Width 30 Y Limit N A J Auto Scale Mean Click to Pause then again to Mark f 0 000 5 000 10 000 15 000 20 000 Width 30s SPS 100 RMS 1 33 PP 9 Abs Peak 437 Mean 433 Samples 4800 PAUSED Waveform Viewer clicked to pause 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 35 Edit Hardware Configuration The Rockhound configuration data is logically divided into two sections That which is hardware specific and that which is not This function allows editing of those parameters that are hardware specific Possible hardware specific parameters could include individual unit serial numbers or sensor information Upon selecting Edit Hardware Configuration a standardized edit dialog will appear that will contain as many hardware related parameters as are appropriate to the current
138. Select the new plug in layout from the pull down list of available plug ins layouts The pull down list will only show as options those plug in layouts that you have previously defined Plug ins are an advanced topic and are more complex than configuring and operating basic Rockhound See the sections on Data Filtering and Advanced Features for more information 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 319 Data Plug in Layout Please note that plug ins are not Rockhound Modules and can only be added to your layout by selecting them from the plug in layout parameter of a Rockhound module that supports plug ins A plug in cannot be added to your Rockhound layout as a module Parameters added to module specific cfg file Default plug ins used for all channels If some channels are not to be processed leave this value blank Name Default Type multiselect Default none Example Default plug ins list Plug ins for the specified digitizer and channel Comma separated list of plug ins to be used for this channel Leave blank to use the default else specify a list of plug ins to override the default Name digitizer ch chan Type multiselect Default none Example digitizer ch chan plug ins list Page 320 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 6 Network Management This chapter looks briefly at network management issues This chapter gives suggestions on how to manage a network of units that may or may not be directly
139. SensorCalDurationSec 30 Connection recheck interval in seconds Dynamic Parameter Name ConnectionRecheck Type int Range 60 to 500000 Default 86400 Example ConnectionRecheck 86400 Flush Q330 packet buffer on connect Name FlushOnConnect Type boolean Default false Example FlushOnConnect false Rock Data Interface Page 88 Module name RockFrontEnd This module is a Rock digitizer front end This module is used in Rock family digitizers such as the Basalt and Granite The Rock front end interfaces with the Rock digitizer s data acquisition hardware in order to produce a data stream which can be further processed by the included Rockhound software also installed on the digitizer to allow event recording continuous recording or telemetry Category CHANNELDATASOURCE Publishes Output Subscribes to NOTHING Parameters added to hardware cfg User settable name of the digitizer Name digitizer Name Type String Range 1 to 80 characters Default digitizer Example digitizer Name digitizer Channel ID string for the channel Name digitizer ch chan Id Type String Range 1 to 80 characters Default C chan Example digitizer ch chan Id C chan Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Sensitivity value for the channel in volts per unit e g volts per g needed for EVT SUDS SEISAN and COSMOS files Name digitizer ch chan Sensitivity Type double Range 0 001 to 10000 0 D
140. StnId string Document 304702 Rev N Page 121 Page 122 Station Code for the dsk SOH channel Advanced Name PercentUsed StnId Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example PercentUsed StnId string Station Code for the usr SOH channel Advanced Name UserStat StnId Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example UserStat StnId string Calib value for the deg SOH channel Advanced Name Temperature Calib Type double Range 1000000 to 1000000 Default 0 0 Example Temperature Calib 0 0 Calib value for the hum SOH channel Advanced Name Humidity Calib Type double Range 1000000 to 1000000 Default 0 0 Example Humidity Calib 0 0 Calib value for the vvb SOH channel Advanced Name VofV12Batt Calib Type double Range 1000000 to 1000000 Default 0 0 Example VofV 12Batt Calib 0 0 Calib value for the vep SOH channel Advanced Name VofSysPwr Calib Type double Range 1000000 to 1000000 Default 0 0 Example VofSysPwr Calib 0 0 Calib value for the vec SOH channel Advanced Name lofSysPwr Calib Type double Range 1000000 to 1000000 Default 0 0 Example IofSysPwr Calib 0 0 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 6 20 2011 Calib value for the leq SOH channel Advanced Name TimeQual Calib Type double Range 1000000 to 1000000 Default 0 0 Example TimeQual Calib 0 0 Calib value for the cpu SOH channel Advanced Name LoadAverage Calib
141. TA_SN txt Name FilesToKeep Type int Range 0 to 65000 Default 0 Example FilesToKeep 0 Directory to hold created message files Name MSGDir Type String Range 1 to 128 characters Default data msg Example MSGDir data msg File extension of created message files Name FileExtension Type String Range 1 to 128 characters Default txt Example FileExtension txt Name of the relay module interface serial port e g COM1 Windows or dev ttySX Linux Unix Name PortName Type String Range 0 to 20 characters Default none Example PortName string Document 304702 Rev N Page 305 Baud rate used for communication Advanced Name BaudRate Type choice Choices 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 Default 9600 Example BaudRate 9600 Parameters used to set up basic port parameters such as bits parity stop bits and flow control Advanced Name PortParams Type String Range 1 to 20 characters Default 8n1n Example PortParams 8nIn OASIS Display GUI Category OASISDISPLAYGUI The OASIS display GUI module provides the GUI interface to an OASIS Structural Monitoring System which is based on Rockhound The display shows overall system and digitizer status This GUI interface must run on a system that has a graphics display such as a PC OASIS Display GUI Desktop Only Advanced The OASIS GUI is added to the Rockhound layout as part of the OASIS structural monitoring system The O
142. TER Publishes Output Subscribes to CHANNELTESTSOURCE_Output and or CHANNELDATASOURCE_ Output and or CHANNELEXTRACTOR_Output and or CHANNELPREEXTRACTOR_ Output and or CHANNELDATASTREAMFILTER_ Output and or CHANNELOASISINTEGRATOR_Output Parameters added to module specific cfg file Filter settling time in samples Name SamplesToSettle Type int Range 0 to 300000 Default O Example SamplesToSettle 0 Decimation factor of filter Name DecimationFactor Type int Range 1 to 1000 Default 1 Example DecimationFactor 1 Group delay of filter in milliseconds Name GroupDelay Type int Range 0 to 100000 Default O Example GroupDelay 0 File to hold filter coefficients Name Coefficients Type String Range 1 to 128 characters Default displacementcoefficients txt Example Coefficients displacementcoefficients txt Page 168 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Post Integration IIR Filter Advanced This is an IIR filter Rockhound module This filter is used with the OASIS system to filter velocity or displacement data after integration The filter coefficients can be changed but the default values and the use of filters in OASIS is defined in the OASIS manual p n 300640 Category CHANNELDATASTREAMFILTER Publishes Output Subscribes to CHANNELTESTSOURCE_ Output and or CHANNELDATASOURCE_ Output and or CHANNELEXTRACTOR_Output and or CHANNELPREEXTRACTOR_ Output and or CHANNELDATASTREAMFILTER_ Output an
143. Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default maps google com q lat 4lon Example MapLink maps google com q lat lon Map range specified as degrees latitude and degrees longitude Specified as lat lon Defaults to 5 5 Dynamic Parameter Name MapRange Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default none Example MapRange string SSH tunneling mode When enabled supports creation of an SSH tunnel for access to the Rock In this mode all internal web links and applets are directed through the tunnel and password editing is marked enabled Ports that should be directed through the tunnel include ports 80 9900 and 9999 The TCP secondary port must be set to match the port used on the host PC end of the tunnel Name Tunnel Type boolean Default false Example Tunnel false TCP Secondary Port number for Java Applet access to the web server May be needed with some AntiVirus programs that manipulate port 80 If left at port 80 then all HTTP traffic is treated the same whether from a browser or from an applet If using SSH tunneling make this port match the port used on the host PC end of the tunnel Name TCPSecondaryPort Type int Range 0 to 32767 Default 80 Example TCPSecondaryPort 80 Disable usage tips at login When true disables tool tips presented at login NOTE Tool tips do not actually require any additional user interface clicks Dynamic Parameter Name NoTips Type
144. Used Id string Channel ID string for the usr SOH channel if not set uses default name Advanced Name UserStat Id Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example UserStat Id string Location Code for the deg SOH channel Advanced Name Temperature Loc Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example Temperature Loc string Location Code for the hum SOH channel Advanced Name Humidity Loc Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example Humidity Loc string Location Code for the vvb SOH channel Advanced Name VofV12Batt Loc Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example VofV 12Batt Loc string Location Code for the vep SOH channel Advanced Name VofSysPwr Loc Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example VofSysPwr Loc string Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 6 20 2011 Location Code for the vec SOH channel Advanced Name lofSysPwr Loc Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example lofSysPwr Loc string Location Code for the leq SOH channel Advanced Name TimeQual Loc Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example TimeQual Loc string Location Code for the cpu SOH channel Advanced Name LoadAverage Loc Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example LoadAverage Loc string Location Code for the dsk SOH channel Advanced Name PercentUsed Loc Type Str
145. Z 1 log era a Z 2 b 2 2 a n 1 b n 1 a n 2 b n 2 where a denotes the denominator and b the numerator coefficients The filter requires an equal number of numerator and denominator coefficients Users are responsible for determining if the frequency response and stability of the resulting filter meets their requirements In other words each line of the file must have two entries Category CHANNELDATASTREAMFILTER Publishes Output 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 165 Subscribes to CHANNELTESTSOURCE_ Output and or CHANNELDATASOURCE_ Output and or CHANNELEXTRACTOR_Output and or CHANNELPREEXTRACTOR_ Output and or CHANNELDATASTREAMFILTER_ Output and or CHANNELOASISINTEGRATOR_Output Parameters added to module specific cfg file Filter settling time in samples Name SamplesToSettle Type int Range 0 to 300000 Default 3000 Example SamplesToSettle 3000 Decimation factor of filter Name DecimationFactor Type int Range 1 to 1000 Default 1 Example DecimationFactor 1 Group delay of filter in milliseconds Name GroupDelay Type int Range 0 to 100000 Default 0 Example GroupDelay 0 File to hold filter coefficients Name Coefficients Type String Range 1 to 128 characters Default coefficients txt Example Coefficients coefficients txt Page 166 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Velocity IIR Filter Advanced This is an IIR filter Rockhound module This filter is used wit
146. a by dividing before storage Name ScaleDivisor Type double Range 0 00001 to 10000000 Default 1 0 Example ScaleDivisor 1 0 SUDS Format Data Archiver A multi channel PC SUDS format archiver for samples The module takes data in that is a multichannel data stream and writes it out as multichannel PC SUCS files The output filenames are constructed from a combination of the starting time of the first sample in the file and the UnitID as follows yyyymmddhhmmss UnitID dmx A Julian day filenaming option is supported One file is typically created for all channels that are being recorded Time is taken from the time of the first data that is to be recorded NChannels UnitID and ChanID are taken from the RuntimeParams Because PC SUDS format requires the one character Component ID to be unique the formatter assigns sequential Component IDs from the sequence 1 9 A Z a z Therefore a limit of 61 components channels per file is imposed Page 188 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Channels to be recorded are taken from a comma delimited parameter string in the module config file called simply Channels The list includes an entry for each digitizer channel for example Channe 6 kmiiei RM Ay es SO ee Ore ratr a E ES Channels The channel list validated against NChannels is used to determine the list of channels to be recorded and helps extract the parameters that should be recorded from all the channels sent to the rec
147. a of continuous recording Two simple examples would be Changing the archiver for another type so that data could be stored in Kinemetrics EVT format SAC format SUDS format or something else Publishes Output i Datalntegrator Subscribes to dig1_1_AltusTCPFrontEnd _digi_1_AltusTCPFrontEnd_Output Publishes Output Subscribes to NOTHING ContinuousRecorder AltusEvtArchiver Publishes Output Subscribes to Subscribes to ContinuousRecorder_ Output Datalntegrator Output A Continuous Recorder Storing Data as EVT Files Page 8 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Adding a second front end so that data can be gathered from two digitizers not necessarily transmitting data at the same sample rate _digi_ 1 AltusTCPFrontEnd Publishes Output Subscribes to NOTHING Publishes Output Datalntegrator Subscribes to _dig1_1_AltusTCPFrontEnd_Output _dig2_1_Q330FrontEnd_Output _dig2_1_Q330FrontEnd AltusEvtArchiver ContinuousRecorder Publishes Output Subscribes to NOTHING Publishes Output Subscribes to Subscribes to ContinuousRecorder Output Datalntegrator Output A Continuous Recorder From Two Front Ends Note 1 For a description of the meaning of each configuration variable in the examples see the documentation later on in this manual that describes the available modules and their configuration options Note 2 These are relatively simple configurations Much more complex configuration
148. advanced level only Debug levels and their meanings are subject to change at any time Manage plug in layouts Provides a set of functions for handling plug in layouts These functions allow you to create edit delete and rename plug in layouts Once plug in layouts are created they may be edited to specify activities to be performed on the data for each channel the actual plug ins The created plug in layouts are available for selection from Rockhound modules that support plug ins Special advanced level only Manage Plug in Layouts Create a plug in layout Delete a plug in layout lEdit a plug in layout Rename a plug in layout OK _cancel_ Hep Manage plug in layouts functions Page 42 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 K ROCK Plug in Layout Editor orbformat Plug in Layout Detail Haris digi Ch Plug ins for the specified digitizer and channel Comma separated list of plug ins to lbe used for this channel Leave blank to use the default else specify a list of plug ins to override the default Newly created plug in layout description Rename a module Provides a method to rename modules This should only be necessary under very special test conditions Module renaming is primarily intended for use by Kinemetrics personnel and should only be used by the customer under specific direction from Kinemetrics personnel Special advanced level only Subscription edit Provides a method for editing
149. al events with broadband sensors Its 0 6 Hz low corner frequency gives some protection to the dominant component of natural marine seismic noise Its high corner frequency gives protection against excessive high frequency man made seismic noise An UR A filter with a sampling rate of 200 or 250 Hz can monitor local earthquakes with efficient protection against marine noise The approximate bandpass of the IIR A filter is Sampling rate Bandpass 20 Oe bA S 2S HA 40 0 24 4 Hz 50 os OG ae AZ 100 mY sg NOY HZ 200 caren sie 0 et 250 eba gt Bon Category CHANNELTRGFILTER Publishes Output Subscribes to CHANNELEXTRACTOR_ Output and or CHANNELPREEXTRACTOR_ Output and or CHANNELOASISINTEGRATOR_Output Parameters added to module specific cfg file Filter settling time in samples Name SamplesToSettle Type int Range 0 to 300000 Default 3000 Example SamplesToSettle 3000 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 155 IIR C Filter This is an HR C filter Rockhound module This is a 6th order Elliptical Bandpass Filter designed for three cascaded second order sections in direct form I An IIR C filter at a 200 or 250 Hz sampling rate can monitor local earthquakes However there is no protection against high frequency man made noise because the frequency content of the events and the noise is approximately the same The approximate bandpass of the IIR C filter is Sampling rate Bandpass 20 0 2 4 Hz 40 0 4
150. al signature has been validated by a trusted source More Information HTTPConfig security warning Page 232 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Once selected they will be presented with the ROCK Vision viewer but running as a Java applet rather than as an installed application E http 10 0 1 167 File Edit View Favorites Tools Help l w ar Station KMI Ca Waveform Viewer Port 9999 Disconnect 2 Channels Available dig1 ch1 C1 Kinemetrics Rockhound Waiting for remote info A Remote Id is KMI Station KMI ach 5 channels detected Ready Log Out State of Health Waveform Viewer Triggering amp Sensors Recorded Files Interactive File Viewer Parameters Hardware This viewer requires Java Applet support Connect Limited Access Links i ics Web Site Kinemetrics Contacts Tech Support Email m Kinemetrics 2000 2009 All Rights Reserved http 10 0 1 167 dosvs Internet Protected Mode On HTTPConfig ROCK Vision Java applet 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 233 Recorded files will display all files recorded by Rockhound as thumbnail images The images by nature are very small and download to your browser quickly They allow you to determine which files are important enough to be downloaded and studied closer and which are of no interest F Station KMI Internet ided by Dell tc amp Station KMI Intemet Epona pa Oc I cee ee G
151. ally log into Linux via the console before the network has been configured and before access via Telnet is possible Manage Plug in Files The files that contain attributes of plug ins including those used for data filtering are contained in what are called Plug in Files These files have a plg extension Some plug in files are supplied by Kinemetrics with the Rockhound Distribution and will be automatically placed in the config plugins directory when the Rockhound distribution is installed either on the unit itself or in the config pluginarchive directory on the PC used to run ROCKTalk When a configuration is sent to a unit the contents of the config pluginarchive directory will be included in the config jar file that is sent to the unit These files will be unpacked into the config plugins directory on the unit The user may define his own plug in files subject to the definition of the structure of plug in files and may include these files in the config pluginarchive directory on the PC used to run ROCKTalk These additional files will be sent to the unit when configuration information is sent and these user defined files will not be overwritten on the PC by a Rockhound software update or other configuration change Please note that the plug in files stored on the PC will be included in the configuration information for every unit that is accessed and controlled by ROCKTalk on that PC The details of the contents of a Plug in File are de
152. amp FLIEO amp C1S0 1 amp W Example ModemSetupCmd AT amp FL1IEO amp C1S0 1 amp W Modem Dialing prefix Dynamic Parameter Name ModemDialCmd Type String Range 0 to 40 characters Default ATDT Example ModemDialCmd ATDT Modem hangup string Dynamic Parameter Name ModemHangupCmd Type String Range 0 to 40 characters Default ATH Example ModemHangupCmd ATH Phone number to dial when connecting to data center Dynamic Parameter Name PhoneNumber1 Type String Range 0 to 40 characters Default none Example PhoneNumber1 string Alternate phone number to dial when connecting to data center Dynamic Parameter Name PhoneNumber2 Type String Range 0 to 40 characters Default none Example PhoneNumber2 string Time of daily checkin in hours minutes 00 00 23 59 Dynamic Parameter Name DailyCKITime Type String Range 0 to 5 characters Default none Example DailyCKITime string Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 6 20 2011 Daily checkin interval O Daily 1 Skip one day Dynamic Parameter Name DailyCKIDays Type int Range 0 to 15 Default 0 Example DailyCKIDays 0 Time to wait for a connection to the data center in seconds Dynamic Parameter Name ConnectWait Type int Range 5 to 400 Default 30 Example ConnectWait 30 Count of number of retries before giving up on a call Dynamic Parameter Name RetryCount Type int Range 1 to 1000 Default 10 Example RetryCount 10
153. ane Applet com zerog ia download WebInstaller Applet started INSTALL HTM file open in the browser Page 52 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Note that in this example the screen includes a one click button in this case Start Installer for Windows to start the installer for your particular platform This shows the platform that the installer detected The other available installers for other platforms are listed below If your display doesn t show the one click button then select from that list of available installers below Download is little misleading as the download is really from the CD to your hard drive Installation Steps Once the installation gets started in detail you may see a screen such as the following to indicate that the installer is unpacking the software and getting it ready for installation installAnywhere w Install4nywhere is preparing to install Install preparation Next you ll be allowed to select the locale or language for the installation This is a standard InstallAnywhere feature and will change the standardized messages of the installer Ne ES MISBe ESR English Install locale selection 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 53 After selecting the locale several screens will display to step through the installation process First is the screen indicating that the installer is ready to begin l Kinemetrics Rockhound Introduction InstallAnywhere will guide you
154. annels to be output e g dig1 1 dig1 2 or Name Channels Type String Range 1 to 1024 characters Default Example Channels Enable modem use When disabled the connection is permanent and there s no dialing or modem control Name ModemEnable Type boolean Default true Example ModemEnable true Document 304702 Rev N Page 259 Page 260 Dial on triggered event if modem enabled Dynamic Parameter Name OnEvent Type boolean Default true Example OnEvent true Dial on daily checkin if modem enabled Dynamic Parameter Name OnCheckin Type boolean Default false Example OnCheckin false Dial on alarm activation if modem enabled Dynamic Parameter Name OnAlarm Type boolean Default false Example OnAlarm false Dial on loss of AC input if modem enabled Dynamic Parameter Name OnLostAC Type boolean Default false Example OnLostAC false Dial on low battery less than 12VDC if modem enabled Dynamic Parameter Name OnLowBatt Type boolean Default false Example OnLowBatt false Dial on loss of GPS less than 80 clock quality if modem enabled Dynamic Parameter Name OnLostGPS Type boolean Default false Example OnLostGPS false Dial on extreme temperature less than 20c or more than 65c if modem enabled Dynamic Parameter Name OnExtTemp Type boolean Default false Example OnExtTemp false Call must complete with a SUCCESS command in order for the cal
155. applicable to a given situation The purpose of this chapter is to present some suggestions for operating the network The end user must make the final determination of what best suits their needs FTP Server Considerations Installing an FTP Server on your system allows you to extend the capability of your Rockhound based system significantly allowing for capabilities like automatic recorded file upload and remote firmware and configuration updates Care should be taken to properly configure the FTP Server to minimize your susceptibility to attacks or abuse Some useful configuration details include Disable anonymous logins to your FTP server and allow passworded logins only If possible restrict accepted FTP connections to known addresses or known network masks such as those through your ISP only Restrict uploaded files to only certain types For example allow only expected waveform data and text files which would include status files from the instruments Create a root directory for each FTP login account to make it difficult for an attacker to back up within your directory structure accessing sensitive areas of your system Put the FTP Server outside of the rest of your network with a firewall between the FTP Server and your main network Do not run the FTP Server software on your main server Using existing Altus recorders with Rockhound Some customers may have existing networks of Kinemetrics Altus recorders deployed
156. are will be updated by Kinemetrics regularly as capabilities are added to the overall Rockhound system and as user requirements data sources or other factors dictate changes Rockhound Support Software Also written in Java support for Rockhound includes ROCKTalk a utility that allows the user to quickly and easily configure Rockhound for the most commonly used applications Other support utilities are provided as well Configuration Data If a turn key system is purchased configuration data will be created for a standard implementation of Rockhound In most cases it will be necessary to reconfigure Rockhound using ROCKTalk to fit individual needs If Rockhound is purchased as a firmware only package this initial configuration information will be created by the end user Rockhound is made up of modules that process data flowing through Rockhound in a uniform way These modules may be connected to one another to split combine process record or transform data using a number of different methods Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 The Basics of Rockhound Modules Rockhound modules communicate with each other using a very standardized interface In general a Rockhound module sends and or receives data and messages to or from other Rockhound modules The examples in the following section are intended only to introduce the general concept of Rockhound modules The details of modules are described later in the manual in a section that add
157. are not hardware dependent so that common Rockhound configurations can be used at multiple sites having similar overall requirements A More Complete Example Continuous Recording OK we ve reviewed the basics of how Rockhound modules hook together so let s look at a more realistic but still relatively simple example Let s look at a Rockhound configuration with the following characteristics Input data source is a Kinemetrics Altus recorder used as a digitizer sample rate unimportant for this example Data is to be recorded continuously in 15 minute 900 second files Data is to be stored in MiniSEED format Publishes Output 14 4 Ale l Datalntearator Subscribes to a n _dig1_1_AltusTCPFrontEnd_Output Publishes Output Subscribes to NOTHING ContinuousRecorder MiniSeedArchiver Publishes Output Subscribes to Subscribes to ContinuousRecorder_ Output Datalntegrator Output A Simple Continuous Recorder Example As shown data flows from the data source to the continuous recorder module that is responsible for gathering all of the data from the data source and neatly dividing it into 15 minute 900 second segments The data is then in turn passed to the Archiver that is responsible for formatting it in the selected style in this case MiniSEED format Page 6 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 The layout cfg file that describes this simple configuration appears as follows Type AltusTCPFrontEnd Name _d
158. artup string String sent when an event is detected Name EventStart Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default none Example EventStart string Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 6 20 2011 String sent when an event is completed Name EventEnd Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default none Example EventEnd string String sent when an alarm is detected Name Alarm Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default none Example Alarm string String sent when a checkin is required Name Checkin Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default none Example Checkin string String sent for other conditions Name Other Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default none Example Other string Send any log messages that are received through this connection Note this can result in a lot of messages Name LogMsgs Type boolean Default false Example LogMsgs false Send any critical error warning messages that are received through this connection Note that this results in messages that are part of normal startup Name CriticalMsgs Type boolean Default false Example CriticalMsgs false IP Port used for SMTP connections by the mail host Default is 25 but may be changed by host for security purposes NOTE Not needed if using the KMI Relay Name Port Type int Range 1 to 32767 Default 25 Example Port 25 Document 304702 Rev N Page 287 SMS Message Sender This modu
159. ated by the user Each time that Rockhound records a new file the sender will be notified of the new file and will begin the process of transferring the files The FILESENDER is an entire category of file delivery mechanisms FTP File Sender The FTPSender module is used to transmit recorded files to an FTP site as designated by the user The setup and maintenance of the FTP site are the responsibility of the user The FTPSender module requires you to set up several parameters for proper communication with your FTP server These include FTP HOST Provides the IP address of your FTP server where files are to be placed FTP User The username used to log into your FTP server FTP Password The FTP password used to log into your FTP server Base Directory The base directory at which to place files on your FTP server Often this 1s something like pub incoming Directory Layout How you want the files stored on your FTP server You can choose to store the files in a flat structure just at the base directory you specified or to create subdirectories based on the Rockhound ID or based on the current date The FTPSender module queues all file transfer requests to non volatile storage so that file transfers are not forgotten if there is a restart before the module is able to complete all file transfers In addition the FTPSender module will perform FTP retries up to 10 times attempting to get through to your FTP server Catego
160. ault false Example VEC false Record antenna current stream as vea Name VEA Type boolean Default false Example VEA false Record voltage controlled oscillator offset stream as vco Name VCO Type boolean Default false Example VCO false Record clock quality stream as Icq Name LCQ Type boolean Default false Example LCQ false Page 86 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 6 20 2011 Record clock phase stream as Ice Name LCE Type boolean Default false Example LCE false Mass position channel 1 as vm1 Name VM1 Type boolean Default false Example VM 1 false Mass position channel 2 as vm2 Name VM2 Type boolean Default false Example VM2 false Mass position channel 3 as vm3 Name VM3 Type boolean Default false Example VM3 false Mass position channel 4 as vm4 Name VM4 Type boolean Default false Example VM4 false Mass position channel 5 as vm5 Name VM5 Type boolean Default false Example VM5 false Mass position channel 6 as vm6 Name VM6 Type boolean Default false Example VM6 false Type of sensor calibration function Name SensorCalType Type choice Choices 0 Sine Red noise 2 White noise 3 Step 4 Random telegraph Default O Sine Example SensorCalType 0 Sine Document 304702 Rev N Page 87 Sensor calibration duration in seconds Name SensorCalDurationSec Type int Range to 7200 Default 30 Example
161. available SOH variables from the digitizer so that you can choose what to display Up Moves the selected SOH data item up left on the SOH display Down Moves the selected SOH data item down right on the SOH display Delete Deletes the selected SOH item from the list of available items Title Sets the displayed title for the selected SOH item Enabled Enables or disables the selected SOH item Tool Tip Sets the displayed tool tip for the selected SOH item Type Sets the type of data of the selected SOH item so that you can set limits of good and bad values High Limit Sets the high limit of good values for the selected SOH item Low Limit Sets the low limit of good values for the selected SOH item Flag Alerts Sets flag bits that are of interest for a selected SOH item whose type is Flags Category STATUSDISPLAYGUI Publishes Output Subscribes to CHANNELDATASOURCE_ Output Page 210 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 PGA Alarms Display GUI Desktop Only The SOH display GUI is a module that can be added to a Rockhound layout to show status of the digitizers in the layout It is used in conjunction with the PGAGPIO module to detect alarm levels and SOH conditions The display shows overall system status and configurable digitizer status as shown here ThE PGA GUI Status Disple Pg Configuration Resets WebPages Custom logo goes here Digitizer Status StationID Battery Temperature StoragePercentUsed Sys
162. cationCode string Network code string for the channel needed for EVT SAC MiniSEED files and or Ring Buffer storage Defaults to the global Network ID if not specified Name digitizer ch chan NetworkCode Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example digitizer ch chan NetworkCode string Document 304702 Rev N Page 143 Station code string for the channel needed for EVT SAC MiniSEED files and or Ring Buffer storage Defaults to the global Station ID if not specified Name digitizer ch chan StationCode Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example digitizer ch chan StationCode string Calib value for the channel needed for Ring Buffer storage Name digitizer ch chan Calib Type double Range 1000000 to 1000000 Default 0 0 Example digitizer ch chan Calib 0 0 Calper value for the channel needed for Ring Buffer storage Name digitizer ch chan Calper Type double Range 9999 to 9999 Default 1 0 Example digitizer ch chan Calper 1 0 SegT ype for the channel needed for Ring Buffer storage Name digitizer ch chan SegType Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default Example digitizer ch chan SegType Number of ADC counts at full scale in counts Name digitizer ch chan FullScaleADCCounts Type int Range 1 to 100000000 Default 8388608 Example digitizer ch chan FullScaleADCCounts 8388608
163. causal Default acausal Example FilterT ype500 acausal Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 FIR filter type used for all channels that are set to this sample rate Name FilterType 1000 Type choice Choices acausal causal Default acausal Example FilterT ype1000 acausal FIR filter type used for all channels that are set to this sample rate Name FilterT ype2000 Type choice Choices acausal causal Default acausal Example FilterT ype2000 acausal Channel sensor groups Assigns sensor types to each group of four channels Used to control sensor calibration and control functions See Physical Channels parameter Name Grpxx Type chgroup Choices Sensor control CSQ scripts Default none Example Grpxx CSQ control script Timing source for unit Supports internal or external GPS NTP or TOE Time Over Ethernet Supported external GPS is Acutime Gold Name TimeSource Type choice Choices 1 TOE 2 GPS Internal 3 GPS External lt 50 ft 4 GPS External gt 50 ft 5 NTP Default 2 GPS Internal Example TimeSource 2 GPS Internal This system is equipped with an internal EpiSensor deck on channels 1 3 Dynamic Parameter Name InternalDeck Type boolean Default false Example InternalDeck false Sample rate to use for output of a DFS data stream from the first four channels Unit must be equipped with a DFS option board and this sample rate must be selected on at least one channel of channels 1 4 in order to ge
164. ce Category DATAMIRROR Data Mirror modules duplicate data sent across a telemetry connection into local files An example is the SLinkMirror module which duplicates data sent via the SLink interface into local continuously recorded MiniSEED files SEEDLink Stream Mirrored to Disk The SLinkServer module is used to locally capture the data from a SLink telemetry module and to record the data locally in continuously recorded MiniSEED files Category DATAMIRROR Publishes Output Subscribes to NOTHING Parameters added to module specific cfg file Page 276 IP address of SEEDLink server If generated locally by this unit use 127 0 0 1 Name Host Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default 127 0 0 1 Example Host 127 0 0 1 TCP Port for SEEDLink server Name Port Type int Range 5000 to 65535 Default 18000 Example Port 18000 Directory to hold created MiniSeed files Dynamic Parameter Name OutputDir Type String Range 1 to 128 characters Default data events Example OutputDir data events Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Directory structure for how to store recorded files Dynamic Parameter Name DirLayout Type choice Choices FLAT BYDATE STATION NETWORK Default FLAT Example DirLayout FLAT Use Julian day representation for indicating day within the year e g February 5 would be indicated as 036 rather than 0205 Dynamic Parameter Name Julian Type boolean Default false
165. ch can be by host sn host UnitID host DigitizerID or just by host ID Name USBOrg Type choice Choices BYSN BYUNITID B YDIGID BYHOST Default BYSN Example USBOrg BYSN Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Record system voltage stream as vep Name VofSysPwr Type boolean Default true Example VofSysPwr true Record time quality stream as Icq Name TimeQual Type boolean Default true Example TimeQual true Record CPU Load Average stream as cpu values lt 200 indicate sufficient idle time Name LoadAverage Type boolean Default true Example LoadAverage true Record Percent of Data Storage Used stream as dsk Name PercentUsed Type boolean Default false Example PercentUsed false Record user status stream as usr See the ROCK Console command userstat Advanced Name UserStat Type boolean Default false Example UserStat false Digitizer gain for all channels Advanced Name Gain Type int Range to 16 Default 1 Example Gain 1 Type of TSA digitizer TSASMA Advanced Name TSATYPE Type choice Choices TSASMA Default TSASMA Example TSATYPE TSASMA 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 139 UTC Offset value in hours Affects timestamps of data streams recorded files and most displays and commands Some time values originating from GPS will not be compensated Daylight Savings is not used because that would produce gaps in the data stream so for example you will g
166. chs ey eA EIS 38 Replace Module oran E sees EE ES 39 Advanced TCT OS erein aA aa cea 40 TT CUD OUD isea E He esas aA to aOR N 43 SE OV Doarea a ened seeded ata Ra hte code Buse m eacaeteeoanseeeoduaye 45 Add A TC COR CIC KOT lk eis c secant cc etic i oseiat ts euaassrennedich a E e a R 45 BS FC A I EEE aerated E EE EE EESE EE AA E ons EEEE EE IAEE E ES E N OEE E EET 46 Makea New Con 10 1 ALOU eree E E a EREE 46 EGitRocKMOUTC Parmeter i rato uedaiauansatutantmniucdaieueystausbeteaatelintesaiaadseuihs 46 Archive a Rockhound bay OU ie ciinca cutdtamtaseanantatdateniieud E tauswiudn ouddneumeantasansiddytatieactntcaamisntenmasisataun 46 Dearchive a Rockhound Layon besine a 47 Opena Terminal Wid Ow saie aA E E 47 Update Rockhound FIMIN are sccsw2icutdsamtastanancihdnettu E 47 Access Ine LINUX CON OTE tara A A aubakasnicandsamabieutosoetcaamiactemeuleauianys 48 Manase PUSSE ES aei E EEEE ENAR EE E OA 48 Manase Prus ay Out FES E AEE AA 48 ASSOLE WALE TiS Ca MACON nacione TE T TE N O O O 49 OVVIE Wo E N EE E TEE 49 Tastan meS y Mkea T A E A AS 50 IS Cale TOT SOl S see T E E A 5I Hostilins Tor Windows Orban eonun a eae a A 32 IS aMaiiOn SE Sa aa a a a eatnaGt wwe aaa 53 Additonal Inga HaGo Sse a a a ween cat ea 57 Rmn ROCK Falkai euna a a a ner eter ory catty reno 58 Runnins Rockhound on your compte tes sensrgarenan ean e a a aA 58 S Rockhommd Modules 5515p aa aae iihad ic orientale told atiaenadaaeiee hates 61 Available CatesOries and Modules lt 5 ge
167. cific cfg file 6 20 2011 COM port specification e g COM1 Windows or dev ttySX Linux Unix Name ComPort Type String Range 1 to 80 characters Default dev ttyS 1 Example ComPort dev ttyS 1 Serial baud rate Name Baud Type choice Choices 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 Default 57600 Example Baud 57600 Enable use of a secondary Rock platform serial port PLEASE NOTE THAT THIS IS STRONGLY DISCOURAGED if the modem will be the only remote connection to the Rock as a firmware or parameter problem could make the unit inaccessible remotely If the modem is the only remote connection to the Rock we recommend that you instead configure the TTY Monitor service via the ttymonconfig script from Linux and then replace this module with the Altus Telemetry via TCP IP module and configure it to connect to the service at the specified port Using the service will allow you to get emergency access to a Linux shell through the modem if needed If this is a secondary connection or you are willing to take the risk of not being able to access the unit remotely in case of problems then select this options to define this as a secondary connection Name RockSecondary Type boolean Default false Example RockSecondary false Altus password feature to block use of certain commands Dynamic Parameter Name Password Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example Password string List of digitizers ch
168. ck kmi List of Client username password pairs Colons separate username and password as follows userl pwd1 user2 pwd2 Username and password are case sensitive and cannot contain special characters such as space comma colon or quotes Dynamic Parameter Name ClientPasswords Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default none Example ClientPasswords string Page 236 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 6 20 2011 Create thumbnail displays for any newly recorded files for compatible data formats NOTE This feature will require additional processor time as well as storage space when files are created It is not generally recommended for use with continuous recording Dynamic Parameter Name Thumbnails Type boolean Default true Example Thumbnails true Size of generated plots if using thumbnails Thumbnail images will be 1 4 the size of the generated image Dynamic Parameter Name ThumbnailSize Type choice Choices 600 800 Default 600 Example ThumbnailSize 600 Units used for plotting thumbnails if thumbnail file creation enabled Note that g and cm selections only apply to accelerometers and only if sensitivity selection is set correctly Dynamic Parameter Name Thumbnail Units Type choice Choices Full Scale Volts g cm gal Default cm Example ThumbnailUnits cm Put a contact link on the web page DO NOT INCLUDE DOUBLE QUOTES If used set to a web page link such as www kmi com The keywo
169. configuration K Hardware Configuration Hardware Edit Dialog Note the brief description of each parameter to the left of the value that some values are read only like maximum number of channels and also note the extended description for the current parameter at the bottom of the dialog On exit from the dialog parameters are range checked to make sure that they are of the proper type and are within their defined limits Page 36 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 This example is from the Continuous Recording example built in the Layout Wizard section Edit Parameters The Rockhound configuration data is logically divided into two sections That which is hardware specific and that which is not This function allows editing of those parameters that are NOT hardware specific Upon selecting Edit Parameters a standardized edit dialog will appear that will contain as many parameters as are appropriate to the current configuration Parameter Edit Dialog Note the brief description of each parameter to the left of the value the fact that some values are read only and also note the extended description for the current parameter at the bottom of the dialog Also note the scroll bar to the right of the dialog because it is very likely that there will be more parameters in the configuration than can fit on one screen 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 37 On exit from the dialog
170. corder Specifically the board used is the Omega OME PIO DA series This module can only be used in a PC equipped with the appropriate hardware and requires separate registration Note that this feature has a separate user manual p n 302481 Category DATARELAY Publishes Output Subscribes to DATAINTEGRATOR_Output Page 244 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Parameters added to module specific cfg file 6 20 2011 Channel source e g dig1 2 Name Channell Type String Range 0 to 1024 characters Default none Example Channel1 string Gain factor multiplier for output data Name Gain1 Type double Range 0 125 to 4096 Default 1 Example Gainl 1 Channel source e g dig1 2 Name Channel2 Type String Range 0 to 1024 characters Default none Example Channel2 string Gain factor multiplier for output data Name Gain2 Type double Range 0 125 to 4096 Default 1 Example Gain2 1 Channel source e g dig1 2 Name Channel3 Type String Range 0 to 1024 characters Default none Example Channel3 string Gain factor multiplier for output data Name Gain3 Type double Range 0 125 to 4096 Default 1 Example Gain3 1 Channel source e g dig1 2 Name Channel4 Type String Range 0 to 1024 characters Default none Example Channel4 string Document 304702 Rev N Page 245 Page 246 Gain factor multiplier for output data Name Gain4 Type double Range 0 125
171. created doesn t get deleted Category AFD Publishes Output Subscribes to NOTHING Parameters added to module specific cfg file 6 20 2011 Semicolon separated list of paths to scan for deletable files Name SweepPath Type String Range 1 to 128 characters Default data events Example SweepPath data events Limit of storage before deleting files in mb Name StorageMax Type double Range 0 001 to 99999999999 Default 100 0 Example StorageMax 100 0 Once deleting starts delete to this level in mb Name StorageMin Type double Range 0 001 to 99999999999 Default 90 0 Example StorageMin 90 0 Document 304702 Rev N Page 217 When set will delete empty directories after one day Name DeleteDirectories Type boolean Default true Example DeleteDirectories true Frequency to check for possible file deletion in days Name ScanFrequency Type double Range 0 001 to 365 Default 1 0 Example ScanFrequency 1 0 Statistics generator Category STATSGENERATOR Statistics generators are used to generate statistics in parallel to file recording Depending on the type of statistics generator selected data can be stored in files or can be placed in the run time parameters so that they may be included in transmissions to the user through a notification method such as e mail Basic statistics generator modules are provided with Rockhound They determine information such as mean duration peaks and
172. cs can provide you some examples as needed to help you with building your own FTP firmware or configuration updating mechanism Page 324 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 7 Troubleshooting This chapter looks at troubleshooting issues This is not a how to or a Frequently Asked Questions area that is covered in another chapter of this manual The purpose of this chapter is to examine some potential problems with Rockhound configuration or operation and suggest some possible solutions Rockhound Starts and Crashes in a Loop Because of how Rockhound is designed it runs within a batch or script file that 1s structured as a loop The theory is that Rockhound runs the requested layout and configuration and when a change is made Rockhound is terminated and the loop restarts Rockhound so that the changes can take effect If there is a problem that causes Rockhound to crash then the loop will restart Rockhound In the case of the stray mysterious hardware or software problem this is a good safety net as it causes Rockhound to restart again and can serve to minimize the impact of what would otherwise be a minor problem with catastrophic results regarding the performance of Rockhound However there are some situations that could cause the safety net to get stuck For example if there were some unforeseen invalid combination of Rockhound modules and or parameters that were to cause the Rockhound code to exit or crash soon after starting then
173. cters Default dev ttyS3 Example RS485Ports dev ttyS3 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 6 20 2011 GPS port used e g dev ttyS5 Blank if no GPS Name GPSPort Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example GPSPort string GPS distance selection Supports external GPS Supported external GPS is Acutime Gold Distance selection lt 50ft uses less power selection gt 50ft allows longer distance Name GPSDist Type choice Choices 1 GPS External lt 50 ft 2 GPS External gt 50 ft Default 2 GPS External gt 50 fl Example GPSDist 2 GPS External gt 50 ft l Alarm duration sec before auto reset If zero then latched and doesn t auto reset Note Rock Alarm outputs are provided through the RockGPIO module which must be included in the layout Dynamic Parameter Name Duration Type int Range 0 to 7200 Default 0 Example Duration 0 Record temperature stream as deg Name Temperature Type boolean Default true Example Temperature true Record humidity stream as hum Name Humidity Type boolean Default true Example Humidity true Record VofV12Batt stream as vvb Name VofV12Batt Type boolean Default true Example VofV 12Batt true Record system voltage stream as vep Name VofSysPwr Type boolean Default true Example VofSysPwr true Document 304702 Rev N Page 127 Page 128 Record system current stream as vec Name IofSysPwr Type boolean Default
174. d NOTE Most parameters are defaulted so it should only be necessary to specify PortName DestinationAddress and of course the tokenized message strings themselves Other parameters may be specified as needed Broadcast objects must contain at least two arguments Notify which identifies the broadcast as something to be handled by notification modules and a reason such as EventEnd which is in turn used to look into the SMS sender s config to find a matching string which is a tokenized message representing the message to be sent when this reason occurs such as EventEnd SMARTSId Triggered event of duration Duration If the reason argument is not found a reason Other is searched for If Other is not found the message 1s discarded When the received message is found all delimited tokens are replaced by their actual values found in the RunTime Parameters the broadcast data or the local config Standard reasons are Startup EventStart EventEnd Alarm Checkin Other This means that the SMS Message Sender module s config file should contain lines like reason tokenized message for each reason that is to be supported Messages are limited to 160 characters Messages that are found but blank are discarded Page 288 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 An example config file PortName Coml ServiceCenterAddress 12099042030 DestinationAddress 12125551137 Startup SMARTSId Restarted FventStart SMARTSId
175. d or CHANNELOASISINTEGRATOR_ Output Parameters added to module specific cfg file Filter settling time in samples Name SamplesToSettle Type int Range 0 to 300000 Default 0 Example SamplesToSettle 0 Decimation factor of filter Name DecimationFactor Type int Range 1 to 1000 Default 1 Example DecimationFactor 1 Group delay of filter in milliseconds Name GroupDelay Type int Range 0 to 100000 Default O Example GroupDelay 0 File to hold filter coefficients Name Coefficients Type String Range 1 to 128 characters Default postintegrationcoefficients txt Example Coefficients postintegrationcoefficients txt 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 169 Voter Voter Page 170 Category VOTER The VOTER is used to tally all votes from all contributing triggers so that a final determination can be made as to whether or not Rockhound is triggered Triggers received within the TriggerWindowMsS time period will be evaluated together to determine the system trigger state Note Trigger timestamps from multiple front ends may vary slightly due to internal timing variations but the reported time will always be properly within the trigger window Category VOTER Publishes Output Subscribes to CHANNELTRIGGER_ Output Parameters added to module specific cfg file Total votes needed to trigger recording Dynamic Parameter Name VotesToTrigger Type int Range 1 to 1000 Default 1
176. d to select the language translation at the time that user logon is completed When the user selects the language for example Spanish the language file spanish cfg will be loaded for that connection An example of the contents of the language file is as follows Yes Si Close cerrar Messages containing spaces or most special characters must be escaped using backslash as follows Very good Muy bien Special characters can be displayed by listing their character values For example Tomorrow Ma 24lana In addition the characters set used by the browser can also be replaced so if characters are needed other than those specified in the standard Latin character set iso 8859 1 to support say Cyrillic you can translate the character set designator to 18s0 8859 1 1s0 8859 5 Messages that are not listed are displayed with their English equivalents so No is displayed as No if not listed A list of translatable messages is available from Kinemetrics Category HTTPSERVER Publishes Output Subscribes to NOTHING Parameters added to module specific cfg file List of Administrator username password pairs Colons separate username and password as follows userl pwd1 user2 pwd2 Username and password are case sensitive and cannot contain special characters such as space comma colon or quotes Dynamic Parameter Name AdminPasswords Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default rock km1 Example AdminPasswords ro
177. day within the year e g February 5 would be indicated as 036 rather than 0205 Dynamic Parameter Name Julian Type boolean Default false Example Julian false File extension of created summary files Dynamic Parameter Name FileExtension Type String Range 1 to 128 characters Default txt Example FileExtension txt 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 223 SOH File Generator The SOH File generator creates SOH based text files that contain time general SOH status and user selected run time parameter tokens SOH files can then be sent using existing file senders such as mail or SCP SOH file creation can be driven by interval time of day or by changes in SOH status Category STATSGENERATOR Publishes Output Subscribes to NOTHING Parameters added to module specific cfg file Page 224 Frequency to generate SOH files in minutes Use 1440 for one message each 24 hours with the first one happening at startup Zero means no periodic SOH messages This method will randomly distribute SOH message file creation times naturally over a large pool of instruments Dynamic Parameter Name ScanFrequency Type int Range 0 to 10000 Default 1440 Example ScanFrequency 1440 Space separated times of day 2 15 15 54 to create message files This allows SOH message files to be created at predictable times If used then message frequency is NOT USED Dynamic Parameter Name MessageTimes Type String Ra
178. ded to module specific cfg file Drift trigger level ratio between drift values and channel vertical offsets inter story drift ratio Expressed as a percentage Name DriftLevel1 Type double Range 0 000001 to 100 Default 1 Example DriftLevell 1 Number of drift channels that must exceed threshold 1 to declare drift alarm 1 Name Drifts Votes 1 Type int Range to 128 Default 2 Example Drifts Votes 1 2 Drift trigger level ratio between drift values and channel vertical offsets inter story drift ratio Expressed as a percentage Name DriftLevel2 Type double Range 0 000001 to 100 Default 2 Example DriftLevel2 2 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 315 Number of drift channels that must exceed threshold 2 to declare drift alarm 2 Name Drifts Votes2 Type int Range to 128 Default 2 Example Drifts Votes2 2 Drift trigger level ratio between drift values and channel vertical offsets inter story drift ratio Expressed as a percentage Name DriftLevel3 Type double Range 0 000001 to 100 Default 5 Example DriftLevel3 5 Number of drift channels that must exceed threshold 3 to declare drift alarm 3 Name Drifts Votes3 Type int Range 1 to 128 Default 2 Example Drifts Votes3 2 Maximum votes contributed by acceleration triggers Set to zero to disable acceleration triggers Name MaxAccel Votes Type int Range 0 to 5000 Default O Example MaxAccel Votes 0 Tr
179. den ioavs valine eaadeieawds tomentoabedanawseousecsato Gwesbaetands 173 File data formatter and archive vc insconcoisaccussesrebancane slewonsuebescdasaowans subouswadvanpoetueberdoncovessuseabsesuaueouswebereneeadowenoveneetoeds 174 MiniSeed Format Data Arcnive r ccccccccccccsccccsscccssccccscccsscccuseccusecccscccuscceuscccussccusecceuscceuscceuaeceuseceesnceenncses 174 SAC Format Data Archiver 0 ccccccccccccsccccsecccsscccusscccscccuscccuseccueccuscceuseceueccueccuunceeussseuueceuseceeuncseueseuseceesncs 176 COSMOS Format Data Archiver c ccccccccccccccsscccsecccsscccusecccscccsscccuscccussccueccuuecccsscccuseseusecesseceeuuceeeeceusesenss 178 MATLAB Format Dala Ari eP onre reese sane oinncs enka E REN EAE E T EEA 180 SLISAN T rmat Data Archiver scsnnisannaa nina ATE EN A 180 Altus EVI Format Data ATCHIW CF orsina EEAS TE T ER T E E AA 183 Text Formal Dala AT CHAV ECR tess scdsrocencassaiaclarcdeaestaccusigiseesesagataaletede aaesesaehan teen aaa E eee laes 186 SUDS Format Data Arechi Vir soneria sae etatsianscateos AE T E EESE 188 SEISLOG Format Data Archiver sesicncieiininsieniaienieni aeee EnA EEE EEE EEEE ai 190 E AE E Gala a i i S e EE EE EA EA E EE A E A S EE VE E E AA 191 NMS Queue MOTION sorcerer AENEA EERE E ENE NA E EEEE NEE EAEn Ea EKE EAE Ea Seep 191 AON E E EAE E EE AN AE A E E A AE EA E EA E E E Re ETE 192 AS BF E EFT A A 11A E E EEE E EEE E E A A E E AE EEE OE P PTE E E E T 192 N asi A RRS 111A A TE EA EAE A
180. determine the list of channels to be recorded and helps extract the parameters that should be recorded from all the channels sent to the recorder Channel IDs are taken from RuntimeParams if they are available If not they are loaded with simply C where 1s replaced by a two digit channel number Channel numbers above 99 will just get truncated To allow for continuous recording or event recording of long files the module takes data arrivals and writes them to temporary data files of samples and header information These files are periodically flushed closed and reopened for append every 10 seconds Category OUTPUTFORMATTER Publishes Output Subscribes to RECORDER_Output and or CONTINUOUSRECORDER_ Output Page 178 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Parameters added to module specific cfg file 6 20 2011 Directory to hold created COSMOS files Dynamic Parameter Name OutputDir Type String Range 1 to 128 characters Default data events Example OutputDir data events Directory structure for how to store recorded files Dynamic Parameter Name DirLayout Type choice Choices FLAT BYDATE STATION NETWORK Default FLAT Example DirLayout FLAT List of digitizers channels to be recorded e g digl 1 dig1 2 or Name Channels Type String Range 1 to 1024 characters Default Example Channels If set causes the formatter to record only channels at the specified sample rate This is provided
181. dial when connecting to data center Dynamic Parameter Name PhoneNumber2 Type String Range 0 to 40 characters Default none Example PhoneNumber2 string Time of daily checkin in hours minutes 00 00 23 59 Dynamic Parameter Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 6 20 2011 Name DailyCKITime Type String Range 0 to 5 characters Default none Example DailyCKITime string Daily checkin interval O Daily 1 Skip one day Dynamic Parameter Name DailyCKIDays Type int Range 0 to 15 Default O Example DailyCKIDays 0 Time to wait for a connection to the data center in seconds Dynamic Parameter Name ConnectWait Type int Range 5 to 400 Default 30 Example ConnectWait 30 Count of number of retries before giving up on a call Dynamic Parameter Name RetryCount Type int Range 1 to 1000 Default 10 Example RetryCount 10 Minimum time between retries in seconds Dynamic Parameter Name RetryDelaySec Type int Range to 3600 Default 30 Example RetryDelaySec 30 Maximum delay between retries as retry interval is doubled in seconds Dynamic Parameter Name MaxDelaySec Type int Range 10 to 345600 Default 14400 Example MaxDelaySec 14400 Space separated times of day 2 15 15 54 to allow call in This allows modem power to be turned on to allow call in at predictable times Dynamic Parameter Name CallWindows Type String Range 0 to 40 characters Default none Exampl
182. die tenn seared weet ees bese ENEE ein ERENS KES Ee E AREEN AAEE Ea EEE T 313 OASIS SASE GONCTOLOF aoci T T E a A 313 OASIS AECI S CET an R N a N 315 OASIS D ricer Advanced eonna a a a E imal ahaa anaan atu 315 COASTS Alar C OM OLE ici se sie tes ee eee se nh teh a eek ce i eh hed ae A ee 317 OASIS Alarm controller module Advanced 00 2 ccccc cc ccccccc ccc ceecccccccuusecccccuussecscuuuseessssuueeesscuuuseessseuueesseuauansss 317 Chanie pie 26 MGA O geese trade terncss a iaagepeencacnnasacaciasoant E cooutuscaduee detoeuaenscediiont 318 Channel PV CAE RUT OClOM ooieoe E E E 318 Data processine PUO ID Sern rE E E 318 Dala ENON LY OE aaea N EA 320 Network Manaoemeni oeiee aE T a E e a 321 FIRESC Onder ONS ae A a E A 321 Usine extins Altus recorders witi ROCkNOUD iets teteousssiselaceacean at andtetabineud E A R TR 321 Delivery ot ieccorded TE Soara T E E onsaids unrueskutmgioumetes 322 Nontyino the USEF TLOMMN OC NOUNC ee ad ouldsauiian ted idteintan tee ia cuidawmeianhadnniocietes 322 WU peradine Kockbonnd TANWare esisin venus ad ouidsauiantas abana tuners Raia wmeiashatniocietes 322 Uperad TA Rock hound ConHourAN ON srn R 323 OMICS OO tina eoret aA TOA ENE TEE EET REEVE OOE TOETAN 323 Rockhound Startsand Crashes mM a LOOP encerran o aE E ET E E ETARE 325 Rockhound stops Working After 12 HOUS serete a E ETE E E TE E T 326 Advanced Features Ot ACCOSSI DIC nra EE T E E AA TATE AEE TO E TET O 327 1 Introduction This manual covers th
183. ding the detrigger threshold will cause the system to remain triggered With this Voter the system detriggers when not enough channels exceed the trigger threshold number of votes to maintain the trigger The CGS Voter works differently in that it requires that each channel contribute enough detrigger votes to exceed the detrigger voting threshold If the number of detrigger votes do not exceed the threshold the system remains triggered If the number of detrigger votes exceeds the detrigger threshold then the system will detrigger With this Voter the channels accumulate detrigger votes when they fall below the detrigger level The system will detrigger when enough detrigger votes accumulate that the number of detrigger votes exceeds to votes needed to detrigger the system Category VOTER Publishes Output Subscribes to CHANNELTRIGGER_ Output Parameters added to module specific cfg file Total votes needed to trigger recording Dynamic Parameter Name VotesToTrigger Type int Range 1 to 1000 Default 1 Example VotesToTrigger 1 Total votes needed to detrigger recording once triggered Dynamic Parameter Name VotesToDetrigger Type int Range 1 to 1000 Default 1 Example VotesToDetrigger 1 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 171 Propagation window for trigger detection in milliseconds Advanced Dynamic Parameter Name TriggerWindowMS Type int Range 0 to 5000 Default 800 Example TriggerWindow
184. ds Passwords are set for various parts of Rockhound and ROCKTalk system by default These default passwords are listed here for your convenience in getting started Please note that the trade off in listing the passwords for your convenience is that these passwords are then not secure You are encouraged to change the passwords to private settings Rockhound Administration Account name admin password kmi The administration password used for firmware and configuration updates This is the account and password that should be used as the SCP FTP login name and password for ROCKTalk to communicate with Linux based hardware via SCP FTP This password can be changed via the Linux passwd command from the Linux admin account Rockhound Client Account name client password kmi A client account used for READ ONLY access to the Linux based SCP FTP server when using SCP or in the event that FTP is used and anonymous FTP access is disabled This account has wider access than the anonymous login and can traverse other Linux directories beyond limited to the pub directory To access the SCP FTP site with write access such as to delete files you must log into the unit s SCP FTP server using the admin account This password can be changed via the Linux passwd command from the Linux client account Rockhound Command Console Password Q330 The password used to control access to the Rockhound Command Console This password must be set in two places in
185. e CallWindows string Length of call window in minutes 2 Unused 1 Power always on 0 No call in power X minutes Note that power bit is defined in the Rock GPIO module Dynamic Parameter Document 304702 Rev N Page 267 Name WindowDuration Type int Range 2 to 240 Default 2 Example WindowDuration 2 Warmup time in seconds after power is turned on but before call is attempted Power remains on for 2 seconds after completion of the call Dynamic Parameter Name Window Warmup Type int Range 0 to 900 Default O Example Window Warmup 0 Difference compression of the data stream Name Compress Type boolean Default true Example Compress true Buffer size of the simulated Altus ring buffer in 16kb blocks 64 1mb Zero 0 means no streaming NOTE Will be disabled if modem functions used Name Buffer Type int Range 0 to 65535 Default 64 Example Buffer 64 Primarily for use with Altus EVT archiver Simulates the Altus naming convention and archiver bit by creating new EVT files with the naming style AA001 EVT Applies ONLY to event recording Continuously recorded data is produced in the YYYYMMDDHHMMSS firstCh STDID evt format only Advanced Dynamic Parameter Name AltusEVTStyle Type boolean Default true Example AltusEVTStyle true Dynamic packet sizing allows automatic sizing of packets for block file transfers to maximize transmission speed If disabled packets are fixed at 256 by
186. e Password string List of digitizers channels to be output e g dig1 1 dig1 2 or Name Channels Type String Range 1 to 1024 characters Default Example Channels Enable modem use When disabled the connection is permanent and there s no dialing or modem control Name ModemEnable Type boolean Default false Example ModemEnable false Dial on triggered event if modem enabled Dynamic Parameter Name OnEvent Type boolean Default false Example OnEvent false Dial on daily checkin if modem enabled Dynamic Parameter Name OnCheckin Type boolean Default false Example OnCheckin false Dial on alarm activation if modem enabled Dynamic Parameter Name OnAlarm Type boolean Default false Example OnAlarm false Dial on loss of AC input if modem enabled Dynamic Parameter Name OnLostAC Type boolean Default false Example OnLostAC false Dial on low battery less than 12VDC if modem enabled Dynamic Parameter Name OnLowBatt Type boolean Default false Example OnLowBatt false Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 6 20 2011 Dial on loss of GPS less than 80 clock quality if modem enabled Dynamic Parameter Name OnLostGPS Type boolean Default false Example OnLostGPS false Dial on extreme temperature less than 20c or more than 65c if modem enabled Dynamic Parameter Name OnExtTemp Type boolean Default false Example OnExtTemp false Call must compl
187. e Kinemetrics Rockhound software General Information Rockhound is a product designed to process data from one or more digitizers performing the functions on that data that are needed by the end user These functions can include among many other capabilities Continuous recording Triggered event recording Storage management Telemetry reformatting and relaying Data delivery Data post processing Rockhound is delivered in primarily three forms As aturn key low power hardware and firmware package As a turn key high capability hardware and firmware package As a firmware only product Contact Kinemetrics to determine which Rockhound product best suits your particular needs The Rockhound firmware design is highly modular These modules may be connected together in many different ways Written in Java the firmware can also be run on a variety of platforms including MicroSoft s Windows Operating Systems Sun MicroSystems Solaris Operating System and the Linux Operating System Contact Kinemetrics for further information on compatibility of Rockhound with other platforms This modular approach also provides other significant benefits New Rockhound modules can be created and added with little or no impact on the rest of the Rockhound system Rockhound modules can often be tested in near isolation improving the speed and accuracy of testing 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 1 Definitions Page 2 T
188. e as simple as the Rockhound Status Server module which provides for easy viewing of Rockhound status information from a remote site using the STARTS Status Monitor or a similar program Status Server The Status Server module is used to provide a status interface that allows viewing of Rockhound status remotely using the Rockhound Status Monitor or a similarly enabled program The module utilizes minimal processor overhead whether or not status information is being used by a remote system The Status Server module makes status information available to an outside connection for monitoring This quick check can answer many basic questions as to the state of health of the equipment involved A Status Server module is added to Rockhound layouts by default but can be deleted by the user if necessary Category STATUSSERVER Publishes Output Subscribes to NOTHING Auto file delete scanner Category AFD AFD modules perform automatic file deletion for the purposes of keeping the file system cleaned up Many variations of AFD modules are possible and Kinemetrics provides the most common ones as a standard part of the Rockhound system AFD modules perform automatic file deletion for the purposes of keeping the file system cleaned up Many variations of AFD modules are possible and Kinemetrics provides the most common ones as a standard part of the Rockhound system Aged Auto File Delete This module will perform auto file deletion of file
189. e configuration that are not part of the basic Rockhound firmware package but are separately authorized chargeable options then those modules WILL NOT START Modules requiring separate authorization will be marked as such in the documentation Check the documentation this manual to be sure When registration information is supplied by Kinemetrics for Rockhound it will generally be supplied in the form of a CFG file that can be transmitted directly to the unit NOTE Registration is not required for Rockhound when used on a Rock digitizer such as a Granite Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Rockhound Firmware Update Sends a firmware update to a unit Rockhound firmware is distributed as a JAR file that is a single file containing a collection of files This is similar to a ZIP file in many ways See Definitions for more information on JAR files When the Firmware Update menu selection is made the user will be requested to select the JAR file containing the firmware update to be sent After selecting the firmware image the user will be presented with a list of available units This allows the user to update one or more units at one time ROCKTalk will manage the transmission of updated firmware to all selected units Once selected ROCKTalk will connect to the selected units by talking to their CommandConsole s and will determine where the firmware is located on the unit Every Rockhound layout includes a CommandConsole module
190. e deploying updated firmware on all units Document 304702 Rev N Page 205 4 Parameter CRC verification The module will periodically check the integrity of the parameters being used by computing a CRC of the parameters and comparing this with the current parameter configuration files If the parameter CRCs do not match perhaps due to parameter corruption then the module will force recycling of the parameters from the archived parameter configuration file or by downloading a fresh copy from the remote update FTP server Update monitor Category MONITOR Publishes Output Subscribes to NOTHING Parameters added to module specific cfg file Page 206 Frequency to check for remote configuration or firmware updates in hours If remote updates are enabled parameter and firmware updates will also be checked for remote updates at this interval Set the interval to zero to disable remote updates Dynamic Parameter Name ScanFrequency Type int Range 0 to 1000 Default 0 Example ScanFrequency 0 Remote update FTP server e g myserver com or 10 0 0 1 Set this parameter blank to disable remote updates or set it to the FTP server that will contain firmware and configuration updates Dynamic Parameter Name Host Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default update kmi com Example Host update kmi com Remote update FTP user for login to the FTP site e g fred Dynamic Parameter Name User Type String Range 0
191. e eee angles Cw e bttp 10 01 167 IA a ay I File Edit View Favorites Took Help E y oe dr Station KMI p gt GB mb Page Gj Tools Recorded Files Recorded Files Kinemetrics Rockhound Station KMI 20081217170128 dig chi KMLevt 20081217170326 dig chl KMI pees 22KB Delete this fle 23KB Delete this file State of Health Interactive File Viewer Waveform Viewer This page provides thumbnail views of recorded files as well as links Triggering amp Sensors to a larger image of the file by clicking the thumbnail If you click on Recorded Files the filename you can download or directly open the file I Interactive File Viewer Parameters Hardware System ation i Layout Display ply C Now Advanced Features Tools Runtime Log Error Log Documentation Connect Limited Access Links Kinemetrics Web Site Kinemetrics Contacts i Tech Support Email i Kinemetrics 2000 2009 All Rights Reserved Done Internet Protected Mode On 100 HTTPConfig Thumbnail images Page 234 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 If you click on the thumbnail you will see a somewhat larger image of the file as shown here Clicking on the filename will download the file which you can save as a file or open directly with file viewing software that has been associated with that file type on your computer 99 Staton kMi eres Epos praia bot O O coc aeme eens
192. e stream as Ice Name TCXODrift Type boolean Default true Example TCX ODrift true Record CPU Load Average stream as cpu values lt 200 indicate sufficient idle time Name LoadAverage Type boolean Default true Example LoadAverage true Record Percent of Data Storage Used stream as dsk Name PercentUsed Type boolean Default false Example PercentUsed false Record mass position stream as um 1 Name MassPos1 Type boolean Default false Example MassPos1 false Record mass position stream as um 2 Name MassPos2 Type boolean Default false Example MassPos2 false Record mass position stream as um 3 Name MassPos3 Type boolean Default false Example MassPos3 false Record RAM Used stream as mem Advanced Name RAMUsed Type boolean Default false Example RAMUsed false Document 304702 Rev N Page 111 Record TCXO DAC stream as vco Advanced Name TCXODAC Type boolean Default false Example TCXODAC false Record user status stream as usr See the ROCK Console command userstat Advanced Name UserStat Type boolean Default false Example UserStat false Maximum sample rate supported by this system NOTE Increasing the maximum sampling rate should be done carefully to avoid producing more data than the system can process After changing the maximum sampling rate save by pressing OK and THEN change channel mapping Advanced Name MaxSampleRate Type int
193. e taken from the RunTimeParameters or from the TriggerInfo that 1s passed from the recorder Trigger info is saved in the header info file and retrieved at the time that the temporary files are collapsed into the actual EVT file This is done to assure that the trigger info from multiple events get correlated properly with the correct recorded data Page 184 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Category OUTPUTFORMATTER Publishes Output Subscribes to RECORDER_Output and or CONTINUOUSRECORDER_ Output Parameters added to module specific cfg file 6 20 2011 Directory to hold created EVT files Dynamic Parameter Name OutputDir Type String Range 1 to 128 characters Default data events Example OutputDir data events Directory structure for how to store recorded files Dynamic Parameter Name DirLayout Type choice Choices FLAT BYDATE STATION Default FLAT Example DirLayout FLAT List of digitizers channels to be recorded e g digl 1 dig1 2 or Name Channels Type String Range 1 to 1024 characters Default Example Channels If set causes the formatter to record only channels at the specified sample rate This is provided as a convenience when some channels are recorded at one sample rate and sent by telemetry at a different sample rate Name OnlySPS Type choice Choices Unused 10sps 20sps 50sps 100sps 200sps 250sps 500sps 1000sps 2000sps Default Unused Example OnlySPS Unused Use J
194. ecialized processing such as intensity calculations Plug in layouts provide for an overall default processing method that can be applied to all channels plus processing methods that may be specified for each individual channel These can be combined to allow similar processing of all channels special processing of each individual channel non processing of some channels or processing of most channels one way and certain specific channels in another way The plug in architecture allows for multiple stage processing of the data for example using a multistage filter by passing the data through a series of defined filters For the default all channels and the individual channels a list is provided of plug in processing activities such as filtering Multiple plug in processing activities can be supplied for each set of channels for each plug in layout To add a plug in layout to the system you must follow these steps Open the configuration by reading the layout from Rockhound Add a plug in layout to the list of available layouts This is done using the Manage plug in layouts selection from Advanced Features Select the function to create a plug in layout and give it an appropriate name Edit the plug in layout by selecting Edit plug in layouts and define the plug in processing activities to be performed for each group of channels Edit the Rockhound parameters and locate the Rockhound module that will use the plug in
195. ecorded e g dig1 1 dig1 2 or NOTE If you choose to specify channels ALL SPECIFIED channels must be present in order to record data Otherwise you will get empty files Specifying here will record all reporting channels Name Channels Type String Range 1 to 1024 characters Default Example Channels Include sample time as first column of data Time format is sss mmm where sss is seconds since midnight January 1 1970 GMT and mmm is the millisecond within the second Dynamic Parameter Name TimeColumn Type boolean Default false Example TimeColumn false 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 187 Generate unique filenames when creating new files Name UniqueFilenames Type boolean Default true Example UniqueFilenames true Use Julian day representation for indicating day within the year e g February 5 would be indicated as 036 rather than 0205 Dynamic Parameter Name Julian Type boolean Default false Example Julian false Include digitizer name in created filenames This can be useful when it is necessary to separate data by digitizer This option should ONLY be used together with the Unique Filenames selection AND use of Channel list to configure multiple archivers to each write data from a single digitizer otherwise confusing filenames could result Dynamic Parameter Name IncludeDig Type boolean Default false Example IncludeDig false Scale factor for scaling dat
196. ed for communication Advanced Name BaudRate Type choice Choices 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 Default 9600 Example BaudRate 9600 Parameters used to set up basic port parameters such as bits parity stop bits and flow control Advanced Name PortParams Type String Range 1 to 20 characters Default 8n1n Example PortParams 8nIn Rock PGA GPIO The PGAGPIO module is used to translate system events such as the Alarm Threshold into control of the Rock digitizer s output bits These bits are located on the optional dual serial cards There are up to six output bits total two per card The bits are numbered and 4 rightmost slot 2 and 5 middle slot 3 and 6 leftmost slot PGAGPIO can be used alone in a digitizer to control relays for power SOH event trigger heartbeat three PGA based alarm levels and an audible alarm output There are also provisions for relay auto reset relay cycling and formatted message generation The PGAGPIO and PGAGUI modules may also be used together in a PC to connect combined data on the PC with a supporting but simple GUI Category GPIO Publishes Output Subscribes to RECORDER_Output 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 299 Parameters added to module specific cfg file Page 300 Output bit that is set when an alarm level 1 condition is detected Note that GPIO bits are on the internal dual serial option cards and external relays are on an optional external re
197. ed in common triggering and are inside of the local network units outside of the local network will not be included unless specified List format is as follows 120 0 0 5 120 0 0 6 Dynamic Parameter Name Excludel Type String Range 0 to 1024 characters Default none Example Exclude1l string Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 List of hosts to be specifically excluded from network triggering A space separated list of IP addresses of units that should not be included in common triggering and are inside of the local network units outside of the local network will not be included unless specified List format is as follows 120 0 0 5 120 0 0 6 Dynamic Parameter Name Exclude2 Type String Range 0 to 1024 characters Default none Example Exclude2 string List of hosts to be specifically excluded from network triggering A space separated list of IP addresses of units that should not be included in common triggering and are inside of the local network units outside of the local network will not be included unless specified List format is as follows 120 0 0 5 120 0 0 6 Dynamic Parameter Name Exclude3 Type String Range 0 to 1024 characters Default none Example Exclude3 string List of hosts to be specifically excluded from network triggering A space separated list of IP addresses of units that should not be included in common triggering and are inside of the local network units outside of the local
198. eee ee ae 172 EVENTA AT MG LOOR aran TEENA 281 E DE OOL OT aia EA 172 BVEPCaAkT 11 CD ELE CS yuana es 217 POEL TOAD AT Ded VIA cit sas e ce pent oan ee N doa oe eae 191 TA pinea a a a aa a a 45 File data formatter ANd Archive 11cccccccceeeeeeeees 174 File Forwarder moen o a ast 292 FLOF OT Wa TUOT iittala NAN 292 PILES ENOT anccavecs cause tne oaatewe hecononesatsseuneususe Gace 192 Frequently Asked QUESTIONS s es 45 FIP Pile Sender roren en EN a 192 FIP Server Considerations ansni 321 PIP ONIO T REEN 192 General Informati om irere e Aaa l General Purpose IO interface ccccccccceseeeesseeeeeees 296 EE E EE ENEE EE E EIE E E E ET 296 GS21 Filter Advanced nn 159 EE EEE CC E E A E A ATA 159 Hep Aboul miegantis na 43 UTE COME OE sale eat E E 226 E a A V E aE E NEO ETE E E E 225 DTPA Filter sired ctasi ecco endes see beach eects 155 ERAR TI col cp a ee N 155 HRC FCF ooa tetathoteaiueedstemetetiaialet 156 Ss A wk Gs ss LOE ee ee eR ene Oreo ee nee er te ree 156 POS Cal Lar Ton OVER VLEW ea NRO 49 installation Steps arrire iee EER ie 53 Installing Jor Solaris iret e EE EE NR 51 Installing for Windows or LinuX ccccccccesseeeeeeeeeeeees 52 Podm theJ VM ruren an EA 50 LNI ERCONN ECT er CTA OTTO NETTA 293 Interconnect facilities 3 nei nsaiaesiaiteatuisnasdeateeaehulase 293 JMA Summary File Generator 0000000006 221 IMACS CINE OV Satie Serie ok sort Sis call aus alta Oca as ald 221 Lay nt Wizard sasc
199. efault 1 25 Example digitizer ch chan Sensitivity 1 25 Full scale range value for the channel in volts needed for EVT SUDS and COSMOS files NOTE that full scale ranges must be identical for each set of physical channels 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 etc Name digitizer ch chan FullScale Type choice Choices 2 5 5 0 20 0 Default 2 5 Example digitizer ch chan FullScale 2 5 Sensor Type index for the channel 10 FBA 11 11 FBA 4g 12 FBA 2g 13 FBA 1g 14 FBA 0 5 15 FBA 0 25g 16 FBA 0 1g 20 FBA 23 30 WR 1 32 EpiSensor 33 S6000 34 Mark L22 35 Mark L4C 36 CMG 37 CMG3T 38 CMG40T 39 CMGS 40 KS 2000 41 GT S13 422 CMG3ESP 43 KMI SH1 44 KMI SV1 needed for EVT SAC and COSMOS files Name digitizer ch chan SensorT ype Type int Range 0 to 9999 Default 32 Example digitizer ch chan SensorType 32 Sensor serial number for the channel Name digitizer ch chan SensorSN Type int Range 0 to 99999 Default 0 Example digitizer ch chan SensorSN 0 Sensor natural frequency for the channel in Hz Name digitizer ch chan NaturalFreq Type double Range 0 to 9999 Default 200 Example digitizer ch chan NaturalFreq 200 Sensor damping for the channel between 0 and 1 Name digitizer ch chan Damping Type double Range 0 to 1 Default 0 7 Example digitizer ch chan Damping 0 7 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 89 Page 90 Gain value for
200. efault true Example ModemEnable true Dial on triggered event if modem enabled Dynamic Parameter Name OnEvent Type boolean Default true Example OnEvent true Dial on daily checkin if modem enabled Dynamic Parameter Name OnCheckin Type boolean Default false Example OnCheckin false Dial on alarm activation if modem enabled Dynamic Parameter Name OnAlarm Type boolean Default false Example OnAlarm false Dial on loss of AC input if modem enabled Dynamic Parameter Name OnLostAC Type boolean Default false Example OnLostAC false Dial on low battery less than 12VDC if modem enabled Dynamic Parameter Name OnLowBatt Type boolean Default false Example OnLowBatt false Dial on loss of GPS less than 80 clock quality if modem enabled Dynamic Parameter Name OnLostGPS Type boolean Default false Example OnLostGPS false Dial on extreme temperature less than 20c or more than 65c if modem enabled Dynamic Parameter Name OnExtTemp Type boolean Default false Example OnExtTemp false Document 304702 Rev N Page 249 Page 250 Call must complete with an ANS command in order for the call to be considered successful else will retry the call Dynamic Parameter Name CallCompletion Type boolean Default true Example CallCompletion true Modem initialization string Dynamic Parameter Name ModemSetupCmd Type String Range 0 to 40 characters Default AT
201. el ID string for the channel Name digitizer ch chan Id Type String Range 1 to 80 characters Default C chan Example digitizer ch chan Id C chan Sensitivity value for the channel in volts per unit e g volts per g needed for EVT SUDS SEISAN and COSMOS files Name digitizer ch chan Sensitivity Type double Range 0 001 to 10000 0 Default 10 0 Example digitizer ch chan Sensitivity 10 0 Full scale range value for the channel in volts needed for EVT SUDS and COSMOS files Name digitizer ch chan FullScale Type double Range 0 001 to 10000 0 Default 20 0 Example digitizer ch chan FullScale 20 0 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 6 20 2011 Sensor Type index for the channel 10 FBA 11 11 FBA 4g 12 FBA 2g 13 FBA 1g 14 FBA 0 5 g 15 FBA 0 25g 16 FBA 0 1 g 20 FBA 23 30 WR 1 32 EpiSensor 33 S6000 34 Mark L22 35 Mark L4C 36 CMG 37 CMG3T 38 CMG40T 39 CMGS 40 KS 2000 41 GT S13 42 CMG3ESP 43 KMI SH1 44 KMI SV1 needed for EVT SAC and COSMOS files Name digitizer ch chan SensorType Type int Range 0 to 9999 Default 32 Example digitizer ch chan SensorType 32 Sensor serial number for the channel Name digitizer ch chan SensorSN Type int Range 0 to 99999 Default 0 Example digitizer ch chan SensorSN 0 Sensor natural frequency for the channel in Hz Name digitizer ch chan NaturalFreq Type double Range 0 to 9999 Default 200
202. en see the incoming files and re broadcast them for transmission back to the data center The module watches files as they arrive in incoming directories from other units in a local network usually sent by the remote unit s FTP sender The module then moves them to an outgoing directory and broadcasts a message allowing the files to be sent by the receiving unit to a data center using modules such as the FTP File Sender or E mail File Sender Category NOTIFIER Publishes Output Subscribes to NOTHING Parameters added to module specific cfg file Directory that files come into Name InDir Type String Range 1 to 128 characters Default data incoming Example InDir data incoming Directory that files are moved to for sending Name OutDir Type String Range 1 to 128 characters Default data outgoing Example OutDir data outgoing Semicolon separated list of file extensions to scan Name FileExtensions Type String Range to 128 characters Default m evt Example FileExtensions m evt Page 292 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Frequency to check for new files in seconds Name ScanFrequency Type int Range 1 to 100000 Default 30 Example ScanFrequency 30 Interconnect facilities Category INTERCONNECT Interconnect modules are used to interface one of more digitizers together to create a local system that operates together in specific ways Network Trigger The Network Trigger module allows mu
203. ents the serial library from trying to access all possible ports in the world taking longer to start AND generating lots of unneeded messages Reboot your computer To run Rockhound run the script file sh unixrun sh Page 58 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 For Solaris Kinemetrics does not supply the necessary support libraries and instructions to support RS 232 interface to a digitizer Most Sun workstations have few if any serial ports and Kinemetrics believes that most digitizers controlled by Sun workstations will be interfaced via an IP connection If you feel you need to use Kinemetrics Rockhound to control digitizers via RS 232 from a Sun workstation contact Kinemetrics for further assistance To run Rockhound run the script file sh unixrun sh Once Rockhound is running you will probably see a message at startup of the batch or script file that indicates that the Authorization code is missing such as HWId 00b0b9f246a2 Warning Missing or invalid registration Demo Mode Rockhound will halt in 12 hours This message means that authorization to use the Rockhound software must be obtained from Kinemetrics in order to use your computer as a unit See the section on Get Registration Information in the ROCKTalk section of this manual or contact Kinemetrics for further information On computers using the Windows Operating System you may see a message such as HWId JHWId ERROR This most likely means that your
204. er Ch ChannelID SPS Min Max diglok CL 100 S05 L66095 Oe ST digIlschz C2 100 0 005470 02005879 diglsecho Co 100 e L99650 0 182449 Duration is in seconds times are relative to UTC and peaks have been demeaned and converted to g based upon the specified sensitivity values of the sensors used Category STATSGENERATOR Publishes Output Subscribes to RECORDER_Output and or CONTINUOUSRECORDER_ Output Parameters added to module specific cfg file Directory to hold created summary files Dynamic Parameter Name OutputDir Type String Range 1 to 128 characters Default data events Example OutputDir data events Directory structure for how to store created summary files Dynamic Parameter Name DirLayout Type choice Choices FLAT BYDATE STATION NETWORK Default FLAT Example DirLayout FLAT 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 219 Page 220 List of digitizers channels to be processed e g dig1 1 dig1 2 or Name Channels Type String Range 1 to 1024 characters Default Example Channels Units used for PGA calculation and formatting Note that g and cm selections only apply to accelerometers and only if sensitivity selection is set correctly Name PGAUnits Type choice Choices Volts g cm gal Default g Example PGA Units g Use Julian day representation for indicating day within the year e g February 5 would be indicated as 036 rather than 0205 Dynamic Parameter Name Julian
205. er needed details If communication with the unit will be via SCP FTP then specify IP address of unit Command port of unit default is 9900 Select the checkbox for FTP used for file transfers or SCP used for file transfers SCP FTP login name SCP FTP password Press ROCKTalk Setup s OK button to save the changes If communication with the unit will be using file transfers then specify IP address of unit Command port of unit default if 9900 Uncheck the checkboxes for FTP used for file transfers and SCP used for file transfers File path to the unit SMARTS Dist directory Press ROCKTalk Setup s OK button to save the changes 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 45 Select a unit To select which instrument ROCKTalk communicates with select the Open Layout or Save Layout function and then go to ROCKTalk Setup Once in ROCKTalk Setup pull down on the list of units at the upper left hand corner of the dialog and select a unit If the unit needed is not yet in the list follow the directions as described in Add a unit Press OK after entering the name After exiting ROCKTalk Setup the name of the unit will be displayed on the title bar of the ROCKTalk window Make a New Configuration To discard the current configuration of the unit and create a new layout and configuration make sure to select the unit to be affected first Next select the Layout Wizard from the menu or the tool bar The La
206. er thresholds votes and channel information are taken from the RunTimeParameters or from the TriggerInfo that is passed from the recorder Trigger info is saved in the header info file and retrieved at the time that the temporary files are collapsed into the actual EVT file This is done to assure that the trigger info from multiple events get correlated properly with the correct recorded data A multi channel Altus EVT format archiver for samples The module takes data in that is a multichannel data stream and writes it out as one or more Altus EVT compatible files The files report as much information as is available For example continuously recorded data won t have trigger times trigger types or trigger filters available so that information will be loaded with nominal values Event recorded data will have this information available so it will be properly placed in the EVT file header Files are segregated to fit within the EVT format restrictions meaning that all channels must have the same start time sample rate number of channels and a maximum of 18 channels are supported per EVT file If the available data does not fit these criteria the data will be broken up and recorded as multiple EVT files The output filenames are constructed from a combination of the starting time of the first sample in the file the digitizer and channel ID of the first recorded channel and the UnitID as follows yyyymmddhhmmss dig xx UnitID evt This na
207. es other than 100sps allowed in Altus App version 2 96 or higher only Name SPS Type choice Choices 20 40 50 100 200 250 Default 100 Example SPS 100 Document 304702 Rev N Page 77 Number of channels produced by this digitizer Name NDigitizerChannels Type int Range 1 to 6 Default digchannels Example NDigitizerChannels digchannels List of channels to be sent e g 1 2 3 NOTE Number of selected channels MUST be less or equal to the number of channels to be produced by this digitizer Name Channels Type String Range 1 to 80 characters Default 1 2 3 Example Channels 1 2 3 Record temperature stream as deg Name Temperature Type boolean Default true Example Temperature true Record VofV12Batt stream as vvb Name VofV12Batt Type boolean Default false Example VofV 12Batt false Record time quality stream as Icq Name TimeQual Type boolean Default true Example TimeQual true Difference compression of the data stream Name Compress Type boolean Default true Example Compress true Buffer size of Altus ring buffer in 16kb blocks Name Buffer Type int Range 0 to 65535 Default 64 Example Buffer 64 Page 78 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Maximum amount of data to recover from the real time stream when the unit restarts See Retry Seconds in hardware configuration Name Recover Type choice Choices As Needed None 10 min 20 min 30 min 1 hr 2 hr 4 hr 8
208. eseseeeeees 40 Advanced Features not Accessible 1ccccccccceeeee 327 A D rests aa caste noncapie E tigate sonata E 214 Aged Auto File Delete cccccccccccceeeseeeceseeceeeees 214 Alarm CLOCK sonoran CAE 281 ADAR ME TI Fy E A E 281 Altus EVT Format Data Archiver 0 4 183 ALCU S RECO FOOL sii ic tiisace AE 321 Altus SDS Input from RS232 cccccccccccccceececeeees 73 Altus SDS Input from TCPYIP 000000cccccccceees 65 Altus Telemetry via RS 232 cccccccecseecccceeeeeeees 247 Altus Telemetry via TCP IP cccc0ccccccccccceeeees 253 AL USE ATOMI VOT oT NOEN 183 ALCUS RS 257 ETU a OT aae T 247 ATCO OA AFFON CE enia aa a 73 PICS LCP Eee OT anien ATT 253 ALEUS VCP PORE EG oinen 65 Archive a Rockhound LAyOUt ccccccccseeeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 47 Ar hive LAY OUD sic sees se arene ai comrav tases 38 Auto file delete Scanner onoono 214 Aulo File sender ririn ee iE E 192 Auto Oldest File Delete ccccccccccccceeeescceeeeeeees 215 Auto Small EVT File Delete ccccccccccccceees 217 POT OTT Ee Ie Ona a svasccealecdeias 214 Available categories and modules 1 cccccceeeveeees 6l CGS Altus Telemetry via RS 232 cccccccees 258 CGS Altus Telemetry via TCP IP 0 00066 264 CGS VOLT rot i E E tent TE 171 CGOGSALCUSRS 2 PMLA COT onio AEN 258 CGSAI BUST CP BMGT BROT aae 264 REELE IN Aten eee eee ee ere ANE 171 CHANEL data eF oriire a eE EEN
209. et PST but not PDT unless you change it manually Linux time is not changed MUST be used in conjunction with the timezone string Advanced Name UTCOffset Type double Range 24 to 24 Default O Example UTCOffset 0 Timezone string e g PDT Will be used to label any time values converted to local time See UTC Offset description for more details MUST be used in conjunction with the UTC Offset Advanced Name TZString Type String Range 0 to 8 characters Default none Example TZString string Ring Buffer Data Interface Module name RBFrontEnd This module is a ring buffer front end This module is used to obtain data from an external ring buffer and is most often used to extract data from another system which is acting as a data buffer One example of this would be using this module in a Rockhound layout at a data center to extract data from one or more field computers such as Slates that are more directly connected to the digitizers and are acting as in field buffers Category CHANNELDATASOURCE Publishes Output Subscribes to NOTHING Parameters added to hardware cfg Page 140 User settable name of the digitizer Name digitizer Name Type String Range 1 to 80 characters Default digitizer Example digitizer Name digitizer Host address of the Ring Buffer Server Name digitizer RBServer Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example digitizer RBServer str
210. ete with an ANS command in order for the call to be considered successful else will retry the call Dynamic Parameter Name CallCompletion Type boolean Default false Example CallCompletion false Modem initialization string Unused on a Rock and is instead specified by the TTY Monitor Service If needed use ttymonconfig from Linux to configure this service Dynamic Parameter Name ModemSetupCmd Type String Range 0 to 40 characters Default AT amp FLIEO amp C1S0 1 amp W Example ModemSetupCmd AT amp FLIEO amp C1S0 1 amp W Modem Dialing prefix Dynamic Parameter Name ModemDialCmd Type String Range 0 to 40 characters Default ATDT Example ModemDialCmd ATDT Modem hangup string Dynamic Parameter Name ModemHangupCmd Type String Range 0 to 40 characters Default ATH Example ModemHangupCmd ATH Phone number to dial when connecting to data center Dynamic Parameter Name PhoneNumber1 Type String Range 0 to 40 characters Default none Example PhoneNumber1 string Document 304702 Rev N Page 255 Page 256 Alternate phone number to dial when connecting to data center Dynamic Parameter Name PhoneNumber2 Type String Range 0 to 40 characters Default none Example PhoneNumber2 string Time of daily checkin in hours minutes 00 00 23 59 Dynamic Parameter Name DailyCKITime Type String Range 0 to 5 characters Default none Example DailyCKITime string Daily checkin inte
211. ev N 6 20 2011 6 20 2011 EpiSensor range code where 1 4 2 2g 5 0 25g should be set to match the sensor s Jumper settings Name digitizer ch chan EpiRange Type choice Choices 1 2 3 4 5 Default 1 Example digitizer ch chan EpiRange 1 EpiSensor Cal Coil value in g V This is a factory calibrated value Name digitizer ch chan EpiCalCoil Type double Range 0 05 to 0 10 Default 0 05 Example digitizer ch chan EpiCalCoil 0 05 Altitude value for the channel in degrees needed for EVT SAC and COSMOS files Name digitizer ch chan Altitude Type int Range 90 to 90 Default O Example digitizer ch chan Altitude 0 Azimuth value for the channel in degrees needed for EVT SAC SUDS and COSMOS files Name digitizer ch chan Azimuth Type int Range 0 to 360 Default 0 Example digitizer ch chan Azimuth 0 Channel offset north value for the channel in meters Name digitizer ch chan OffsetNorth Type double Range 32000 to 32000 Default O Example digitizer ch chan OffsetNorth 0 Channel offset east value for the channel in meters Name digitizer ch chan OffsetEast Type double Range 32000 to 32000 Default 0 Example digitizer ch chan OffsetEast 0 Channel offset up value for the channel in meters Name digitizer ch chan OffsetUp Type double Range 32000 to 32000 Default 0 Example digitizer ch chan OffsetUp 0 Docu
212. ey are loaded with simply C where is replaced by a numeric channel number To allow for continuous recording or event recording of long files the module takes data arrivals and writes them to temporary data files of samples and header information These files are periodically flushed closed and reopened for append every 10 seconds Page 174 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Category OUTPUTFORMATTER Publishes Output Subscribes to RECORDER_Output and or CONTINUOUSRECORDER_ Output Parameters added to module specific cfg file 6 20 2011 Directory to hold created MiniSeed files Dynamic Parameter Name OutputDir Type String Range 1 to 128 characters Default data events Example OutputDir data events Compression method used in producing MiniSEED files Dynamic Parameter Name Compression Type choice Choices Steim1 Steim2 Default Steim1 Example Compression Steim1 Directory structure for how to store recorded files Dynamic Parameter Name DirLayout Type choice Choices FLAT BYDATE STATION NETWORK Default FLAT Example DirLayout FLAT List of digitizers channels to be recorded e g dig1 1 dig1 2 or Name Channels Type String Range 1 to 1024 characters Default Example Channels If set causes the formatter to record only channels at the specified sample rate This is provided as a convenience when some channels are recorded at one sample rate and sent by telemetry
213. f samples and header information These files are periodically flushed closed and reopened for append every 10 seconds Category OUTPUTFORMATTER Publishes Output Subscribes to RECORDER_Output and or CONTINUOUSRECORDER_ Output Parameters added to module specific cfg file 6 20 2011 Directory to hold created SAC files Dynamic Parameter Name OutputDir Type String Range 1 to 128 characters Default data events Example OutputDir data events Directory structure for how to store recorded files Dynamic Parameter Name DirLayout Type choice Choices FLAT BYDATE STATION NETWORK Default FLAT Example DirLayout FLAT List of digitizers channels to be recorded e g dig1 1 dig1 2 or Name Channels Type String Range 1 to 1024 characters Default Example Channels If set causes the formatter to record only channels at the specified sample rate This is provided as a convenience when some channels are recorded at one sample rate and sent by telemetry at a different sample rate Name OnlySPS Type choice Choices Unused Isps 10sps 20sps 50sps 100sps 200sps 250sps 500sps 1000sps 2000sps Default Unused Example OnlySPS Unused Use Julian day representation for indicating day within the year e g February 5 would be indicated as 036 rather than 0205 Dynamic Parameter Name Julian Type boolean Default false Example Julian false Document 304702 Rev N Page 177 Use SAC e
214. f the RBServer allows for definition of the size of the Ring Buffer the base port number used for Ring Buffer client connections the number of simultaneous clients supported and whether or not clients are allowed to write data into the Ring Buffer Note To add an RBServer to your layout use the Insert a Module action on the Advanced Features menu 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 277 Category RBSERVER Publishes Output Subscribes to CHANNELDATASOURCE_ Output and or CHANNELOASISBRIDGE_Output and or RECORDER_ Output Parameters added to module specific cfg file Ring Buffer Size in KB Name RBSizeKB Type int Range 0 to 16000000 Default 10000 Example RBSizeKB 10000 Directory to hold Ring Buffer file Name RBDir Type String Range 1 to 128 characters Default data rb Example RBDir data rb Number of clients that are allowed to simultaneously connect to the Ring Buffer Name NClients Type int Range 1 to 8 Default 4 Example NClients 4 TCP Port for Ring Buffer clients Name TCPPort Type int Range 5000 to 65535 Default 9500 Example TCPPort 9500 Remote Writes allowed to the unit s Ring Buffer from other Ring Buffer clients Name RemoteWrites Type boolean Default false Example Remote Writes false Page 278 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 6 20 2011 Remote ORBServer host to connect to as a client for client mode connections to the ORBServer e g myserver com or 1
215. ficients is determined from the file For a filter with n coefficients the file will be arranged as follows CO C1 C c 1 C center n 1 2 C c 1 Users are responsible for determining 1f the frequency response and stability of the resulting filter meets their requirements Category CHANNELDATASTREAMFILTER Publishes Output Subscribes to CHANNELDATASOURCE_ Output and or CHANNELEXTRACTOR_Output and or CHANNELDATASTREAMFILTER_ Output and or CHANNELOASISINTEGRATOR_Output Page 164 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Parameters added to module specific cfg file Filter settling time in samples Name SamplesToSettle Type int Range 0 to 300000 Default 3000 Example SamplesToSettle 3000 Decimation factor of filter Name DecimationFactor Type int Range 1 to 1000 Default 10 Example DecimationFactor 10 File to hold filter coefficients Name Coefficients Type String Range 1 to 128 characters Default coefficients txt Example Coefficients coefficients txt DIY IIR Filter Advanced This is an IIR filter Rockhound module This filter is suitable for IIR implementations realized with 4 multiplier floating point cascaded sections in form II the incoming sample is added to the feedback loops The user must specify the decimation factor group delay settling time and a file that contains the filter gain and coefficients Format of coefficient file 1s Gain ane 1s BILI athe b 1 2 a
216. g Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example VofV 12Batt Loc string Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 6 20 2011 Location Code for the vep SOH channel Advanced Name VofSysPwr Loc Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example VofSysPwr Loc string Location Code for the vec SOH channel Advanced Name lofSysPwr Loc Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example lofSysPwr Loc string Location Code for the leq SOH channel Advanced Name TimeQual Loc Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example TimeQual Loc string Location Code for the lce SOH channel Advanced Name TCXODrift Loc Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example TCXODrift Loc string Location Code for the cpu SOH channel Advanced Name LoadAverage Loc Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example LoadAverage Loc string Location Code for the dsk SOH channel Advanced Name PercentUsed Loc Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example PercentUsed Loc string Location Code for the mem SOH channel Advanced Name RAMUsed Loc Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example RAMUsed Loc string Document 304702 Rev N Page 95 Page 96 Location Code for the vco SOH channel Advanced Name TCXODAC Loc Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example TCXODAC Loc string Location Code f
217. g about the Layout Wizard is that the complexity of the creation process scales with the complexity of the application In other words to create a simple layout it is only necessary to specify a few items to create a complicated layout more choices must be made because there are obviously more choices When a layout template calls for the inclusion of a module into the layout the Layout Wizard will check to see how many compatible modules of that type exist If there is more than one choice then the user will be requested to select the desired module If on the other hand there is only one choice then the module is silently added and the user is not bothered with a question Once all of the modules of the layout have been selected the final step of the Layout Wizard will be to display a list of predefined options These are modules or combinations of modules that can be added to the completed basic layout to provide additional functionality Options would include such things as an HTTP Server web server auto file delete timed activities such as timed checkin or timed recording or notification options such as SMS Pager or e mail For example let s go step by step through the process of creating a Rockhound Layout for a Continuous Recorder that takes 3 channels of data in from a TCP IP interfaced Altus digitizer and records the data continuously in MiniSEED format Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 To create this layout the first thing
218. g for the vep SOH channel if not set uses default name Advanced Name VofSysPwr Id Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example VofSysPwr Id string Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 6 20 2011 Channel ID string for the vec SOH channel if not set uses default name Advanced Name lofSysPwr Id Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example lofSysPwr Id string Channel ID string for the Icq SOH channel if not set uses default name Advanced Name TimeQual Id Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example TimeQual Id string Channel ID string for the lce SOH channel if not set uses default name Advanced Name TCXODrift Id Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example TCX ODrift Id string Channel ID string for the cpu SOH channel if not set uses default name Advanced Name LoadAverage Id Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example LoadAverage Id string Channel ID string for the dsk SOH channel if not set uses default name Advanced Name PercentUsed Id Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example PercentUsed Id string Channel ID string for the mem SOH channel if not set uses default name Advanced Name RAMUsed Id Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example RAMUsed Id string Channel ID string for the vco SOH channel if not set uses default name Adva
219. h 0 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 6 20 2011 Channel offset east value for the channel in meters Name digitizer ch chan OffsetEast Type double Range 32000 to 32000 Default 0 Example digitizer ch chan OffsetEast 0 Channel offset up value for the channel in meters Name digitizer ch chan OffsetUp Type double Range 32000 to 32000 Default 0 Example digitizer ch chan OffsetUp 0 Location code string for the channel needed for EVT MintSEED files and or Ring Buffer storage Name digitizer ch chan LocationCode Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example digitizer ch chan LocationCode string Network code string for the channel needed for EVT SAC MiniSEED files and or Ring Buffer storage Defaults to the global Network ID if not specified Name digitizer ch chan NetworkCode Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example digitizer ch chan NetworkCode string Station code string for the channel needed for EVT SAC MiniSEED files and or Ring Buffer storage Defaults to the global Station ID if not specified Name digitizer ch chan StationCode Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example digitizer ch chan StationCode string Calib value for the channel needed for Ring Buffer storage Name digitizer ch chan Calib Type double Range 1000000 to 1000000 Default 0 0 Example digitizer ch chan
220. h the OASIS system to derive velocity from acceleration data The filter coefficients can be changed but the default values and the use of filters in OASIS is defined in the OASIS manual p n 300640 Category CHANNELDATASTREAMFILTER Publishes Output Subscribes to CHANNELTESTSOURCE_ Output and or CHANNELDATASOURCE_ Output and or CHANNELEXTRACTOR_Output and or CHANNELPREEXTRACTOR_ Output and or CHANNELDATASTREAMFILTER_ Output and or CHANNELOASISINTEGRATOR_ Output Parameters added to module specific cfg file Filter settling time in samples Name SamplesToSettle Type int Range 0 to 300000 Default 0 Example SamplesToSettle 0 Decimation factor of filter Name DecimationFactor Type int Range 1 to 1000 Default 1 Example DecimationFactor 1 Group delay of filter in milliseconds Name GroupDelay Type int Range 0 to 100000 Default O Example GroupDelay 0 File to hold filter coefficients Name Coefficients Type String Range 1 to 128 characters Default velocitycoefficients txt Example Coefficients velocitycoefficients txt 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 167 Displacement IIR Filter Advanced This is an IIR filter Rockhound module This filter is used with the OASIS system to derive displacement from velocity data The filter coefficients can be changed but the default values and the use of filters in OASIS is defined in the OASIS manual p n 300640 Category CHANNELDATASTREAMFIL
221. hange it manually Linux time is not changed MUST be used in conjunction with the timezone string Advanced Name UTCOffset Type double Range 24 to 24 Default O Example UTCOffset 0 Timezone string e g PDT Will be used to label any time values converted to local time See UTC Offset description for more details MUST be used in conjunction with the UTC Offset Advanced Name TZString Type String Range 0 to 8 characters Default none Example TZString string TSASMA Data Interface Module name TSASMAFrontEnd This module is a Metrozet TSASMA digitizer front end This module is used in the Metrozet TSASMA digitizer The TSASMA front end interfaces directly with the TSA digitizer s data acquisition hardware via an internal connection in order to produce a data stream which can be further processed by the included Rockhound software installed on central processor to allow event recording continuous recording or telemetry Category CHANNELDATASOURCE Publishes Output Subscribes to NOTHING Parameters added to hardware cfg User settable name of the digitizer Name digitizer Name Type String Range 1 to 80 characters Default digitizer Example digitizer Name digitizer 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 129 Page 130 Channel ID string for the channel Name digitizer ch chan Id Type String Range 1 to 80 characters Default C chan Example digitizer ch chan Id C chan
222. haracters Default AT CMGF 0 Example SetupCmd AT CMGF 0 Service Center Address the SCA If stored in the modem can be set to 00 or nothing Name ServiceCenterAddress Type String Range 0 to 40 characters Default 00 Example ServiceCenterAddress 00 Send SMS messages in text mode Not supported by all networks and devices To use text mode you must also change the setup command to use AT CMGF 1 use AT CMGF 0 for the default PDU mode Name TextMode Type boolean Default false Example TextMode false Destination Address the DA which is often the phone number to send the message to NOTE Do not use the in the number use alternatives like 00 instead Name DestinationAddress Type String Range 0 to 40 characters Default none Example DestinationAddress string Count of number of retries before giving up on a message Name RetryCount Type int Range 1 to 1000 Default 10 Example RetryCount 10 Minimum time between retries in seconds Name RetryDelaySec Type int Range 1 to 3600 Default 30 Example RetryDelaySec 30 Maximum delay between retries as retry interval is doubled in seconds Name MaxDelaySec Type int Range 10 to 345600 Default 14400 Example MaxDelaySec 14400 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 String sent when unit restarts for any reason Name Startup Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default none Example Startup string String sent when an e
223. hat is being substituted select a new module Altus EVT Format Data Archiver COSMOS Format Data Archiver MATLAB Format Data Archiver MiniSeed Format Data Archiver ISAC Format Data Archiver SEISAN Format Data Archiver SEISLOG Format Data Archiver SUDS Format Data Archiver Text Format Data Archiver Selecting the replacement module 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 39 After making the replacement be sure to review the parameters to make sure that any parameters of the new module are set properly before sending the revised configuration to the unit Advanced Features The Advanced Features function allows more detailed operations which are more difficult concepts and which should not be attempted by other than advanced users The advanced features selection appears as follows K ROCKTalk Advanced Features Delete a module Insert a module see Caes Cre Advanced Features selection Insert a module Provides a method to insert modules into the layout As with deleting modules this can quickly become complicated For example in many cases modules publish data that is subscribed to by other modules If you insert module C into the data stream between modules A and B you may need to edit the subscriptions such that module B now subscribes to the output of the new module C and the new module C now subscribes to the output of module A It gets complicated fast Page 40 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 20
224. hat is used to communicate with one or more units from your computer On most systems no further installation should be necessary Note On some versions of Windows such as the Japanese version of Windows 98 it may be necessary to manually create your own shortcut to the file RocKTalk exe See the section of this manual that describes ROCK Talk Running Rockhound on your computer Running Rockhound on your computer allowing your computer to act as a unit and thus directly control your digitizers requires some additional steps You DO NOT need to perform these steps 1f you only plan to run ROCKTalk For Windows If running Windows 98 or ME you ll need to locate the file winrun bat and make a copy of it in the same directory called winrerun bat After doing this right click on the file icon and set the amount of environment memory to as large as possible and select the close on exit option Select APPLY and OK Repeat this for both files This should only be necessary at the first install For Windows NT through Windows Vista no additional setup is required to enable these batch files To run Rockhound run the batch file winrun bat For Linux If you plan to have your unit communicate with the digitizer via an RS 232 connection then perform the following additional steps Make the serial ports dev ttyso and dev ttys1 read write for all users Note that these serial ports are specifically enabled for use in unixrun sh this prev
225. he Basicsof Rock Mound Mod le S sorciers naene E E EE E EE REN TE A 5 A More Complete Example Continuous Recording 0 nooooooooooo00000ooonnnennnnnnnnssssssssseeeeeeresssssssssssssseereeeee 6 A More Detailed Example Event Triggered Recording 0000000000nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnsssssssssseeernennsssssssssssseereeeee 10 Rockhound and ROCKTalk Passwords eeeeeeeeeeeeeseeesessessessssssssssssssssssssnenssssssressssseseseeseseseseeeeseerene 15 One Final Word on the Overview ccvecete Gite ceii wate E E E eee eee 17 PROCR Tik aa a ace ran nner tad a a a a Men mT S 19 ROCK PIROT IE V e a a a a a a a 19 Wiateat ROC KI Iko ara aaa aa a nt nem eee sort one n en me 20 IVA TM as Ua a a a a a a a aaulen orl aciioueas 21 dd eye Mt o a nT erent ere Ont St een Eee Orr one me Nr 24 ODO CTO EV OWE AOE AAE EE A AT varie E ishctea cael E E A N A A T E ATO E E amie nate 24 SAVE LOVON aa a a r TT 25 LOO u VV UIT atari cs 8 cic ah asta face EEEE ETA 26 Terminal VOW aeran a E T A TE R 30 KOCK LTA SEUD sesh serach E ATE E T 31 Waveform Viewer Window sereoo E EEE T R E T a 33 Edit Hardware Configuration sci scticsdcciccicessgiiviases eas ca tacsdinaaaoeasg Awa sasnsacc cata nitanasavweses de iveecabeaitataneeanjieswesiateens 36 ETa amele aE ECTS OT Oe LoTR a ENS OTT SETT SS TUTE EY TUT TCERNETENS re SET TNS TT TSE T RENEE ESTE oS 37 Archive Lavolan E cet ata at ca rath eine Carcass oa he cea ca ce NON a ate ct ete heads 38 DCA CIV Layout vis
226. he following terms are used throughout this manual SMARTSID The SMARTSID is a unique name assigned to this unit The name is stored in hardware cfg so that it is kept separate from parameters that might be shared with other units Broadcast A method of notification that allows a Rockhound module to transmit a notification that something has occurred One or more listening modules may then act upon the broadcast or the broadcast may be ignored An example would be event notification through pager or e mail where the event start and event end notifications are broadcast by the EventRecorder module but whether or not these notifications are acted upon depends on what modules have been included to handle that notification See the section on User Notifiers Command Console The Command Console is a special Rockhound Module that is required in all Rockhound Layouts The console is used to allow other computers to connect to Rockhound at a specific IP Port for the purpose of sending operational instructions to Rockhound See the section on the Command Console later in this manual Data filters Data filters are used to process the data stream for the purpose of altering the data before recording or transmission A data filter differs from a trigger filter in that a trigger filter affects only a trigger but does not affect the recorded data itself Data filters are generally implemented using a plug in mechanism and consists of a data process
227. he panes of the GUI show the user selectable title and logo followed by the list of digitizers one per line with their status and finally the overall system status The GUI includes a menu that provides access to configuration GUIs that allow customization Page 208 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 General Setup Display Title SOH GUI Status Display Logo File C DMPISMAR TSDist customlogo GIF General Setup General Setup allows you to change Display Title Sets the title displayed at the top of the GUI Logo File Sets the logo displayed just under the menu at the top of the display Log File Setup Log File Properties Max Log Size kb Time interval in minutes between log entries _C Temp Log File Setup Log File Setup allows you to change Enabled Whether SOH logs for each digitizer are enabled Max Log Size Maximum log size of each log file in kB Beyond this size the files are trimmed Log Entry Interval How often SOH data is written to the log file Log Directory Where SOH log files are stored 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 209 Digitizer Parameter Setup Parameter Selection 2 Cease Coe Loom Cos Parameter Properties Text Only no th Parameter 1 of 18 Digitizer Parameter Setup Digitizer Parameter Setup allows you to change StationID Allows you to select from the available SOH variables List Update Reads a list of
228. his will interfere with Altus block mode communications needed for proper interface with Rockhound Category CHANNELDATASOURCE Publishes Output Subscribes to NOTHING Page 66 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Parameters added to hardware cfg User settable name of the digitizer Name digitizer Name Type String Range 1 to 80 characters Default digitizer Example digitizer Name digitizer Host address of the incoming data socket Name digitizer Host Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example digitizer Host string TCP Port number for incoming data should be greater than 2000 Name digitizer TCPPort Type int Range 2000 to 32767 Default none Example digitizer TCPPort 2000 Channel ID string for the channel Name digitizer ch chan Id Type String Range 1 to 80 characters Default C chan Example digitizer ch chan Id C chan Sensitivity value for the channel in volts per unit e g volts per g needed for EVT SUDS SEISAN and COSMOS files Name digitizer ch chan Sensitivity Type double Range 0 001 to 10000 0 Default 1 25 Example digitizer ch chan Sensitivity 1 25 Full scale range value for the channel in volts needed for EVT SUDS and COSMOS files Name digitizer ch chan FullScale Type double Range 0 001 to 10000 0 Default 2 5 Example digitizer ch chan FullScale 2 5 6 20 2011 Document 30470
229. hoice Choices 3 6 Default physical channels Example NPhysicalChannels physical channels Unit architecture type Used to compensate for minor protocol differences between models of the Q330 family Name ArchType Type choice Choices Q330 Q330HR Q330S Q330S Default Q330 Example ArchType Q330 Channel mapping See Physical Channels parameter NOTE that high frequency rates of 250 500 and 1000 are only applicable to the Q330S and that ONLY ONE high rate may be used at a time Name VChxx Type mapping Choices Isps 1Osps 20sps 40sps 50sps 100sps 200sps 250sps 500sps 1O00sps Default none Example VChxx mapping Document 304702 Rev N Page 85 Number of auxiliary channels must be accounted for in the total number of channels for the system Name NAuxChannels Type choice Choices 0 4 8 Default 0 Example NAuxChannels 0 This digitizer is optional If selected and connection to the digitizer fails then the system will continue to operate without it If not optional a successful connection must be maintained or the system will restart Name Survivability Type boolean Default false Example Survivability false Record temperature stream as deg Name Temperature Type boolean Default false Example Temperature false Record input voltage stream as vep Name VEP Type boolean Default false Example VEP false Record system current stream as vec Name VEC Type boolean Def
230. hr HUT dia Ch 2 Classic Strong Motion Fiter dial Ch 2 Threshold Tr m State of health Waveform viewer Triggering amp sensors Parameters Recorded fies Data directory data a fA viewer Parameters Altus EVT Format Data Archiver Hardware output directory data events e Directory yout FLAT EA Channel lst Advanced features fuian Day ies O Took Runtime log Separate by digitizer false Error log Command console Mantenance log tr 5 Disabled EEEE cat Sani AA peat Connect To Port Number 3900 Limited access lEcho input characters te Links Kinemetrics web site auto Echo Detect we Kinemetrics contacts Recorder Tech support email Kinemetrics 2000 2009 All Rights Reserved Page 228 Clear event counter false Internet Protected Mode On HTTPConfig operational parameters Document 304702 Rev N r F 95 6 20 2011 Advanced features can be enabled to provide additional capabilities z E Page Tools a Advanced Features Module e Add Remove Module Replacement 5 dvanced Modules E Kinemetrics Rockhound Advanced Parameters E Station KMI Password Editing E Very Advanced ae Layout Wizard q Log Wut z State of Healtt Administrative Details Waveform Viewer Debug Level editing E Tiene Sensors Test Modules and Parameters 5 Recorded Files Interactive File Viewer
231. ia RS 232 This module provides support for limited emulation of the Altus RS232 interface including the Serial Data Streams SDS protocol modem dial out modes and command console The primary purpose of this module is to allow customers with existing Altus units and software that communicates with them to have an easier transition requiring little or no software changes before eventual conversion to a more native interface Communication parameters and conditions are controlled through Rockhound parameters and this class will support a very limited subset of the Altus command mode and block mode functions Parameters can be read through the interface via an SDS parameter packet but parameters cannot be sent back as a parameter packet Block mode file transfers are supported Command mode supports a very limited command set but does include most file operations including TX and RX commands Altus modem modes are nearly fully supported Category DATARELAY Publishes Output Subscribes to CHANNELDATASOURCE_ Output and or DATAINTEGRATOR_ Output 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 247 Parameters added to module specific cfg file COM port specification e g COM1 Windows or dev ttySX Linux Unix Name ComPort Type String Range 1 to 80 characters Default dev ttyS 1 Example ComPort dev ttyS 1 Serial baud rate Name Baud Type choice Choices 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 Default 57600 Example Baud 5760
232. igger hold off delay in seconds to allow filters to settle Advanced Name TriggerHoldOff Type int Range 0 to 3600 Default 90 Example TriggerHoldOff 90 Propagation window for trigger detection in milliseconds Advanced Name TriggerWindowMS Type int Range 0 to 5000 Default 800 Example TriggerWindowMS 800 Page 316 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 OASIS Alarm controller Category OASISALARMS The OASIS alarm module reflects the status of the OASIS system by sending information to an OASIS alarm panel OASIS Alarm controller module Advanced The OASIS Alarms module drives an alarm panel that is connected via RS 232 A total of five relays are driven by this module Four relays are connected to LEDs indicating not triggered and trigger levels one through three A fifth relay is used to drive an audible alarm Category OASISALARMS Publishes Output Subscribes to NOTHING Parameters added to module specific cfg file 6 20 2011 Name of the alarm module interface port e g COM1 Windows or dev ttySX Linux Unix Name PortName Type String Range 1 to 20 characters Default COM2 Example PortName COM2 Trigger level needed to trigger audible alarm 4 Never Dynamic Parameter Name Audible Type int Range 1 to 4 Default 1 Example Audible 1 Audible alarm if enabled pulses 3 times each minute until reset Dynamic Parameter Name Pulsed Type boolean Default true Example Pulsed t
233. igl_1_AltusTCPFrontEnd SubscribesTo NOTHING Type Daraincegqrator Name Datalntegrator SubscribesTo _digl_1_AltusTCPFrontEnd_Output Type ContinuousRecorder Name ContinuousRecorder SubscribesTo DatalIntegrator_Output Type MiniSeedArchiver Name MiniSeedArchiver SubscribesTo ContinuousRecorder_Output The smarts cfg file that describes this configuration would contain no data and be blank The hardware cfg file that describes this configuration appears as follows SMARTS Id KMI NetworkId KMI NChannels 3 digl Name digl Gtgl lt TCPPore 9002 digli koro tle a One Oem digl chl Id Cl Gag schZs Td C2 arg ach3 td C3 RetrySeconds 300 The various module specific configuration files appear as follows _dig1_1_AltusTCPFrontEnd cfg Reads SDS data from an Altus digitizer Compress true Channel s 1 42 3 NDigitizerChannels 3 DigitizerlId digl SPS 100 Buffer 64 ContinuousRecorder cfg Multichannel data recorder format independent that records continuously FileDurationSec 900 MiniSeedArchiver cfg Data output formatter that records the data in MiniSeed format Channels ScaleDivisor 1 0 DirLayout FLAT OutputDir data events 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 7 DataIntegrator cfg The DataIntegrator queues up the data for a channel time aligns samples from multiple digitizers and sends it to the data stream InputPluginLayout NONE Several modifications to this layout are possible within the basic ide
234. ing Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 6 20 2011 TCP Port number for the Ring Buffer Server connection should be greater than 2000 Name digitizer Port Type int Range 2000 to 65535 Default 9500 Example digitizer Port 9500 Channel source as defined in the Ring Buffer that is providing the data e g KMI_dig1_C1 or KMI digl_C2 True Antelope ORBs require full specification such as KMI_DIG1_HHE GENC Name digitizer ch chan Source Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default none Example digitizer ch chan Source string Channel ID string for the channel Name digitizer ch chan Id Type String Range 1 to 80 characters Default C chan Example digitizer ch chan Id C chan Sensitivity value for the channel in volts per unit e g volts per g needed for EVT SUDS SEISAN and COSMOS files Name digitizer ch chan Sensitivity Type double Range 0 001 to 10000 0 Default 1 25 Example digitizer ch chan Sensitivity 1 25 Full scale range value for the channel in volts needed for EVT SUDS and COSMOS files Name digitizer ch chan FullScale Type double Range 0 001 to 10000 0 Default 2 5 Example digitizer ch chan FullScale 2 5 Sensor Type index for the channel 10 FBA 11 11 FBA 4g 12 FBA 2g 13 FBA 1g 14 FBA 0 5 g 15 FBA 0 25g 16 FBA 0 1 g 20 FBA 23 30 WR 1 32 EpiSensor 33 S6000 34 Mark L22 35 Mark L4C 36 CMG 37 CMG3T 38 CMG40T 39 CMGS 40 KS 2
235. ing Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example PercentUsed Loc string Location Code for the usr SOH channel Advanced Name UserStat Loc Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example UserStat Loc string Network Code for the deg SOH channel Advanced Name Temperature Nwld Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example Temperature NwId string Network Code for the hum SOH channel Advanced Name Humidity NwId Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example Humidity NwId string Document 304702 Rev N Page 119 Page 120 Network Code for the vyb SOH channel Advanced Name VofV12Batt Nwld Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example VofV 12Batt NwId string Network Code for the vep SOH channel Advanced Name VofSysPwr Nwld Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example VofSysPwr NwId string Network Code for the vec SOH channel Advanced Name lofSysPwr NwId Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example lofSysPwr NwlId string Network Code for the leq SOH channel Advanced Name TimeQual NwId Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example TimeQual Nwld string Network Code for the cpu SOH channel Advanced Name LoadAverage NwlId Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example LoadAverage NwId string Network Code for the dsk SOH channel Adva
236. ing activity for doing the filtering Data filters as used in plug ins can consist of multiple filtering stages Data filters are usually used for anti alias filtering or to reduce the sample rate and thus the volume of the data before storage or transmission Dialog A dialog is a window that pops up during use of a program A dialog is usually used to allow the user to make a choice such as selecting between several available options Dialogs can be as simple as an Are you sure you want to do this choice to something as complex as a complete review of configuration settings DigitizerId A digitizer name used to identify data as it flows through Rockhound This is an internal name that is used only within Rockhound to route data from one of perhaps several digitizers through the different parts of the Rockhound firmware If several units have the same layout with the same type and number of digitizers they may all use the same DigitizerIDs internally This may help aid the user in sharing configuration information between multiple units that are otherwise identical Firmware In general firmware is dedicated software that is stored in solid state devices within an instrument or appliance In the context of Rockhound firmware is used to refer to the software that actually runs on Rockhound itself to help differentiate it from other software such as KMI s ROCKTalk or other third party software See Software GUI Graphical User I
237. ion The scan is not attempted until the directories occupy the amount of space indicated as the high water mark Once the high water mark is reached oldest files are deleted until the files occupy less than or equal to the space designated by the low water mark It attempts its first check for files to be deleted 10 seconds after Rockhound has started It checks once a day thereafter or as indicated 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 215 Deletes oldest files IF the total space occupied by files is greater than the high water mark When enough old files are deleted to get storage down below the low water mark then deletion stops File candidates reside under the SweepPath and have an extension listed in FileExtensions Category AFD Publishes Output Subscribes to NOTHING Parameters added to module specific cfg file Page 216 Semicolon separated list of paths to scan for deletable files Name SweepPath Type String Range 1 to 128 characters Default data events Example SweepPath data events Semicolon separated list of file extensions to scan means that all files will be scanned Name FileExtensions Type String Range 1 to 128 characters Default m evt Example FileExtensions m evt Limit of storage before deleting files in mb Name StorageMax Type double Range 0 001 to 99999999999 Default 100 0 Example StorageMax 100 0 Once deleting starts delete to this level in mb Name Storage
238. ions for each ADC board Default none Example MPos ADC board 1 NwId string Network Code of mass position for channel 2 of this 4 channel group Advanced Name MPos ADC board 2 NwId Type bdgroup Selections for each ADC board Default none Example MPos ADC board 2 NwId string Network Code of mass position for channel 3 of this 4 channel group Advanced Name MPos ADC board 3 NwId Type bdgroup Selections for each ADC board Default none Example MPos ADC board 3 NwId string Station Code for the deg SOH channel Advanced Name Temperature StnId Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example Temperature StnId string Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 6 20 2011 Station Code for the hum SOH channel Advanced Name Humidity StnId Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example Humidity StnIid string Station Code for the vvb SOH channel Advanced Name VofV12Batt StnId Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example VofV 12Batt StnId string Station Code for the vep SOH channel Advanced Name VofSysPwr StnId Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example VofSysPwr Stnid string Station Code for the vec SOH channel Advanced Name lofSysPwr StnId Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example IofSysPwr StnId string Station Code for the Icq SOH channel Advanced Name TimeQual StnId Type String Range 0 to
239. iosaatesshiet 211 PO Tie hese E O teste EO 320 F UU EIN oaa E EE RE 318 Post Integration IIR Filter Advanced 169 POSTINECOGTEETONS TRE DLE CL manieira 169 PPP Dial Generation ccccccccccccccccceeeeeeeeees 269 PPP TAT Cl AE E A 269 PEE SETAC OF tae ee 318 Pseudo Data Waveform Generator Advanced 145 PSCUAOSAMPLESGCNELAC OL soas ean 145 0330 Input from UDPTIP wu cccccccccccccc cece eee eeceeeceeeees 79 OS ORTON EITT TENTAT AE asia 79 OSCD Packet Telemetry cccccccccccscseeeeeeeeeees 270 OS OPUS T Eese EI NE A E E TA 270 FER OTC aaan EE 140 RO OPV Ce aac ea 277 RBOSE RVE R Ce Ne Senet Te aM RT Meer EE ree a er nee nA arn een 27 KECA exacts ees oe sR NA 172 RECORDER uiai a E E a a E a EAEE E 172 Replace Module 0 ccccccccccccccceeeeeeesssesccceceeeeeeenaaas 39 Ring Buffer Data Interface cccccccccccetteee 140 Rine DUET SCIV ET aion AAE TERASA 277 Rock Data Unter face ccccccccccccccecccccccccceceeeeeeeaes 88 Rock GPIO ssrisastetscndarlstusstBasstaveine eetontuttackteastakese 296 Rock PGA GPIO 299 ROCRE FOUL BO o EE EN A 88 TOS OOO aetna a tanta a 296 Rockhound and ROCKTalk Passwords 15 Rockhound Starts and Crashes in a Loop 325 Rockhound Stops Working After 12 Hours 326 ROCKTalk OvervieW aaisisicetcidestatacinideinictevitnyatindees 19 R cklalk Setup rrcrnenoe ai ER ss 31 RS 232 access to Linux Console
240. is available The most common uses of the pseudo sample generator are to generate sine waves random data or to feed canned data from a file through the system Although several parameters affect the behavior of the generated data such as frequency peak and offset the primary behavior is controlled by the Mode parameter Category CHANNELDATASOURCE Publishes Output Subscribes to NOTHING 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 145 Parameters added to hardware cfg User settable name of the digitizer that is generating this test data Name digitizer Name Type String Range 1 to 80 characters Default digitizer Example digitizer Name digitizer Channel ID string for the channel Name digitizer ch chan Id Type String Range 1 to 80 characters Default C chan Example digitizer ch chan Id C chan Sensitivity value for the channel in volts per unit e g volts per g needed for EVT SUDS SEISAN and COSMOS files Name digitizer ch chan Sensitivity Type double Range 0 001 to 10000 0 Default 1 25 Example digitizer ch chan Sensitivity 1 25 Full scale range value for the channel in volts needed for EVT SUDS and COSMOS files Name digitizer ch chan FullScale Type double Range 0 001 to 10000 0 Default 2 5 Example digitizer ch chan FullScale 2 5 Sensor Type index for the channel 10 FBA 11 11 FBA 4g 12 FBA 2g 13 FBA 1g 14 FBA 0 5 g 15 FBA 0 25g 16 FBA 0
241. isplay the hardware ID string Usage HWID KBTRI Keyboard trigger Usage KBTRI secs LOOPBACKATE Performs factory ATE loopback using special test hardware intended for factory use only Usage LOOPBACKATE typ arglist LS Display a brief directory listing Usage LS path MINFO Display info about currently loaded modules Usage MINFO MKBATCH Creates a batch file by typing in lines of commands Usage MKBATCH file MSGLEVEL Set the level of messages sent to this session Usage MSGLEVEL level O None 1 Critical 2 Al11 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 201 MSTIME Display the system time in milliseconds since Epoch Usage MSTIME NOISETEST Performs and reports a main channel noise test intended for factory use only Usage NOISETEST NWDEFER Defers network triggering temporarily Usage NWDEFER secs OWSBCHECK Check the One Wire Sensor Bus by testing for device discovery on each active sensor bus channel intended for factory use only Usage OWSBCHECK PAUSE Pause and wait for user input Usage PAUSE PING Request a PONG reply Usage PING optional reply text PRECHECK Checks clock draicke and VCO range intended for factory use only Usage PLLCHECK lcerange vcorange RECONFIG Command re read of the configuration files RSVERIFY Verify that unit has not restarted under stress test conditions Arg 0 saves current restart for later comparison Arg 0 checks
242. it to the list The first question that will be asked is the name of the new unit This name must be unique DELETE allows deletion of a unit from the list of known unit To delete a unit from the list select it from the pull down list and select DELETE RENAME allows renaming of an existing unit To rename a unit select it from the pull down list and select RENAME IP Address and Command Port of unit ROCKTalk uses TCP IP to communicate with a unit Use of TCP IP requires an IP address and a CommandConsole IP Port number The most important part of TCP IP communication with the unit is the ability to connect to the CommandConsole of the unit These parameters allow specification of the unit IP address and command port See CommandConsole 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 31 Page 32 IP ADDRESS 127 0 0 1 in this example specifies the IP address of the selected unit Each unit will be assigned a unique IP address by whoever sets up your network just as each computer on a LAN is assigned a unique IP address In this example 127 0 0 1 is used an IP addressing convention that indicates that the selected unit is running on the same computer as ROCKTalk CONTROL PORT 9900 in this example specifies the CommandConsole port for the unit 9900 is the default for the CommandConsole module CONSOLE PASSWORD must be set to the same value as the unit command console password parameter Unless changed here and in the unit layout both the uni
243. ited by the available processing time Altus SDS Input from TCP IP Module name AltusTCPFrontEnd This module serves as the Rockhound interface to a Kinemetrics Altus recorder that is serving as a digitizer and is connected via a TCP IP socket connection If Rockhound is connected to more than one Altus digitizer then more than one FrontEnd module either an AltusTCPFrontEnd or an AltusRS232FrontEnd should be included in the Rockhound configuration layout 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 65 The FrontEnd module does not subscribe to any other modules but communicates with the Altus digitizer in Kinemetrics Serial Data Streams SDS mode On startup the FrontEnd requests the current status of the Altus digitizer and checks the various Altus parameters against the FrontEnd parameters to make sure they match Parameters would include but are not limited to sampling rate SDS enabled SDS buffer size SDS compression mode and selected channels If the Altus and FrontEnd parameters do not match then the FrontEnd module will modify the Altus parameters and send them back to the Altus and acquisition and SDS may or may not be restarted as needed Once the parameters of the Altus and FrontEnd match several of the parameters are stored in the run time parameters of Rockhound so that they can be used by other modules for example for inclusion in recorded files At this point SDS data will be accepted from the digitizer and passed in
244. ization Code Rockhound has an authorization code that is assigned by Kinemetrics and is provided either with turnkey Rockhound hardware or for use with your computers if you are using Rockhound firmware on your own computer Without this authorization code Rockhound will only run in demo mode for up to 12 hours This value is required and is unique to each unit Rockhound CommandConsole Password The Rockhound CommandConsole which is a command line interface to Rockhound includes support for a password Since the CommandConsole behaves very much like a Telnet connection for ease of use it should be protected with a password The Console password can be entered for each unit in the ROCKTalk Setup dialog to automate sending of the password to the Rockhound CommandConsole This password is set to a default value but use of a password is not required Rockhound SCP FTP Password Kinemetrics Rockhound turn key systems which consist of Rockhound firmware loaded onto Kinemetrics hardware run under the Linux operating system As Rockhound records files they will be stored on the provided storage media Linux provides a secure SCP server which is always enabled and an FTP server which can be enabled to allow users to retrieve files remotely using an FTP transfer program including use of most popular Internet browsers The SCP FTP password restricts those users that can retrieve change or delete files An SCP FTP password is set by default but is
245. l choices possible then the software will ask the user to choose which module should be used Current categories and modules supported are Multichannel source for data Altus SDS Input from TCP IP Altus SDS Input from RS232 Q330 Input from UDP IP Rock Data Interface MZD24 Data Interface TSASMA Data Interface Ring Buffer Data Interface Pseudo Data Waveform Generator Advanced Data multichannel integrator Data Integrator Status integrator Status Integrator Channel extractor Channel Extractor 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 61 Channel trigger filter Classic Strong Motion Filter JIR A Filter IIR C Filter LPSRO Filter Advanced LPWWSS Filter Advanced GS21 Filter Advanced SPWWSS Filter Advanced Channel trigger Threshold Trigger STA LTA Trigger Channel data filter DIY FIR Filter Advanced DIY IIR Filter Advanced Velocity IIR Filter Advanced Displacement IIR Filter Advanced Post Integration IIR Filter Advanced Voter Voter CGS Voter Event recorder Recorder Continuous recorder Continuous Recorder File data formatter and archiver MiniSeed Format Data Archiver SAC Format Data Archiver COSMOS Format Data Archiver MATLAB Format Data Archiver SEISAN Format Data Archiver Altus EVT Format Data Archiver Text Format Data Archiver SUDS Format Data Archiver SEISLOG Format Data Archiver Link to external data source NMS Queue Monitor Aut
246. l to be considered successful else will retry the call Dynamic Parameter Name CallCompletion Type boolean Default true Example CallCompletion true Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 6 20 2011 Modem initialization string Dynamic Parameter Name ModemSetupCmd Type String Range 0 to 40 characters Default AT amp FLIEO amp C1S0 1 amp W Example ModemSetupCmd AT amp FLIEO amp C1S0 1 amp W Modem Dialing prefix Dynamic Parameter Name ModemDialCmd Type String Range 0 to 40 characters Default ATDT Example ModemDialCmd ATDT Modem hangup string Dynamic Parameter Name ModemHangupCmd Type String Range 0 to 40 characters Default ATH Example ModemHangupCmd ATH Phone number to dial when connecting to data center Dynamic Parameter Name PhoneNumber1 Type String Range 0 to 40 characters Default none Example PhoneNumber1 string Alternate phone number to dial when connecting to data center Dynamic Parameter Name PhoneNumber2 Type String Range 0 to 40 characters Default none Example PhoneNumber2 string Time of daily checkin in hours minutes 00 00 23 59 Dynamic Parameter Name DailyCKITime Type String Range 0 to 5 characters Default none Example DailyCKITime string Daily checkin interval O Daily 1 Skip one day Dynamic Parameter Name DailyCKIDays Type int Range 0 to 15 Default 0 Example DailyCKIDays 0 Document 304702 Rev N Page 261 Page 262
247. lar piece of hardware and may be written by the end user or a third party developer as part of a specific project DFS Telemetry Advanced The DFS Telemetry module outputs data from up to three channels to an RS 232 port using the 16 bit IASPEI DFS format This module can be useful when integrating a Rockhound based data collection system with an existing DFS enabled system and can also be used to interface with existing peripheral hardware that supports DFS such as Kelunji drum recorders Note that timing is only as good as the available computer time and operating system allow The module attempts to regulate timing within these capabilities to provide regularly timed output Using the highest baud rates possible and a reasonably sized transmission latency buffer will help improve timing The latency buffer is required because there may be transmission delays associated with receiving the data from the digitizers and a buffer helps to smooth out the DFS output timing and avoid large timing gaps Configuration parameters are available that include communication parameters final output sample rate selected channels minimum latency value the telemetry buffer and whether or not time packets must be output Page 242 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Notes related to interfacing a Kelunji drum recorder Baud rate Must match the expected baud rate of the Kelunji telemetry port Port Parameters Typically 8NIN Output Rate Must match
248. lay board interfaced through RS 232 Name Alarm1GPIO Type choice Choices Unused 1 GPIO bit 1 2 GPIO bit 2 3 GPIO bit 3 4 GPIO bit 4 5 GPIO bit 5 6 GPIO bit 6 7 External relay 1 8 External relay 2 9 External relay 3 10 External relay 4 1 1 External relay 5 12 External relay 6 13 External relay 7 14 External relay 8 Default Unused Example Alarm1GPIO Unused Alarm bit is to be inverted when output Name InvertAlarm1GPIO Type boolean Default false Example InvertAlarm1GPIO false Format is alarm duration sec before auto reset of the alarm or P W where P is the on pulse time of the relay in seconds then the relay is off for W seconds before the cycle repeats until the alarm is cleared Example to cause the relay to pulse on for 30 seconds and then repeat every 12 hours 43200 seconds use 30 43200 Set this field to zero to turn the relay on until it is manually reset Name Alarm1Cycle Type String Range 0 to 20 characters Default O Example Alarm1Cycle 0 Output bit that is set when an alarm level 2 condition is detected Note that GPIO bits are on the internal dual serial option cards and external relays are on an optional external relay board interfaced through RS 232 Name Alarm2GPIO Type choice Choices Unused 1 GPIO bit 1 2 GPIO bit 2 3 GPIO bit 3 4 GPIO bit 4 5 GPIO bit 5 6 GPIO bit 6 7 External relay 1 8 External relay 2 9 External relay 3 10 External relay 4 1 1 External relay 5 12 External relay 6 13 Ex
249. layout is ignored Name DirectToDB Type boolean Default false Example DirectToDB false Page 182 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 SEISAN distance indicator code that is used in identifying records when placed directly into the SEISAN database Name DistanceIndicator Type String Range 1 to characters Default L Example DistanceIndicator L Altus EVT Format Data Archiver A multi channel Altus EVT format archiver for samples The module takes data in that is a multichannel data stream and writes it out as one or more Altus EVT compatible files The files report as much information as is available For example continuously recorded data won t have trigger times trigger types or trigger filters available so that information will be loaded with nominal values Event recorded data will have this information available so it will be properly placed in the EVT file header Files are segregated to fit within the EVT format restrictions meaning that all channels must have the same start time sample rate number of channels and a maximum of 18 channels are supported per EVT file If the available data does not fit these criteria the data will be broken up and recorded as multiple EVT files The output filenames are constructed from a combination of the starting time of the first sample in the file the digitizer and channel ID of the first recorded channel and the UnitID as follows yyyymmddhhmmss dig xx UnitID evt Thi
250. le supports SMS Message Sending NOTE To send SMS messages to multiple destinations create multiple SMSMessageSender modules each with their own config These multiple modules may share a single common modem or may operate through different modems On creation of the object read configuration parameters from config as follows PortName Name of the port to be used COM 1 or dev tty BaudRate Baud rate of the used port 9600 PortParams Port parameters used like 8 bits no parity See below RetryCount Count of number of retries before giving up on a message 10 RetryDelaySec Number of seconds minimum between retries 10 MaxDelaySec Maximum delay in seconds between retries as retry interval is doubled 4 hrs ModemSetupCmd Setup string sent to the modem AT amp FEO amp C1S0O 1 amp W SetupCmd Setup string sent to set up SMS AT CMGF 0 ServiceCenterAddress Service Center Address the SCA 12099042030 DestinationAddress Destination Address the DA or destination phone number 121 TextMode Send message in text mode rather than PDU mode false Port Parameters Ist char Data bits Options for dataBits are 7 or 8 2nd char Parity Options for parity are n for none e for even or o for odd 3rd char Stop bits Options for stop bits are 1 or 2 4th char Flow control Options for flow control are n for none h for hardware s for software xon xoff and u for unchange
251. ll be done by someone else such as an upstream Earthworm Antelope or NMS client In particular recovery is the responsibility of the upstream host though a short timeout for the DataIntegrator is recommended 10 15 seconds to keep data flowing in the case of an opccasional non recovered packet loss SOH channels will not be published This module s parameters should be set up to match those of the Altus for channel count sample rate and other parameters Advanced Name DrumMode Type boolean Default false Example DrumMode false Altus SDS Input from RS232 Module name AltusRS232FrontEnd Same as an AltusTCPFrontEnd except that the recorder is connected via an RS 232 connection rather than via a TCP IP socket connection Category CHANNELDATASOURCE Publishes Output Subscribes to NOTHING Parameters added to hardware cfg 6 20 2011 User settable name of the digitizer Name digitizer Name Type String Range 1 to 80 characters Default digitizer Example digitizer Name digitizer Channel ID string for the channel Name digitizer ch chan Id Type String Range 1 to 80 characters Default C chan Example digitizer ch chan Id C chan Sensitivity value for the channel in volts per unit e g volts per g needed for EVT SUDS SEISAN and COSMOS files Name digitizer ch chan Sensitivity Type double Range 0 001 to 10000 0 Default 1 25 Example digitizer ch chan Sensitivity 1
252. llScaleADCCounts Type int Range 1 to 100000000 Default 8388608 Example digitizer ch chan FullScaleADCCounts 8388608 Parameters added to module specific cfg file 6 20 2011 Sampling rate in SPS Name SPS Type int Range 1 to 2000 Default 100 Example SPS 100 Number of channels produced by this digitizer Name NDigitizerChannels Type int Range 1 to 36 Default digchannels Example NDigitizerChannels digchannels 0 Sine 1 Random 2 From file specify name Name Mode Type choice Choices 0 Sine 1 Random 2 From file Default 1 Random Example Mode 1 Random Document 304702 Rev N Page 149 Largest value generated by random or sinewaves in counts Name Peak Type int Range to 40000000 Default 40000 Example Peak 40000 Full filename path to data file Files are multiplexed multicolumn ASCII in counts Lines starting with are ignored There MUST be at least as many data columns as channels Name InputData Type String Range 0 to 256 characters Default none Example InputData string Frequency in sine mode in Hz Name FreqHz Type double Range 0 001 to 1000 Default 1 Example FreqHz 1 Data offset in counts Name Offset Type int Range 40000000 to 40000000 Default 0 Example Offset 0 Page 150 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Data multichannel integrator Category DATAINTEGRATOR The DATAINTEGRATOR is used to gather data from one or
253. ltiple Rockhound systems to perform common triggering Rockhound layouts on the same subnet will discover each other automatically so that they can trigger each other as a total system The network trigger is a common way that Rock family digitizers such as the Basalt or Granite can trigger each other in a local network without additional cabling Category INTERCONNECT Publishes Output Subscribes to VOTER_Output Parameters added to module specific cfg file 6 20 2011 Discover other units on the local network for network triggering Name Discovery Type boolean Default true Example Discovery true Indicates that this unit is a triggering slave so it will respond to external trigger requests but if this unit triggers it will not cause other units to trigger A triggering network may consist of multiple masters and multiple slaves but must contain at least one triggering master Dynamic Parameter Name Slave Type boolean Default false Example Slave false Trigger votes for external triggers Dynamic Parameter Name NetworkTriggerVotes Type int Range 1000 to 1000 Default 1 Example NetworkTriggerVotes 1 Document 304702 Rev N Page 293 Page 294 List of hosts to be specifically included for network triggering A space separated list of IP addresses of units that need to common trigger but are outside of the local network and cannot be automatically discovered List format is as follows 123 12 0
254. m and restart Rockhound using the new files 2 Validation and use of updated files transferred using ROCKTalk If ROCKTalk transfers new firmware or configuration it will use the same naming convention ftpxxx jar After completing the transfer ROCKTalk will issue the VALIDATEUPDATE command to the COMMANDCONSOLE which will cause the polling loop to be cut short and any remaining ftpxxx jar files are validated before Rockhound restarts 3 Remote firmware updates Support is provided for automatic remote firmware and or parameter configuration updates To support this you must provide an FTP server and configure the address and access passwords into the module s configuration Periodically the module will connect to your FTP server and will check firmware_allunits jar firmware updates that apply to all units firmware_xxx jar firmware update to unit xxx or config_xxx jar parameter updates for unit xxx These files are fetched and installed if they are different by file timestamp from those currently installed This capability allows easier maintenance of multiple units including those without a full time network connection See FTP server considerations Remotely loaded configuration files are named for each unit whereas firmware files are named for each unit or as allunits meaning that the update applies to all remotely connected units This among other things allows you to update the firmware of selected units for a test befor
255. me GroupCorr7 Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default none Example GroupCorr7 string A comma separated list of three channel IDs used to prepare QSCD packets e g C1 C2 C3 Channel order must be specified as ZNE Name ChannelGroup8 Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default none Example ChannelGroup8 string A comma separated list of two channel IDs used to specify channel correlation pairs e g C1 C4 Channels must exist Name GroupCorr8 Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default none Example GroupCorr8 string A comma separated list of three channel IDs used to prepare QSCD packets e g C1 C2 C3 Channel order must be specified as ZNE Name ChannelGroup9 Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default none Example ChannelGroup9 string A comma separated list of two channel IDs used to specify channel correlation pairs e g C1 C4 Channels must exist Name GroupCorr9 Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default none Example GroupCorr9 string A comma separated list of three channel IDs used to prepare QSCD packets e g C1 C2 C3 Channel order must be specified as ZNE Name ChannelGroup10 Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default none Example ChannelGroup 1 0 string Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 6 20 2011 A comma separated list of two channel IDs used to specify channel correlation pairs e g C1 C4 Channels must exist Name GroupCorr 10 T
256. me LoadAverage Calper Type double Range 9999 to 9999 Default 1 0 Example LoadAverage Calper 1 0 Calper value for the dsk SOH channel Advanced Name PercentUsed Calper Type double Range 9999 to 9999 Default 1 0 Example PercentUsed Calper 1 0 Calper value for the usr SOH channel Advanced Name UserStat Calper Type double Range 9999 to 9999 Default 1 0 Example UserStat Calper 1 0 Segment Type for the deg SOH channel Advanced Name Temperature Seg Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default Example Temperature Seg Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 6 20 2011 Segment Type for the hum SOH channel Advanced Name Humidity Seg Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default Example Humidity Seg Segment Type for the vvb SOH channel Advanced Name VofV12Batt Seg Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default Example VofV 12Batt Seg Segment Type for the vep SOH channel Advanced Name VofSysPwr Seg Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default Example VofSysPwr Seg Segment Type for the vec SOH channel Advanced Name lofSysPwr Seg Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default Example IofSysPwr Seg Segment Type for the leq SOH channel Advanced Name TimeQual Seg Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default Example TimeQual Seg Segment Type for the cpu SOH channel Advanced Name LoadAverage Seg Ty
257. me MaxLatencySec Type int Range 10 to 300 Default 180 Example MaxLatencySec 180 Document 304702 Rev N Page 151 Size of data buffer defaults to pre event 10 seconds Advanced Name MaxSecondsQueued Type String Range 0 to 8 characters Default none Example MaxSecondsQueued string How often to display gap fill messages in minutes Defaults to 0 meaning all messages displayed Advanced Name GapMessageFreq Type int Range 0 to 480 Default 0 Example GapMessageFreq 0 Fill unrecoverable gaps in the data with a Value Defaults to false If false will fill gaps with last known value Advanced Name GapFill With Value Type boolean Default false Example GapFill With Value false Value used to fill unrecoverable gaps in the data Only used if gap fill with value selected Defaults to zero Advanced Name GapFill Value Type int Range 20000000 to 20000000 Default 0 Example GapFillValue 0 Page 152 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Status integrator Category STATUSINTEGRATOR The STATUSINTEGRATOR is used to gather status from one or more digitizers for inclusion into the run time parameters and for eventual inclusion into statistics or recorded data Digitizers are expected to publish status information periodically to the data stream This status information will be ignored by the majority of the data stream processing modules but will be extracted and stored by the STATUSINTEGRATOR f
258. ment 304702 Rev N Page 69 Page 70 Location code string for the channel needed for EVT MintSEED files and or Ring Buffer storage Name digitizer ch chan LocationCode Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example digitizer ch chan LocationCode string Network code string for the channel needed for EVT SAC MiniSEED files and or Ring Buffer storage Defaults to the global Network ID if not specified Name digitizer ch chan NetworkCode Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example digitizer ch chan NetworkCode string Station code string for the channel needed for EVT SAC MiniSEED files and or Ring Buffer storage Defaults to the global Station ID if not specified Name digitizer ch chan StationCode Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example digitizer ch chan StationCode string Calib value for the channel needed for Ring Buffer storage Name digitizer ch chan Calib Type double Range 1000000 to 1000000 Default 0 0 Example digitizer ch chan Calib 0 0 Calper value for the channel needed for Ring Buffer storage Name digitizer ch chan Calper Type double Range 9999 to 9999 Default 1 0 Example digitizer ch chan Calper 1 0 SegType for the channel needed for Ring Buffer storage Name digitizer ch chan SegType Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default Example digitizer ch chan
259. meters added to module specific cfg file TCP Port number for outgoing data should be greater than 5000 Name TCPPort Type int Range 5000 to 32767 Default 9800 Example TCPPort 9800 Altus password feature to block use of certain commands Dynamic Parameter Name Password Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example Password string Page 264 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 6 20 2011 List of digitizers channels to be output e g dig1 1 dig1 2 or Name Channels Type String Range 1 to 1024 characters Default Example Channels Enable modem use When disabled the connection is permanent and there s no dialing or modem control Name ModemEnable Type boolean Default false Example ModemEnable false Dial on triggered event if modem enabled Dynamic Parameter Name OnEvent Type boolean Default false Example OnEvent false Dial on daily checkin if modem enabled Dynamic Parameter Name OnCheckin Type boolean Default false Example OnCheckin false Dial on alarm activation if modem enabled Dynamic Parameter Name OnAlarm Type boolean Default false Example OnAlarm false Dial on loss of AC input if modem enabled Dynamic Parameter Name OnLostAC Type boolean Default false Example OnLostAC false Dial on low battery less than 12VDC if modem enabled Dynamic Parameter Name OnLowBatt Type boolean Default false Example OnLowBatt fal
260. ming convention covers among other things files which must be segregated because sample rates are different are based on different time or there are just too many channels to record in a single file Time is taken from the time of the first data that is recorded NChannels UnitID and ChanIDs are taken from the RuntimeParams Channels to be recorded are taken from a comma delimited parameter string in the module config file called simply Channels The list includes an entry for each digitizer channel for example Channels kmi ti kms ny KML Sour eh ore ey Orie eS mo OE ee Channels The channel list validated against NChannels is used to determine the list of channels to be recorded and helps extract the parameters that should be recorded from all the channels sent to the archiver Channel IDs are taken from RuntimeParams if they are available If not they are loaded with simply C where 1s replaced by a numeric channel number It is recommended that channels from multiple front ends be identified by giving them unique channel IDs To allow for continuous recording or event recording of long files the module takes data arrivals and writes them to temporary data files of samples and header information These files are periodically flushed closed and reopened for append every 10 seconds Lots of additional information such as trigger types trigger time trigger filters trigger thresholds votes and channel information ar
261. module provides support for limited emulation of the Altus TCP IP interface including the Serial Data Streams SDS protocol modem dial out modes and command console The primary purpose of this module is to allow customers with existing Altus units and software that communicates with them to have an easier transition requiring little or no software changes before eventual conversion to a more native interface Communication parameters and conditions are controlled through Rockhound parameters and this class will support a very limited subset of the Altus command mode and block mode functions Parameters can be read through the interface via an SDS parameter packet but parameters cannot be sent back as a parameter packet Block mode file transfers are supported Command mode supports a very limited command set but does include most file operations including TX and RX commands Altus modem modes are nearly fully supported Category DATARELAY Publishes Output Subscribes to CHANNELDATASOURCE_ Output and or DATAINTEGRATOR_ Output Parameters added to module specific cfg file TCP Port number for outgoing data should be greater than 5000 Name TCPPort Type int Range 5000 to 32767 Default 9800 Example TCPPort 9800 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 253 Page 254 Altus password feature to block use of certain commands Dynamic Parameter Name Password Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Exampl
262. modules may be used to perform periodic checks tests or timed recording Alarms initiate messages which are acted upon by other parts of Rockhound such as User Notifiers or the CommandConsole The ALARMCLOCK is used to cause an action in the system on a timed basis ALARMCLOCK modules may be used to perform periodic checks tests or timed recording Alarms initiate messages which are acted upon by other parts of Rockhound such as User Notifiers or the CommandConsole Alarm Clock This module is used to generate timed alarms The module reads a set of configured times that will cause an alarm to occur at specified times according to DayOfWeek DayOfMonth TimeOfDay or Every X Minutes The alarm can be used to cause actions such as DailyCheckIn callouts or pages or can be used to cause timed window recording or cellular call in power on times When an alarm is triggered this EventAlarmClock s Reason parameters will be broadcast to any listening modules This would allow for example an EventAlarmClock to drive the DailyCheckin function of an AlphaNumericPager or SMSMessageSender module by sending a Notify Checkin that is handled by these Notifier modules The Notifier modules watch for the broadcast of ArgvO Notify and Argvl Checkin and then act accordingly Please note that the Reason code is not processed directly by the EventAlarmClock itself but is parsed into ArgvO Argv1 etc and passed on to the listening modules for their u
263. more digitizers together to ensure integrity and completeness so that all data is present and time aligned before passing on to the rest of the Rockhound system for processing In addition to gathering the data from all channels and all digitizers the DATAINTEGRATOR also provides the buffering needed to provide pre event and post event memory and will reply to past data requests for recording purposes Data Integrator Category DATAINTEGRATOR Publishes Output Subscribes to CHANNELDATASOURCE_ Output and or CHANNELPREEXTRACTOR_ Output and or CHANNELTRGFILTER_Output and or CHANNELDATASTREAMFILTER_ Output and or CHANNELOASISBRIDGE_Output and or RECORDER_Request Parameters added to module specific cfg file 6 20 2011 Data handling plug in layout specifier usually used to provide for data filtering that is applied before data enters the data stream Advanced Name InputPluginLayout Type choice Choices plug in layouts list Default NONE Example InputPluginLayout NONE Minimum data latency before Data Integrator will give up publish zeros and move on When using multiple sample rates on seismic channels e g Isps and 200sps it is recommended that this be increased to minimize time alignment overhead processing Advanced Name MinLatencySec Type int Range 1 to 300 Default 1 Example MinLatencySec 1 Maximum data latency before Data Integrator will give up publish zeros and move on Advanced Na
264. must select between two de archive options Full unit specific restore Restores all aspects of the layout and configuration including hardware and non hardware specific components Model restore based on another unit Restores only those parts of the layout configuration that are not hardware specific that is to say everything except hardware cfg This allows the information to be used as the basis for the layout and configuration of another similar unit NOTE that in either case registration information is not affected by Archive and De Archive functions Page 38 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Replace Module This function allows replacement of Rockhound modules with another compatible module Using the replacement function modules can be replaced after the layout has been initially created A trigger can be replaced with a different type of trigger trigger filters replaced with different types of trigger filters input data sources changed output formats changed and so on In each case the user s choices are limited to compatible modules during a replacement Using the Continuous Recorder example created in the Layout Wizard section let s replace the MiniSEED Archiver module with an Altus EVT Archiver To do this select Replace Module and then select the module to be replaced Telemetry connection Update monitor idigi Ch 1 Altus SDS Input from TCP IP Selecting module to be replaced Then select the new module t
265. n s Solaris and Linux It also means that although a unit may be running on Linux the user can communicate with it effectively from a desktop computer running Windows EB KMI ROCKTalk ROCK1 loloj File Setup Edit Help LE ETET ROCKTalk Display Looking at the display note the following major components of the ROCKTalk display Title bar shows the name of the program KMI ROCKTalk and the currently selected unit Menu for access to functions of ROCKTalk Tool bar buttons for fast access to the most commonly used functions of ROCKTalk Scrollable text area to display status Status line at the bottom of the display 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 19 Notice that the title bar includes standard window functions supported by the Operating System This display example was taken under Windows so it includes Minimize Maximize and Exit buttons What can ROCKTalk do ROCKTalk has a wide variety of capabilities most of which will be described in detail further in this section However here s a quick overview Controls multiple units Remembers connection addresses Interfaces with remote Rockhound via SCP FTP or a network file sharing LAN Layout wizard for creation of Rockhound layouts from standardized templates Rockhound parameter editor Retrieval and sending of Rockhound parameters Archival of Rockhound configurations for later use Module replacement Terminal window acces
266. nal data source Category EXTDATALINK EXTDATALINK modules provide an interface between Rockhound and data sources that are external to Rockhound itself Typically an EXTDATALINK module operates without a direct subscription publication interface to other Rockhound modules One example of an EXTDATALINK module is the NMSQueueMonitor module which was originally developed to monitor an NMS file creation queue and broadcast the existence of these files for handling by other Rockhound modules for example so that they can be sent to another computer via an FTPSender module NMS Queue Monitor The NMSQueueMonitor module was originally developed to monitor an NMS file creation queue and broadcast the existence of these files for handling by other Rockhound modules for example so that they can be sent to another computer via an FTPSender module Category EXTDATALINK Publishes Output Subscribes to NOTHING Parameters added to module specific cfg file 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 191 Queue file list to be monitored Specify full path Name NMSQueueFile Type String Range to 128 characters Default none Example NMSQueueFile string Frequency to check for new files in minutes Name ScanFrequency Type double Range 0 001 to 10000 Default 1 0 Example ScanFrequency 1 0 Auto File sender Category FILESENDER The FILESENDER is used to transmit files recorded on Rockhound to a data archival site as indic
267. nced Name PercentUsed Nwld Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example PercentUsed Nwld string Network Code for the usr SOH channel Advanced Name UserStat Nwld Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example UserStat NwlId string Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 6 20 2011 Station Code for the deg SOH channel Advanced Name Temperature StnId Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example Temperature StnId string Station Code for the hum SOH channel Advanced Name Humidity StnId Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example Humidity Stnid string Station Code for the vvb SOH channel Advanced Name VofV12Batt StnId Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example VofV 12Batt StnId string Station Code for the vep SOH channel Advanced Name VofSysPwr StnId Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example VofSysPwr StnIid string Station Code for the vec SOH channel Advanced Name lofSysPwr StnId Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example lofSysPwr StnId string Station Code for the Icq SOH channel Advanced Name TimeQual StnId Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example TimeQual StnId string Station Code for the cpu SOH channel Advanced Name LoadAverage StnId Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example LoadAverage
268. nced Name TCXODAC Id Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example TCXODAC Id string Document 304702 Rev N Page 93 Page 94 Channel ID string for the usr SOH channel if not set uses default name Advanced Name UserStat Id Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example UserStat Id string ID string of mass position for channel 1 of this 4 channel group if not set uses default name Advanced Name MPos ADC board 1 Id Type bdgroup Selections for each ADC board Default none Example MPos ADC board I d string ID string of mass position for channel 2 of this 4 channel group if not set uses default name Advanced Name MPos ADC board 2 Id Type bdgroup Selections for each ADC board Default none Example MPos ADC board 2 Id string ID string of mass position for channel 3 of this 4 channel group if not set uses default name Advanced Name MPos ADC board 3 Id Type bdgroup Selections for each ADC board Default none Example MPos ADC board 3 Id string Location Code for the deg SOH channel Advanced Name Temperature Loc Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example Temperature Loc string Location Code for the hum SOH channel Advanced Name Humidity Loc Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example Humidity Loc string Location Code for the vvb SOH channel Advanced Name VofV12Batt Loc Type Strin
269. ndard Edition Cbhuild 1 4 0 b92 gt Java HotSpot lt IM gt Client UM Cbhuild 1 4 6 b92 mixed mode MEND Checking the Java version The version should be version 1 4 0 or higher If it is not then follow the instructions on how to install the new version It may be necessary to use a command such as usr java jre1 4 0_01 bin java version on Linux or Solaris if the java directories have not been added to the path For Windows To install the JVM for windows locate and run the file j2re 1_4_0_01 windows i586 i exe that will be included on the Kinemetrics Rockhound CD Follow the installation instructions and install the JVM Recheck the Java version Page 50 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 For Linux Locate the file 72re 1_4 0 _01 linux i586 bin that will be included on the Kinemetrics Rockhound CD This is the Linux JVM installation Place the file in a directory usr java that you may have to create Make the file executable and run it by using the following command from the directory in which it is now located of j2ee 1 4020 Ia mx 58 6 Sin The script will display a binary license agreement which you will be asked to agree to before installation can proceed Once you have agreed to the license the install script will install the JVM ina directory named jdk1 4 0_01 in the current directory For Solaris Locate the file j2re 1_4_0_01 solaris sparc sh that will be included on the Kinemetrics Rockhound CD This is
270. ne Example MPos ADC board 2 StnId string Station Code of mass position for channel 3 of this 4 channel group Advanced Name MPos ADC board 3 StnId Type bdgroup Selections for each ADC board Default none Example MPos ADC board 3 StnId string Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 6 20 2011 Calib value for the deg SOH channel Advanced Name Temperature Calib Type double Range 1000000 to 1000000 Default 0 0 Example Temperature Calib 0 0 Calib value for the hum SOH channel Advanced Name Humidity Calib Type double Range 1000000 to 1000000 Default 0 0 Example Humidity Calib 0 0 Calib value for the vvb SOH channel Advanced Name VofV12Batt Calib Type double Range 1000000 to 1000000 Default 0 0 Example VofV12Batt Calib 0 0 Calib value for the vep SOH channel Advanced Name VofSysPwr Calib Type double Range 1000000 to 1000000 Default 0 0 Example VofSysPwr Calib 0 0 Calib value for the vec SOH channel Advanced Name lofSysPwr Calib Type double Range 1000000 to 1000000 Default 0 0 Example lofSysPwr Calib 0 0 Calib value for the leq SOH channel Advanced Name TimeQual Calib Type double Range 1000000 to 1000000 Default 0 0 Example TimeQual Calib 0 0 Calib value for the Ice SOH channel Advanced Name TCXODrift Calib Type double Range 1000000 to 1000000 Default 0 0 Example TCXODrift Calib 0 0 Document 304702 Rev N Page 101 Page 102
271. ne HTTPSERVER is provided with Rockhound others can be designed for specific customer requirements 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 225 Config Control web server The HTTPConfig module is designed to serve as an alternative interface to Rockhound so that users can access Rockhound using only a web browser They do not need to install ROCKTalk or even Java although it is recommended on their computer in order to access and configure Rockhound All they need to know is the IP address of the Rockhound system Additional capabilities are provided to the user if the computer is equipped with a Java enabled browser For example real time waveform displays are possible using a downloaded Java applet Note The HTTPConfig module has default configuration parameters that make it operational as soon as Rockhound begins to operate The minimum requirements are that the module must be added to the Rockhound layout and a username and password must be defined In addition several parameters are available to customize operation including access to an FTP server if the computer is equipped with one and a contact link to link to your own web site The HTTPConfig module controls user logon using Digest MD5 Authentication Once logged on accesses to the HT TPConfig module are allowed from that IP address as long as there is periodic activity The user will automatically be logged out after one hour of inactivity The HTTPConfig module provides an
272. nect to the selected unit s CommandConsole to determine where the layout is located on the unit See CommandConsole Transfer the layout using SCP FTP or file copy as selected for this unit Place the retrieved layout into the layout configuration directory and expand it into the various files that comprise the layout If the layout validates ROCKTalk will display the validation message Save Layout This operation saves a Rockhound layout by sending it to a selected unit Rockhound layouts consist of multiple files as described earlier in this manual The Save Layout function writes all of these files from ROCKTalk so that they may be stored for future use or transmitted to a unit for immediate use When Save Layout is selected the user is presented with a selection dialog as follows nee ee K Save t xen Saveto ROCKI Save Layout Dialog Send to unit Sends the layout to the currently selected unit This is done by ROCKTalk automatically performing the following steps Write the current layout configuration that ROCKTalk has open into a temporary JAR file called config jar Connect to the selected unit CommandConsole to determine where the layout is located on the unit Transfer the layout using SCP FTP or file copy as selected for this unit Instruct the unit via the CommandConsole to terminate the current Rockhound layout and JVM and restart so that the new layout and or configuration activates
273. network will not be included unless specified List format is as follows 120 0 0 5 120 0 0 6 Dynamic Parameter Name Exclude4 Type String Range 0 to 1024 characters Default none Example Exclude4 string Network port used for Network Trigger discovery Advanced Name DPort Type int Range 5000 to 32767 Default 9010 Example DPort 9010 Network port used for Network Trigger In Out messages Advanced Name TPort Type int Range 5000 to 32767 Default 9011 Example TPort 9011 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 295 General Purpose IO interface Category GPIO The GPIO modules provide services for manipulating General Purpose Input Output functions These modules accept broadcasts for system events such as threshold alarms and use these events to alter the outputs which can then be used to drive other functions outside of the Kinemetrics system Rock GPIO The RockGPIO module is used to translate system events such as the Alarm Threshold into control of the Rock digitizer s output bits These bits are located on the optional dual serial cards There are up to six output bits total two per card The bits are numbered 1 and 4 rightmost slot 2 and 5 middle slot 3 and 6 leftmost slot Category GPIO Publishes Output Subscribes to NOTHING Parameters added to module specific cfg file Output bit that is set when an alarm condition is detected Note that GPIO bits are on the internal dual
274. ng direct hard coded approaches not one using coefficients The classic strong motion filter at a sampling rate of 200 Hz or 250 Hz is used in typical strong motion applications The low frequency corner of a classic strong motion filter at a sampling rate of 100 Hz can be used for far regional and tele seismic applications It has good protection against 20 40 Hz man made seismic noise in urban areas The classic strong motion filter at a 250 Hz sampling rate can record for short periods with a short period seismometer In this case the sensor itself protects against 0 3 Hz marine seismic noise The approximate bandpass of the classic strong motion filter is Sampling rate 20 40 50 100 200 ZW Bandpass 0 01 1 25 Hz Oia 2a HZ 0 024 3 125 Hz ee Qn Oia Ga By Hz Oe Se IDNs HZ 0 12 15 Hz Category CHANNELTRGFILTER Publishes Output Subscribes to CHANNELEXTRACTOR_Output and or CHANNELPREEXTRACTOR_ Output and or CHANNELOASISINTEGRATOR_Output Parameters added to module specific cfg file Filter settling time in samples Name SamplesToSettle Type int Range 0 to 300000 Default 3000 Example SamplesToSettle 3000 Page 154 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 IIR A Filter This is an IIR A filter Rockhound module This is a 6th order Elliptical Bandpass Filter designed for three cascaded second order sections in direct form I An IIR A filter with a 100 Hz sampling rate can record region
275. nge 9999 to 9999 Default 1 0 Example digitizer ch chan Calper 1 0 SegType for the channel needed for Ring Buffer storage Name digitizer ch chan SegType Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default Example digitizer ch chan SegType Number of ADC counts at full scale in counts Name digitizer ch chan FullScaleADCCounts Type int Range 1 to 100000000 Default 8388608 Example digitizer ch chan FullScaleADCCounts 8388608 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Parameters added to module specific cfg file Number of input physical channels from the data source Name NPhysicalChannels Type int Range to 50 Default physical channels Example NPhysicalChannels physical channels Number of output sources channels to be provided including AVD and drift channels Name NDigitizerChannels Type int Range 1 to 200 Default digchannels Example NDigitizerChannels digchannels Mathematical integration of data A gt V gt D Category CHANNELOASISINTEGRATOR The OASIS Integrator is a mathematical integrator that can be used to derive velocity and or displacement from acceleration data This module performs simple mathematical integration and is often combined with digital filters to produce more realistic estimations of velocity and or displacement OASIS Mathematical Integrator Advanced Category CHANNELOASISINTEGRATOR Publishes Output Subscribes to CHA
276. nge 0 to 65535 Default O Example Buffer 0 Primarily for use with Altus EVT archiver Simulates the Altus naming convention by creating new EVT files with the naming style AA001 EVT Applies ONLY to event recording Continuously recorded data is produced in the YY YYMMDDHHMMSS firstCh STDID evt format only Advanced Dynamic Parameter Name AltusEVTStyle Type boolean Default true Example AltusEVTStyle true Dynamic packet sizing allows automatic sizing of packets for block file transfers to maximize transmission speed If disabled packets are fixed at 256 bytes Advanced Name TXS1ze256 Type choice Choices 0 Dynamic 2048 1 Fixed 256 2 Dynamic 4096 Default 0 Dynamic 2048 Example TXS1ze256 0 Dynamic 2048 Maximum size for RAM based SDS ring buffer in KB Above this number the ring buffer is created on disk Advanced Name SDSMaxRam Type int Range 0 to 64000 Default 4000 Example SDSMaxRam 4000 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Mode 2 timeout value in packets 0 Mode 1 normal 1 Mode 3 handshake 6 65535 Mode 2 periodic continuations required Advanced Name ModeTimeout Type int Range 1 to 65535 Default 0 Example ModeTimeout 0 Advanced serial port settings for data bits parity etc Default is 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit Advanced Name ComSettings Type String Range 0 to 20 characters Default none Example ComSettings string Altus Telemetry via TCP IP This
277. nge 0 to 80 characters Default none Example MessageTimes string Send message files whenever there is an SOH state change Dynamic Parameter Name SendOnSOH Type boolean Default true Example SendOnSOH true SOH message template If blank the created SOH file will contain only a header with the time of the message and any SOH faults If a template file is specified it will follow this header information and can contain delimited tokens from the Run Time Parameters Dynamic Parameter Name Message Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default none Example Message string Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Number of files to keep If zero all files will be given the same name SOH_NW_STA_SN txt and will be overwritten each time If non zero file names will include a timestamp and will be automatically cleaned up YYY YMMDDHHMMSS_SOH_NW_STA_SN txt Dynamic Parameter Name FilesToKeep Type int Range 0 to 65000 Default O Example FilesToKeep 0 Directory to hold SOH files Name SOHDir Type String Range 1 to 128 characters Default data soh Example SOHDir data soh File extension of created SOH files Dynamic Parameter Name FileExtension Type String Range 1 to 128 characters Default txt Example FileExtension txt Web Server Category HTTPSERVER The HTTPSERVER provides an HTTP interface to Rockhound allowing the user to communicate with Rockhound via a web browser O
278. nging the advanced user password To change the advanced user password you must know the previous advanced user password Cancel Exits ROCKTalk Setup discarding any changes to Advanced Privileges Unsaved changes to Rockhound communications options are also discarded OK Exits ROCKTalk Setup saving any changes that have been made Waveform Viewer Window The Waveform Viewer Window button is used to display waveforms of the data flowing through Rockhound Pressing the Waveform Viewer Window button will cause ROCKTalk to show a list of available channels on the unit One or more of the waveforms representing these channels may be displayed by selecting from the list Each waveform will be displayed in a separate window ae ROCKVision Host 127 0 0 1 Port 9999 Disconnect Channels Available Id KMI Waiting for remote info iRemote Id is EMI channels detected Ready Waveform Viewer Selection display 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 33 The components of the Waveform Viewer Selection display or ROCK Vision are as follows Host The IP address of the unit Port The Telemetry Connection port of the unit Disconnect Press to disconnect press again to reconnect to this unit or another unit 2 Help on this version of Rock Vision Channels Available Channels reported by the unit as available for telemet
279. nnection are included in the ROCKTalk Waveform Viewer Window section of this manual Category TELEMETRY Publishes Output Subscribes to CHANNELDATASOURCE_ Output and or CHANNELOASISBRIDGE_Output and or DATAINTEGRATOR_ Output Parameters added to module specific cfg file TCP Port number for the telemetry connection should be greater than 5000 Name TCPPort Type int Range 5000 to 32767 Default 9999 Example TCPPort 9999 If selected displays waveforms as blue on white rather than green on black Dynamic Parameter Name Negative Type boolean Default false Example Negative false 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 241 Allows display of real time FFT and or PSD Dynamic Parameter Name RealTimeFFT Type boolean Default false Example RealTimeFFT false If selected displays waveforms in a single large pane rather than in individual panes Dynamic Parameter Name SinglePane Type boolean Default true Example SinglePane true Maximum number of telemetry channels NOTE Be careful increasing this number on systems running large numbers of channels at high sample rates Advanced Name MaxTxChannels Type int Range to 500 Default 24 Example MaxTxChannels 24 Data Relay to transmit data stream Category DATARELAY Data Relay modules are intended to retransmit the data from the Rockhound system to another device or computer Typically these Data Relay modules are specific to a particu
280. nnel use channel ID here reports as OASISSA2 Dynamic Parameter Name SpectraChan2 Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example SpectraChan2 string Damping factor for spectral acceleration in percent Dynamic Parameter Name SpectraDamping2 Type double Range 0 to 100 Default 5 Example SpectraDamping2 5 Period for spectral acceleration in seconds Dynamic Parameter Name SpectraPeriod2 Type double Range 0 001 to 500 Default 11 Example SpectraPeriod2 1 1 Page 314 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 OASIS drift trigger Category OASISDRIFTTRIGGER The OASIS drift trigger modules provide the ability to trigger the system based on drift ratio relative displacement between sensors and are used only with the OASIS structural monitoring system OASIS Drift trigger Advanced This module computes the drift trigger ratio between two channels compared with the vertical spacing between the sensors The drift values are computed previously by a drift module and the vertical difference between the sensors is obtained from the sensor offset information The relative drift is divided by the vertical spacing of the sensors to obtain a drift ratio which is then compared with multiple trigger thresholds for the purposes of generating drift alarms and to trigger recording Category OASISDRIFTTRIGGER Publishes Output Subscribes to DATAINTEGRATOR_Output and or CHANNELTRIGGER_Output Parameters ad
281. nsole The Command Console is a text mode command interface used to allow the user and or external software such as Kinemetrics ROCKTalk program to communicate with Rockhound A Command Console module is included in all Rockhound configurations The command console is available at the IP address of Rockhound at the port number specified by the Rockhound configuration The user may communicate with the Command Console and therefore with Rockhound by making a TELNET connection to it For example from Windows or Linux you would use the command PRENET T2700 1 9900 Where 127 0 0 1 is replaced by the IP address of Rockhound and 9900 is replaced by the Command Console port selected in the Rockhound configuration The Command Console provides a basic HELP interface to give simple lists of available commands and syntax of commands For example Welcome to Rockhound Station MYSTATION gt help Help Options Help std List standard commands Help adv List advanced commands Help all List all commands Help Help for every command Help command Help for a specific command HELP STD lists standard user level commands HELP ADV lists more advanced commands generally unneeded by most users and HELP ALL lists all commands as follows gt help all Standard Commands CLREVT GLS CTIME DATAFLOW DIR EXIT GPS HELP KBTRI LS NWDEFER RUN SNSCAL STIME VER Advanced Commands ALARM BASEDIR BATTERYTEST BROADCAST CALC
282. nt Type for the usr SOH channel Advanced Name UserStat Seg Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default Example UserStat Seg Document 304702 Rev N Page 137 Parameters added to module specific cfg file Page 138 Number of virtual channels data streams produced by this digitizer Name NDigitizerChannels Type int Range 3 to 3 Default digchannels Example NDigitizerChannels digchannels Number of physical channels on this digitizer Name NPhysicalChannels Type int Range 3 to 3 Default physical channels Example NPhysicalChannels physical channels Sample rate for all channels Name SPS Type choice Choices 50 100 200 250 500 Default 100 Example SPS 100 GPS distance selection Supports external GPS Supported external GPS is Acutime Gold Distance selection lt 50ft uses less power selection gt 50ft allows longer distance Name GPSDist Type choice Choices 1 GPS External lt 50 ft 2 GPS External gt 50 ft Default 2 GPS External gt 50 ft Example GPSDist 2 GPS External gt 50 ft Alarm duration sec before auto reset If zero then latched and doesn t auto reset Note Rock Alarm outputs are provided through the RockGPIO module which must be included in the layout Dynamic Parameter Name Duration Type int Range 0 to 7200 Default O Example Duration 0 Data organization for USB data retrieval Creates a subdirectory for each unit s data whi
283. nterface A user interface based on graphical not simply text based and usually mouse driven designs The most common example is a Windows program with its menus tool bars and push buttons versus the old style DOS programs with entirely text mode interfaces IP Address An Internet Protocol address which defines a computer uniquely on the Internet or on a Local Area Network IP Addresses usually have the form xxx xx xx xx such as 127 0 0 1 The address 127 0 0 1 is a special address that a computer may use to refer to itself Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 IP Port A data path within an Internet Protocol connection Typically one IP Address will be accessed at many IP Ports IP Ports 5000 and below are defined for standard purposes such as Telnet E mail and FTP IP Ports above 5000 can be defined as needed by programs such as Rockhound Rockhound requires the use and definition of several IP Ports each of which 1s defaulted to a value that should be useable in most applications Typically Rockhound IP Port defaults are 9000 and above JAR A JAR file is a facility provided by the Java programming language for putting several files together into one file for compression and or ease of handling In many ways JAR files are similar to ZIP files that have been used for years by PC users The difference is that JAR files will work the same way on different computing platforms just as the Java language will Java A language devel
284. o 32000 Default 0 Example digitizer ch chan OffsetEast 0 Channel offset up value for the channel in meters Name digitizer ch chan OffsetUp Type double Range 32000 to 32000 Default 0 Example digitizer ch chan OffsetUp 0 Document 304702 Rev N Page 309 Page 310 Location code string for the channel needed for EVT MintSEED files and or Ring Buffer storage Name digitizer ch chan LocationCode Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example digitizer ch chan LocationCode string Network code string for the channel needed for EVT SAC MiniSEED files and or Ring Buffer storage Defaults to the global Network ID if not specified Name digitizer ch chan NetworkCode Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example digitizer ch chan NetworkCode string Station code string for the channel needed for EVT SAC MiniSEED files and or Ring Buffer storage Defaults to the global Station ID if not specified Name digitizer ch chan StationCode Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example digitizer ch chan StationCode string Calib value for the channel needed for Ring Buffer storage Name digitizer ch chan Calib Type double Range 1000000 to 1000000 Default 0 0 Example digitizer ch chan Calib 0 0 Calper value for the channel needed for Ring Buffer storage Name digitizer ch chan Calper Type double Ra
285. o File sender FTP File Sender SCP File Sender E Mail File Sender Command console Command console System monitoring utilities Update monitor Status Display GUI Status Display GUI Desktop Only PGA Alarms Display GUI Desktop Only Status serving utilities Status Server Page 62 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Auto file delete scanner Aged Auto File Delete Auto Oldest File Delete Auto Small EVT File Delete Statistics generator Run Time Parameter Statistics Summary File Generator JMA Summary File Generator SOH File Generator Web Server Config Control web server Telemetry connections Waveform viewer Data Relay to transmit data stream DFS Telemetry Advanced SVDR Telemetry Advanced Altus Telemetry via RS 232 Altus Telemetry via TCP IP CGS Altus Telemetry via RS 232 CGS Altus Telemetry via TCP IP PPP Dial Generation QSCD Packet Telemetry Local mirror of a data source SEEDLink Stream Mirrored to Disk Ring Buffer Server Ring Buffer Server Timed event alarm clock Alarm Clock User notifier E Mail Message Sender SMS Message Sender File Forwarder Interconnect facilities Network Trigger General Purpose IO interface Rock GPIO Rock PGA GPIO OASIS Display GUI OASIS Display GUI Desktop Only Advanced OASIS Data bridge OASIS Data Bridge Advanced Mathematical integration of data A gt V gt D OASIS Mathematical Integrator
286. o review the parameters using Edit Parameters After editing the parameters select Save Layout from the menu or toolbar and then choose Send to unit or Save to File as needed Archive a Rockhound Layout After creating a new layout or making significant changes to Rockhound parameters it is a good idea to archive a copy of the parameters for future reference or backup Page 46 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 With the layout currently loaded into ROCKTalk select Archive Layout from the menu or tool bar Specify the location and name of the JAR file into which the layout will be saved Be sure to use a filename that will be meaningful in identifying the unit and or type of layout De archive a Rockhound Layout To restore a previously archived Rockhound layout make sure to select the unit to be affected first if the layout will be sent to a unit after de archiving it Select De Archive Layout from the menu or tool bar Specify the name of the JAR file that is being de archived using the file selection dialog After giving the filename choose whether to do a Full Unit Specific Restore which extracts all of the layout including those items that are specific to an individual unit hardware cfg or select Model Restore Based on Another Unit which extracts everything except the parameters unique to an individual unit everything except hardware cfg This second method allows using a layout for multiple units where similar setup is desi
287. ocument 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 6 20 2011 EpiSensor gain value should be set to match the sensor s jumper settings 1 2 5V range 2 5 0V 4 10V 8 20V Name digitizer ch chan EpiGain Type choice Choices 1 2 4 8 Default 2 Example digitizer ch chan EpiGain 2 EpiSensor range code where 1 4g 2 2g 5 0 25g should be set to match the sensor s Jumper settings Name digitizer ch chan EpiRange Type choice Choices 1 2 3 4 5 Default 1 Example digitizer ch chan EpiRange 1 EpiSensor Cal Coil value in g V This is a factory calibrated value Name digitizer ch chan EpiCalCoil Type double Range 0 05 to 0 10 Default 0 05 Example digitizer ch chan EpiCalCoil 0 05 Altitude value for the channel in degrees needed for EVT SAC and COSMOS files Name digitizer ch chan Altitude Type int Range 90 to 90 Default O Example digitizer ch chan Altitude 0 Azimuth value for the channel in degrees needed for EVT SAC SUDS and COSMOS files Name digitizer ch chan Azimuth Type int Range 0 to 360 Default 0 Example digitizer ch chan Azimuth 0 Channel offset north value for the channel in meters Name digitizer ch chan OffsetNorth Type double Range 32000 to 32000 Default 0 Example digitizer ch chan OffsetNorth 0 Channel offset east value for the channel in meters Name digitizer ch chan OffsetEast Type double Range 32000 to
288. odule Rename result in a message requires special user privilege Solutions 6 20 2011 Advanced Features are enabled via the ROCKTalk Setup dialog Select Advanced User Privileges If a password is requested it has been set by the user Kinemetrics does not put a password on Advanced User status by default If the password can t be determined contact whoever set up the ROCKTalk installation or contact Kinemetrics for assistance Special User Privileges are set by setting values in the Advanced User Level field of the ROCKTalk Setup dialog The levels are described in the section on ROCKTalk Setup Document 304702 Rev N Page 327 1 Introduction 2 4 46 noe sees 1 2ROCK Talk eir i 19 How DO Uecs sicanconoeseassuarmmevayertacessooteuenscanntaviowavied 45 4 Software Installation 0 cc cceeeeeeeeees 49 5 Rockhound Modulles ccceccccccceeee eens 61 6 Network Management ccccceeeeeees 321 7 Troubleshooting cccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 325 A More Complete Example Continuous Recording AAE IAA IAEA ore nes reat ase ATA ETOT 6 A More Detailed Example Event Triggered Recordio so mior O ETE ee 10 Access the Linux Console ccccccccccccseseseececceeeeeaneees 48 Add a unit to ROCKT Lk cccccccccccccccennseeeeceeeeennneees 45 Additional Installation NOteS ccccccccseeeecceceeeeen eens 57 Advanced Features ccccccccccc ccc cc cece tee eeeeeens
289. oose Java Virtual Machine Please Choose a Java VM for Use by the Installed Application KK install a Java VM specifically for this application KK Sl C Program FilesUava jre1 5 0_O6 bin java exe C V2sdk1 4 2_13 bin ava exe KINEMETRICS jC j2sdk1 4 0_01 binVava exe C j2sdk1 4 2_13 jre bin java exe Se C Program FilesVava j2re1 4 2_O3 bin java exe Search For Others Choose Another amp Cancel amp Previous Next Choose the JVM InstallAnywhere by Macrovision The screens that follow may indicate that the installation has changed your environment variables and that the computer will have to be rebooted for the changes required by the installation to be complete When the installation is totally completed reboot your computer Additional Installation notes In order to run Rockhound firmware or support software your computer must be configured to support TCP IP Setting up your computer for IP is not within the scope of this documentation However you should be able to ping another computer or use Telnet or FTP to communicate with another computer to prove this capability is properly set up before you proceed If you don t know what ping Telnet and FTP are contact your system administrator or refer to your computer s documentation 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 57 Running ROCKTalk The installation process will have created icons or shortcuts on your system to ROCKTalk ROCKTalk is the program t
290. oped by Sun MicroSystems Inc that allows programs to be written once and with some care in the design to be run on any computing platform for which there is a JVM available see below Kinemetrics has chosen to write the Rockhound firmware and software in Java so that Rockhound may be run on Linux Windows Solaris and other computing platforms JVM Java Virtual Machine The JVM is a software layer that provides the interface between a Java program and the host operating system Running any Java program requires the installation of the appropriate JVM Layout A collection of modules included in a unit Which modules are used how many of each type are used and how the modules are connected to produce the desired results are all defined by the layout Module In general a portion of a larger whole In the context of Rockhound a Rockhound module or sometimes simply module is a portion of the Rockhound firmware with very specific responsibilities Modules of differing types are combined to process data through Rockhound and for side calculations such as triggering Plug in A Plug in is a method of data handling within a Rockhound module that supports optional data processing methods A plug in 1s not a Rockhound module and is usually used for higher data rate activities such as data filtering Plug ins are an advanced topic and are more complex than configuring and operating basic Rockhound See Plug in Files and Plug in Layout Files
291. or later use Status Integrator Category STATUSINTEGRATOR Publishes Output Subscribes to CHANNELDATASOURCE_ Output and or CHANNELOASISBRIDGE_Output and or RECORDER_Request Channel extractor Category CHANNELEXTRACTOR The CHANNELEXTRACTOR is used to separate the data of one channel from one digitizer from the Rockhound data stream so that it may be processed independently of other channels Typically this is done by extracting individual channels from the output of the DATAINTEGRATOR so that trigger filtering and triggering may be performed but the CHANNELEXTRACTOR may be used to divide the data stream for other purposes Channel Extractor Category CHANNELEXTRACTOR Publishes Output Subscribes to DATAINTEGRATOR_Output Channel trigger filter Category CHANNELTRGFILTER The CHANNELTRGFILTER is used to filter the data stream from a single channel with a band limiting filter before sending it to a trigger module for trigger sensing In virtually all cases the trigger filtered data is not recorded however there is nothing to prevent the user from recording the trigger filtered data if that is desired There are several trigger filters available for the user to choose from each with their own unique characteristics 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 153 Classic Strong Motion Filter This module implements a Classic Strong Motion filter as used in the Altus platforms This filter is a comb filter which is coded usi
292. or that provides adequate buffering to provide for pre event and post event memory The returned data is then sent on to the AltusEvtArchiver for storage in the desired format Realistically it would probably be more natural to use similar filters and trigger methods on all channels but this example demonstrates Rockhound flexibility 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 11 The layout cfg file that describes this configuration appears as follows Type AltusTCPFrontEnd Name _kmi_1l_ AltusTCPFrontEnd SubscribesTo NOTHING Type Data Integrator Name DataIntegrator SubscribesTo _kmi_1_AltusTCPFrontEnd_Output EventRecorder_Request Type ChannelExtractor Name _kmi_1l_ ChannelExtractor SubscribesTo DatalIntegrator_Output Type IIRAFilter Name _kmi_1l_ IIRAFilter SubscribesTo _kmi_1_ChannelExtractor_Output Type STALTATrigger Name _kmi_1_STALTATrigger SubscribesTo _kmi_1_TITIRAFilter_Output Type ChannelExtractor Name _kmi_2 ChannelExtractor SubscribesTo DatalIntegrator_Output Type IIRAFilter Name _kmi_2 IIRAFilter SubscribesTo _kmi_2_ChannelExtractor_Output Type STALTATrigger Name _kmi_2_STALTATrigger SubscribesTo _kmi_2_TIRAFilter_Output Type ChannelExtractor Name _kmi_3 ChannelExtractor SubscribesTo DatalIntegrator_Output Type CSMFilter Name _kmi_3 CSMFilter SubscribesTo _kmi_3_ChannelExtractor_Output Type ThresholdTrigger Name _kmi_3_ThresholdTrigger SubscribesTo _kmi_3_CSMFilter_Output Type Voter Name Voter S
293. or the usr SOH channel Advanced Name UserStat Loc Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example UserStat Loc string Location Code of mass position for channel 1 of this 4 channel group Advanced Name MPos ADC board Loc Type bdgroup Selections for each ADC board Default none Example MPos ADC board 1 Loc string Location Code of mass position for channel 2 of this 4 channel group Advanced Name MPos ADC board 2 Loc Type bdgroup Selections for each ADC board Default none Example MPos ADC board 2 Loc string Location Code of mass position for channel 3 of this 4 channel group Advanced Name MPos ADC board 3 Loc Type bdgroup Selections for each ADC board Default none Example MPos ADC board 3 Loc string Network Code for the deg SOH channel Advanced Name Temperature Nwld Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example Temperature NwId string Network Code for the hum SOH channel Advanced Name Humidity NwId Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example Humidity NwId string Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 6 20 2011 Network Code for the vyb SOH channel Advanced Name VofV12Batt Nwld Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example VofV 12Batt NwId string Network Code for the vep SOH channel Advanced Name VofSysPwr Nwld Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example VofSysPwr NwId string
294. orary data files of samples and header information These files are periodically flushed closed and reopened for append every 10 seconds The user is given limited control over the population of the output data file specifically the headers by modifying the SEISAN CFG file SEISAN s ASCII event headers and the channel headers are contained in this file and can be modified either directly within the file with great care or can be modified using the set command to set individual values The set commands are placed at the end of the file following this format set varname value The variables available for setting are listed here Note that the x in C x is replaced with the sequential channel number within the file e g 5 for C 5 Variable Name Type Line Offset Length C xXGAINFAC String 1 76 1 C xXRESPONSEINFO String 1 78 2 C xCOMMENT String 2 1 80 C XSEISMOMETERPERIOD String 3 1 8 C xDAMPING SEEING 3 9 8 C xXAMPLIFIERGAIN String 3 29 8 C xMEDIAGAIN String 3 oe 8 C xXGAINATI1HZ Sur ing 3 Al 8 C XF 1CUTOFF String 3 49 8 C xXF1POLES SCELGO 3 Da 8 C xF2CUTOFF String 3 65 8 C XE2ZPOLES String 3 12 8 C XF 3CUTOFF String 4 1 8 C XF3POLES String 4 9 8 C xXF4CUTOFF Strang 4 led 8 C xXF4POLES String 4 20 8 C XF 5CUTOFF SERING 4 33 8 C xESPOLES St rag 4 Al 8 C xXF 6CUTOFF SCENO 4 49 8 C XFO6OPOLES String 4 De 8 C xXF 7CUTOFF String 4 65 8 C xXF8POLES String 4 T3 8 C xRESP1 to 90 OLE LNG OD COS Lege asu 8 C xXNUMBERPOLES
295. order To allow for continuous recording or event recording of long files the module takes data arrivals and writes them to temporary data files of samples and header information These files are periodically flushed closed and reopened for append every 10 seconds Category OUTPUTFORMATTER Publishes Output Subscribes to RECORDER Output and or CONTINUOUSRECORDER_ Output Parameters added to module specific cfg file Directory to hold created SUDS files Dynamic Parameter Name OutputDir Type String Range 1 to 128 characters Default data events Example OutputDir data events Directory structure for how to store recorded files Dynamic Parameter Name DirLayout Type choice Choices FLAT BYDATE STATION NETWORK Default FLAT Example DirLayout FLAT List of digitizers channels to be recorded e g dig1 1 dig1 2 or Name Channels Type String Range 1 to 1024 characters Default Example Channels If set causes the formatter to record only channels at the specified sample rate This is provided as a convenience when some channels are recorded at one sample rate and sent by telemetry at a different sample rate Name OnlySPS Type choice Choices Unused 1sps 10sps 20sps 50sps 1O00sps 200sps 250sps 500sps 1000sps 2000sps Default Unused Example OnlySPS Unused 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 189 Use Julian day representation for indicating day within the year e g February 5 w
296. ould be indicated as 036 rather than 0205 Dynamic Parameter Name Julian Type boolean Default false Example Julian false SEISLOG Format Data Archiver A multi channel SEISLOG format archiver for samples The module takes data in that is a multichannel data stream and writes it out as a single SEISLOG generic input file per digitizer These files are generally intended to be a continuously fed data stream to be digested and processed by SEISLOG The SEISLOG folks call this format the SEISLOG File Stream or SFS format The output filename is constructed from a combination of the starting time of the first sample in the file and stream name which is generally the digitizer s station ID yyyymmddhhmmss sss_stream dat Note that station identifiers and component names are not contained in this data and are set within SEISLOG Each stream will be written to a separate subdirectory under the output directory using the digitizer names These directories should be specified to SEISLOG as the source of the incoming data One file is created for each stream that is being recorded Time is taken from the time of the first data that is to be recorded Other information comes from the input data or the runtime parameters Channels to be recorded are taken from a comma delimited parameter string in the module config file called simply Channels The list includes an entry for each digitizer channel for example Channel s kma lt le kmi ap k
297. parameters are range checked to make sure that parameters entered are of the proper type and are within the limits declared for each parameter This example is from the Continuous Recording example built in the Layout Wizard section Archive Layout This function allows the current Rockhound layout and configuration to be stored as a single JAR file This allows the layout to be stored for future use as a single file Special advanced level only When the function is selected a file selection dialog will be presented that is used to select the name and location of a JAR file to hold the present configuration NOTE that registration information is not affected by Archive and De Archive functions Naming is left totally up to the user so a name should be selected that indicates what unit this information is from and perhaps additional information about what type of layout is contained in it De Archive Layout This function allows opening of an archive JAR file so that a configuration may be restored to a unit or used as a basis for configuration of another unit Special advanced level only When the function is selected a file selection dialog will be presented that is used to select the name and location of a JAR file to be opened and de archived fk ROCKTalk Full unit specific restore Model restore based on another unit OK Cancel Help De Archive type selection After selecting the file the user
298. pe String Range 0 to 512 characters Default none Example ChannelGroup4 string A comma separated list of three channel IDs used to compute JMA intensity values e g C1 C2 C3 Dynamic Parameter Name ChannelGroup5 Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default none Example ChannelGroupS5 string A comma separated list of three channel IDs used to compute JMA intensity values e g C1 C2 C3 Dynamic Parameter Name ChannelGroup6 Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default none Example ChannelGroup6 string Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 A comma separated list of three channel IDs used to compute JMA intensity values e g C1 C2 C3 Dynamic Parameter Name ChannelGroup7 Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default none Example ChannelGroup7 string A comma separated list of three channel IDs used to compute JMA intensity values e g C1 C2 C3 Dynamic Parameter Name ChannelGroup8 Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default none Example ChannelGroup8 string A comma separated list of three channel IDs used to compute JMA intensity values e g C1 C2 C3 Dynamic Parameter Name ChannelGroup9 Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default none Example ChannelGroup9 string Constant K from the Kawasumi equation 2 log a0 K Dynamic Parameter Name Constant Type double Range 0 to 2 Default 0 94 Example Constant 0 94 Use Julian day representation for indicating
299. pe String Range 0 to 80 characters Default Example LoadAverage Seg Segment Type for the dsk SOH channel Advanced Name PercentUsed Seg Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default Example PercentUsed Seg Document 304702 Rev N Page 125 Segment Type for the usr SOH channel Advanced Name UserStat Seg Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default Example UserStat Seg Parameters added to module specific cfg file Page 126 Number of virtual channels data streams produced by this digitizer Name NDigitizerChannels Type int Range to 24 Default digchannels Example NDigitizerChannels digchannels Number of physical channels on this digitizer Name NPhysicalChannels Type int Range to 24 Default physical channels Example NPhysicalChannels physical channels Sample rate for all channels Name SPS Type choice Choices 50 100 200 250 Default 100 Example SPS 100 Digitizer order specified as a comma separated list of serial numbers If blank or wrong digitizers will be sorted by serial number on each connection Name DigitizerOrder Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example DigitizerOrder string Digitizer gain for all channels Name Gain Type int Range to 16 Default 1 Example Gain 1 Space separated list of RS 485 ports e g dev ttyS3 dev ttyS4 Name RS485Ports Type String Range 1 to 80 chara
300. pendent on the type of plug in and will be described in the detailed description of the plug in which includes plug in filters Manage Plug in Layout Files Page 48 Plug in layout files define data processing activities to be performed for a particular unit Plug in layouts must be created for each unit and each plug in layout s data must be edited to specify the data processing activities the actual plug ins used for each channel of the plug in layout Plug in layout files are located in config pluginlo and are included in any configuration data uploaded or downloaded from each unit Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 4 Software Installation This chapter addresses installation of ROCKTalk software as well as use of the Rockhound firmware on a customer supplied computer Descriptions are given of the installation process which varies from the highly automated methods that Kinemetrics expects to be most commonly used through less commonly used applications requiring more manual intervention during or after installation Overview Rockhound firmware and support software are written in Java As one result of this the distribution has been reduced to a single CD This CD can be can be used to install Rockhound support software on multiple platforms such as Windows operating systems Sun workstations Linux and more Kinemetrics will include in the installation only those platforms that have been tested even if it is possible tha
301. piSensor Cal Coil value in g V This is a factory calibrated value Name digitizer ch chan EpiCalCoil Type double Range 0 05 to 0 10 Default 0 05 Example digitizer ch chan EpiCalCoil 0 05 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 6 20 2011 Altitude value for the channel in degrees needed for EVT SAC and COSMOS files Name digitizer ch chan Altitude Type int Range 90 to 90 Default 0 Example digitizer ch chan Altitude 0 Azimuth value for the channel in degrees needed for EVT SAC SUDS and COSMOS files Name digitizer ch chan Azimuth Type int Range 0 to 360 Default 0 Example digitizer ch chan Azimuth 0 Channel offset north value for the channel in meters Name digitizer ch chan OffsetNorth Type double Range 32000 to 32000 Default 0 Example digitizer ch chan OffsetNorth 0 Channel offset east value for the channel in meters Name digitizer ch chan OffsetEast Type double Range 32000 to 32000 Default 0 Example digitizer ch chan OffsetEast 0 Channel offset up value for the channel in meters Name digitizer ch chan OffsetUp Type double Range 32000 to 32000 Default 0 Example digitizer ch chan OffsetUp 0 Location code string for the channel needed for EVT MintSEED files and or Ring Buffer storage Name digitizer ch chan LocationCode Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example digitizer ch chan Lo
302. r value for the deg SOH channel Advanced Name Temperature Calper Type double Range 9999 to 9999 Default 1 0 Example Temperature Calper 1 0 Calper value for the hum SOH channel Advanced Name Humidity Calper Type double Range 9999 to 9999 Default 1 0 Example Humidity Calper 1 0 Calper value for the vvb SOH channel Advanced Name VofV 12Batt Calper Type double Range 9999 to 9999 Default 1 0 Example VofV12Batt Calper 1 0 Calper value for the vep SOH channel Advanced Name VofSysPwr Calper Type double Range 9999 to 9999 Default 1 0 Example VofSysPwr Calper 1 0 Calper value for the vec SOH channel Advanced Name IofSysPwr Calper Type double Range 9999 to 9999 Default 1 0 Example IofSysPwr Calper 1 0 Calper value for the leq SOH channel Advanced Name TimeQual Calper Type double Range 9999 to 9999 Default 1 0 Example TimeQual Calper 1 0 Document 304702 Rev N Page 103 Page 104 Calper value for the lce SOH channel Advanced Name TCXODrift Calper Type double Range 9999 to 9999 Default 1 0 Example TCXODrift Calper 1 0 Calper value for the cpu SOH channel Advanced Name LoadAverage Calper Type double Range 9999 to 9999 Default 1 0 Example LoadAverage Calper 1 0 Calper value for the dsk SOH channel Advanced Name PercentUsed Calper Type double Range 9999 to 9999 Default 1 0 Example PercentUsed
303. r you may select Use KMI Relay and you may relay your messages through the Kinemetrics relay If you use the KMI Relay several parameters such as Mail Host From User Password and Port are ignored and handled by the KMI Relay Broadcast objects must contain at least two arguments Notify which identifies the broadcast as something to be handled by notification modules and a reason such as EventEnd which is in turn used to look into the e mailer s config to find a matching string which is a tokenized message representing the message to be sent when this reason occurs such as EventEnd SMARTSId Triggered event of duration Duration If the reason argument is not found a reason Other is searched for If Other is not found the message is discarded When the received message is found all delimited tokens are replaced by their actual values found in the RunTime Parameters the broadcast data or the local config Standard reasons are Startup EventStart EventEnd Alarm Checkin Other This means that the e mailer module s config file should contain lines like reason tokenized message for each reason that is to be supported Messages that are found but blank are discarded If the message begins with it specifies a text file that is to be opened read tokenized and then transmitted This allows longer messages that contain more information to be designed and to more closely fit the requirements of the end user
304. rds lat nlat lon nlon minlat Aminniat maxlat maxniat minion minnlon maxlon maxnlon will be replaced if found with the current latitude and longitude You can also specify the link name using this form MyWebSite www mysite com Dynamic Parameter Name ContactLink Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default none Example ContactLink string Put a weather link on the web page DO NOT INCLUDE DOUBLE QUOTES If used can point to a user defined localized weather provider If the link string starts with lt then it is assumed to be embeddable HTML source such as a Weather com widget If you want no weather link enter NONE here Dynamic Parameter Name WeatherLink Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default NONE Example WeatherLink NONE Document 304702 Rev N Page 237 Page 238 Put a map link on the web page DO NOT INCLUDE DOUBLE QUOTES If used can point to a user defined localized map provider such as Google Maps If the link string starts with lt then it is assumed to be embeddable HTML source The keywords lat nlat lon nlon minlat minnlat maxlat maxniat minlon minnlon maxlon maxnlon will be replaced if found with the current latitude and longitude The default example uses Google Maps and the GPS coordinates If you want no map link enter NONE here Dynamic Parameter Name MapLink
305. re than one QSCD Host To do so specify multiple QSCD Hosts as a comma separated list To have the QSCDPush module compute channel correlation define the correlation channels of two QSCD channels that will be sent Both channels used in correlation computations MUST be defined and used in a QSCD group Category DATARELAY Publishes Output Subscribes to CHANNELDATASOURCE_ Output Parameters added to module specific cfg file Comma separated list of IP addresses of QSCD hosts NOTE Active mode only Passive mode is not supported Name Host Type String Range 1 to 512 characters Default none Example Host string UDP Port number connection to QSCD host all QSCD host connections are made through the same UDP port Name UDPPort Type int Range 2000 to 65535 Default 9908 Example UDPPort 9908 Sampling rate in SPS Note that in most cases data will be recorded at one sample rate and send through QSCD at a second sample rate See documentation Name SPS Type choice Choices 10sps 20sps 50sps 1O0Osps 200sps Default 20sps Example SPS 20sps A comma separated list of three channel IDs used to prepare QSCD packets e g C1 C2 C3 Channel order must be specified as ZNE Name ChannelGroup 1 Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default none Example ChannelGroup1 string 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 271 Page 272 A comma separated list of two channel IDs used to specify channel correla
306. recorded data files Usage CRFLUSH CTIME Display the current time Usage CTIME DACCHECK S Checks DAC calibration in the 20V range intended for factory use only Usage DACCHECK zerorange fsrange DATAFLOW Display current Data Flow stats Usage DATAFLOW Page 200 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 DIR Display a complete directory lising Usage DIR path DSPCMD Send a command to the Rock DSP Usage DSPCMD addr cmd ECHO Turns character echo on off Usage ECHO on off EEPROM Display status of board ID EEPROMs Usage EEPROM EXIT Exits the console session Usage EXIT EXTCHARGERTEST Command a power supply external charger test Usage EXTCHARGERTEST mins GPS CPS and Ti mang Control Buncru1 Ons 4 Usage GPS STAT Timing system status GPS ID Timing system type and version GPS RUN Enable timing system GPS STOP Disable timing system GPS ON Turn on GPS power GPS OFF Turn off GPS power GPS DIAG on off val Timing system diagnostics vals 1 Time reports 2 Time verifies vals 4 Time quality 8 Time syncs vals 10 Position reports 20 State of health vals 40 Satellites amp SNRs GPS DAC on off Timing system TCXO reports Help Options Help std List standard commands Help adv List advanced commands Help all Eist all commends Help Help for every command Help command Help for a specific command HOSTSERVICES Report current services and associated port numbers HWID D
307. red After extracting the layout review and or correct the parameters using Edit Parameters and finally send the parameters to the unit by selecting Save Layout and then Send to unit Open a Terminal Window To open a terminal window to the unit make sure to select the unit to be affected first Next select the Terminal Window function from the menu or tool bar This function will open a TELNET session a terminal window using the IP address and command port as listed for the unit on the ROCKTalk Setup dialog Update Rockhound Firmware To update Rockhound Firmware first locate the firmware update file This will be a JAR file and will be named in the form UpdateXXXX jar Make sure to select the unit to be updated first Select Rockhound Firmware Update from the menu and select the update file The file will be sent to the unit using the connection specified in ROCKTalk Setup for that unit and then Rockhound will be commanded to restart When Rockhound restarts it will see the update firmware file and will unpack it and install it and then will restart again to make use of the new firmware After updating firmware be sure to review the unit parameters 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 47 Access the Linux Console To access the Linux console on a Linux based system connect an RS 232 connection to the RS 232 console port dev console This port is enabled at 9600 baud 8 N 1 In some cases it may be necessary to initi
308. resses each module Most modules are optional depending on the application Two module types however the CommandConsole and the UpdateMonitor are required in all Rockhound layouts and are included automatically whenever a Rockhound layout is created These two modules are not described in this introductory section A Rockhound module Publishes output data or messages to other Rockhound modules interested in its output A Rockhound module Subscribes to data or messages from other Rockhound modules that it wants data from For example here s a simple example of three modules DATASOURCE is a source of unfiltered data FILTER is a module that filters the data in some way TRIGGER is a trigger acting on the filtered data DATASOURCE FILTER gt TRIGGER Publishes Output Publishes Output Publishes Output Subscribes to Subscribes to DATASOURCE Output FILTER_Output Basic Module Relationships For each module in the Rockhound configuration the module layout file layout cfg defines the type of module the name of the module any publications of the module Output 1s assumed and any subscriptions the module uses Note that a module may publish multiple messages for use by various subscriber modules and a module may subscribe to multiple messages from other modules In addition each module has a configuration file that defines the value of any parameters used by the module In most cases parameters of a module are only of intere
309. rift level Overrides drift levels specified in the Drift Trigger for this channel used to allow different drift ratios for sections of the structure with different dynamic characteristics ALL BLANK means unused use standard drift level If used expressed as a percentage Name AltDriftLevel Type String Range 0 to 10 characters Default none Example AltDriftLevel1 string Alternate drift level Overrides drift levels specified in the Drift Trigger for this channel used to allow different drift ratios for sections of the structure with different dynamic characteristics ALL BLANK means unused use standard drift level If used expressed as a percentage Name AltDriftLevel2 Type String Range 0 to 10 characters Default none Example AltDriftLevel2 string Page 312 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Alternate drift level Overrides drift levels specified in the Drift Trigger for this channel used to allow different drift ratios for sections of the structure with different dynamic characteristics ALL BLANK means unused use standard drift level If used expressed as a percentage Name AltDriftLevel3 Type String Range 0 to 10 characters Default none Example AltDriftLevel3 string OASIS Statistics generator Category OASISSTATISTICS The OASIS Statistics generator produces statistics and other information from OASIS triggered events OASIS Statistics Generator This module defines text describing each trigger
310. ring Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example LoadAverage Loc string Location Code for the dsk SOH channel Advanced Name PercentUsed Loc Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example PercentUsed Loc string Location Code for the usr SOH channel Advanced Name UserStat Loc Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example UserStat Loc string Network Code for the vep SOH channel Advanced Name VofSysPwr Nwld Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example VofSysPwr NwId string Network Code for the leq SOH channel Advanced Name TimeQual NwId Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example TimeQual Nwld string Network Code for the cpu SOH channel Advanced Name LoadAverage NwlId Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example LoadAverage NwlId string Network Code for the dsk SOH channel Advanced Name PercentUsed Nwld Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example PercentUsed NwId string Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 6 20 2011 Network Code for the usr SOH channel Advanced Name UserStat Nwld Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example UserStat NwlId string Station Code for the vep SOH channel Advanced Name VofSysPwr StnId Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example VofSysPwr StnIid string Station Code for the Icq SOH channel
311. rmat Data Archiver IMATLAB Format Data Archiver MiniSeed Format Data Archiver ISAC Format Data Archiver SEISAN Format Data Archiver ISEISLOG Format Data Archiver SUDS Format Data Archiver Text Format Data Archiver Selecting the output format The initial layout is now complete Using the parameter editor set the parameters of the new layout appropriately In this particular example you will have to set the IP address and port used by the Altus SDS Input thru TCP IP and perhaps others The meaning of each parameter is described in the help string at the bottom of the edit window In addition descriptions are given in the description of each Rockhound module located later on in this manual Page 28 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 After making all the needed edits to the Rockhound parameters the parameter list for this configuration should look something like this Parameters after setup complete 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 29 Terminal Window The Terminal Window function opens a TELNET session to the CommandConsole of the selected unit using the IP address and command port specified in ROCKTalk Setup All functions of the CommandConsole are then available through this window and are described in some detail in the description of the CommandConsole z Telnet 127 0 0 1 Help Options std standard commands aduy advanced commands all all commands i for every command lt command
312. rue Alarm duration sec before auto reset If zero then latched and doesn t auto reset Note Auto reset only clears the alarm relays and audible alert Dynamic Parameter Name Duration Type int Range 0 to 7200 Default O Example Duration 0 Document 304702 Rev N Page 317 User supplied software to be executed when a system trigger occurs Program must be in the path or the path must be specified and will be passed the trigger level Dynamic Parameter Name External Type String Range 0 to 100 characters Default none Example External string Baud rate used for communication Advanced Name BaudRate Type choice Choices 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 Default 9600 Example BaudRate 9600 Parameters used to set up basic port parameters such as bits parity stop bits and flow control Advanced Name PortParams Type String Range 1 to 20 characters Default 8n1n Example PortParams 8nIn Channel pre extractor Category CHANNELPREEXTRACTOR The CHANNELPREEXTRACTOR is used to separate the data of one channel from a digitizers data stream so that it may be processed independently of other channels Typically this module is used before the DATAINTEGRATOR to allow preprocessing such as prefiltering before the data is fed to the DATAINTEGRATOR for possible later recording Channel Pre Extractor Category CHANNELPREEXTRACTOR Publishes Output Subscribes to CHANNELDATASOURCE_Output Data processing
313. rval O Daily 1 Skip one day Dynamic Parameter Name DailyCKIDays Type int Range 0 to 15 Default 0 Example DailyCKIDays 0 Time to wait for a connection to the data center in seconds Dynamic Parameter Name ConnectWait Type int Range 5 to 400 Default 30 Example ConnectWait 30 Count of number of retries before giving up on a call Dynamic Parameter Name RetryCount Type int Range 1 to 1000 Default 10 Example RetryCount 10 Minimum time between retries in seconds Dynamic Parameter Name RetryDelaySec Type int Range to 3600 Default 30 Example RetryDelaySec 30 Maximum delay between retries as retry interval is doubled in seconds Dynamic Parameter Name MaxDelaySec Type int Range 10 to 345600 Default 14400 Example MaxDelaySec 14400 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 6 20 2011 Space separated times of day 2 15 15 54 to allow call in This allows modem power to be turned on to allow call in at predictable times Dynamic Parameter Name CallWindows Type String Range 0 to 40 characters Default none Example CallWindows string Length of call window in minutes 2 Unused 1 Power always on 0 No call in power X minutes Note that power bit is defined in the Rock GPIO module Dynamic Parameter Name WindowDuration Type int Range 2 to 240 Default 2 Example WindowDuration 2 Warmup time in seconds after power is turned on but before call is attempted
314. ry FILESENDER Publishes Output Subscribes to NOTHING Page 192 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Parameters added to module specific cfg file 6 20 2011 FTP server e g myserver com or 10 0 0 1 Name Host Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example Host string FTP user for login to the FTP site e g fred Name User Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default anonymous Example User anonymous FTP password for login to the FTP site e g mypassword Name Password Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default ROCK Example Password ROCK Semicolon separated list of file extensions to send Name FileExtensions Type String Range to 128 characters Default m evt txt Example FileExtensions m evt txt FTP base directory for where to place files on the FTP site e g pub incoming Name BaseDir Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example BaseDir string Directory structure for how to store uploaded files Dynamic Parameter Name DirLayout Type choice Choices FLAT BYDATE STATION Default FLAT Example DirLayout FLAT Passive FTP mode to be used when FTP server does not support active mode Name PassiveMode Type boolean Default false Example PassiveMode false Document 304702 Rev N Page 193 Count of number of retries before giving up on a file send Name RetryCount Type int Range 1 to 200 Default 10 Example RetryCount 10
315. ry Rockhound Id Rockhound ID string Message box Telemetry related status messages View Channel Press to display waveform windows of selected channels Connected Rock Vision status Notes The Rock Vision window may be resized Closing the Rock Vision window closes all waveform windows created by it The viewer is intended as a quick check of the overall condition of the unit and not as a data collection or data processing facility However within those restrictions it can give a good general feel for the condition of the unit The Waveform Viewer requires a corresponding Telemetry Connection object to be included in the Rockhound layout If none is present then the Waveform Viewer dialog will start but will indicate a port number of zero The Waveform Viewer appears as follows BB VScope KMI digl ch1 C1 i File Hep m E Counts Reset Pause Resume width 30 Y Limit N A 7 Auto Scale Mean 5 000 10 000 00 i 20 000 0 Width 21s SPS 100 RMS 1 26 PP 8 Abs Peak 436 Mean 433 Samples 2100 Waveform Viewer display The functions across the tool bar portion of the Waveform Viewer window are as follows UNITS Short here in counts Includes counts Volts G gal em s 2 and custom units RESET Clears the display and sample counter PAUSE Pauses the display but does not affect data flowing through Rockhound RE
316. s siasscntan coven chert a aE eE EE E E 61 Configuration information common to all Rockhound layout cc eessesssssseeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeaeaaeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaas 64 bakalie artane SGuree fOr Cat ais skiers sk se E ee ona ecu aei cw aces asc ose Be eae ag Sa ee wate adage Rg A be 65 Altus SDS Input Troni TCP IP ices cs saicecc ils da ccaneds ayuossasaqewiatoanata dina aaa Gea ae A 65 Alfus SDS Input ROWS ZI 2 sanie E ie A eeSOS aa 73 OSSO Tipit Trom ODP IP ascitic aca dtist ste de irssa a aeae 79 K ck Data Interj ACE mcarrasesni en e a E E 88 WET D2 Data IN Tr aC En e E N 113 TSASMA Dala TCC conni N a E a aeS 129 Ringe Buffer Data Interface ninica a aaea a SPE E ara ieaiai 140 Pseudo Data Waveform Generator AdVANCEA ccccccccccccccsseeeeeeeesceeeeeceeeeeeeeenan eae eesseeeeeeeeseeeeeesaaaaaaaaaseseeeeeeeess 145 Dati multc hanne Near OF tact cee aecreed staaeeasmabaidnelatuptes alguns utah A 151 Dala TNC OT AUOR oe ia teas maiadcutmunseasmelandtand ewe aaah iad aa staan tus ae uae eR oe E iio eae 151 SaS MNS OT O E na a E aniandsemmuestuntaueiudate 153 Salus INMETA OT ona a E E E E A 153 ANTS S COCO ertheless ecru ccite hteeeesas send oe acetate aetiat aes aiecammcatnceaatceme ee uatassateeaeeuece santetemeay 153 Channel ENA CIOP sec cs sessed EE AARETE eae caidas ai EONA E wed cielo E causes adalds sod OEO 153 C hanne Fie Cer TCR naran sues atea wah avaaadl sn goumehcesoe E E ETTE E EETA 153 Classic Sirona MORON TIUOF rire
317. s and subdirs of a given parent dir based on an age limit and file extension It attempts its first check for files to be deleted 10 seconds after Rockhound has started It checks once a day thereafter or as indicated Deletes files older than MaxDaysOld which reside under the SweepPath and have an extension listed in FileExtensions Category AFD Publishes Output Subscribes to NOTHING Page 214 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Parameters added to module specific cfg file Semicolon separated list of paths to scan for deletable files Name SweepPath Type String Range 1 to 128 characters Default data events Example SweepPath data events Semicolon separated list of file extensions to scan means that all files will be scanned Name FileExtensions Type String Range 1 to 128 characters Default m evt Example FileExtensions m evt Age in days at which files are to be deleted Name MaxDaysOld Type int Range 1 to 2000 Default 365 Example MaxDaysOld 365 When set will delete empty directories after one day Name DeleteDirectories Type boolean Default true Example DeleteDirectories true Frequency to check for possible file deletion in days Name ScanFrequency Type double Range 0 001 to 365 Default 1 0 Example ScanFrequency 1 0 Auto Oldest File Delete This module will perform auto file deletion of files and subdirs of a given parent dir based on file age and file extens
318. s are common We will look at other examples later on The process of creating most common configurations is automated by the ROCKTalk program so increasingly complex examples should not be cause for concern 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 9 A More Detailed Example Event Triggered Recording Page 10 Event triggered recording results in a more complex example because in addition to the requirement for a data source a data integrator and a format specific archiver we now need to add trigger filters triggers a voter and an event recorder that can deal with pre event and post event memory In this example we ll create a configuration with the following characteristics Input data source is a Kinemetrics Altus recorder used as a digitizer again sample rate is not important for the purposes of the example IIR A trigger filters are used on channels 1 and 2 A Kinemetrics Classic Strong Motion trigger filter is used on channel 3 STA LTA triggers are used on channels and 2 A threshold trigger is used on channel 3 Two votes are required to trigger the system Ten seconds of pre event memory is used Thirty seconds of post event memory is used Data is to be stored in Kinemetrics EVT format Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Publishes Output Datalntegrator Subscribes to _KMI_1_AltusTCPFrontEnd_ Output EventRecorder Request _KMIL_1_AltusTCPFrontEnd Publishes Output Subscribes to
319. s naming convention covers among other things files which must be segregated because sample rates are different are based on different time or there are just too many channels to record in a single file Time is taken from the time of the first data that is recorded NChannels UnitID and ChanIDs are taken from the RuntimeParams Channels to be recorded are taken from a comma delimited parameter string in the module config file called simply Channels The list includes an entry for each digitizer channel for example Channels kim sly kms 2 KM 23 Oe hoe rs agers S ae S Channels The channel list validated against NChannels is used to determine the list of channels to be recorded and helps extract the parameters that should be recorded from all the channels sent to the archiver Channel IDs are taken from RuntimeParams if they are available If not they are loaded with simply C where is replaced by a numeric channel number It is recommended that channels from multiple front ends be identified by giving them unique channel IDs To allow for continuous recording or event recording of long files the module takes data arrivals and writes them to temporary data files of samples and header information These files are periodically flushed closed and reopened for append every 10 seconds 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 183 Lots of additional information such as trigger types trigger time trigger filters trigg
320. s recorder Category CONTINUOUSRECORDER The CONTINUOUSRECORDER is used to record data from the digitizers on a continuous basis Typically the CONTINUOUSRECORDER subscribes directly to the output of the DATAINTEGRATOR This module inserts time slice signals into the data flow every FileDurationSec seconds to cause OUTPUTFORMATTERs to close their existing file s and open a new file A second parameter FileBegins if non zero indicates the starting second value for each created file For example To record one minute files that start on the minute set FileDurationSec and FileBegins to 60 To record five minute files once per hour on the hour set FileDurationSec to 300 and FileBegins to 3600 Continuous Recorder Category CONTINUOUSRECORDER Publishes Output Subscribes to DATAINTEGRATOR_Output and or CHANNELDATASTREAMFILTER_ Output Parameters added to module specific cfg file Time increments of recorded files in seconds Name FileDurationSec Type int Range to 28800 Default 3600 Example FileDurationSec 3600 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 173 If non zero Starting second value of continuously recorded files For example 60 will cause files to be recorded starting on the minute Data before the start point is ignored Name FileBegins Type int Range 0 to 28800 Default 3600 Example FileBegins 3600 File data formatter and archiver Category OUTPUTFORMATTER The OUTPUTFORMATTER is used to store
321. s to units Waveform viewer window Validation of Rockhound layout to make sure it is correct Management of Rockhound registration codes Firmware update of units Advanced functions Module delete Module insert Debug level control Special advanced level only Manage plug in layouts Special advanced level only Module rename Special advanced level only Subscription editing Special advanced level only Page 20 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Menu The ROCKTalk menu includes the following functions Most of these functions are described further in the tool bar section with the exception of those few infrequently used functions that are available only through the menu These menu only functions are described here FILE Open Layout Opens a Rockhound layout usually for editing Layouts can be read from a unit Save Layout Save a Rockhound layout Layouts can be saved to a unit Archive Layout Special advanced level only Archive a layout by placing all files of the layout into a JAR file for later reference De archive Layout Special advanced level only De archive a layout by extracting files from a specified JAR file De archived layout information may be extracted with or without hardware specifics of an individual unit Exit Exits from ROCKTalk SETUP Layout Wizard Creates Rockhound layouts from a list of standardized templates Pick the basic way Rockhound should be used and the wi
322. se The EventAlarmClock can also be used to generate timed recording by encoding a reason of KBTRI Keyboard Trigger which would be interpreted by listening modules of an Event Recorder to cause impulse or designated length recording Parameters read for this class DayOfWweek Space separated days of the week M T W TH F SA SU DayOfMonth Space separated days of the month 1 2 3 31 TimeOfDay Space separated times of day 2 15 15 54 EveryXMinutes Minute interval between alarms If used alone one alarm will be generated immediately assuming no conflict with the DayOfWeek or DayOfMonth parameters and the next one generated the number of minutes specified from the current time Reason Message to be sent when the alarm triggers This message should be specified as a parameter structure such as Reason Notify Checkin NOTE EveryX Minutes parameter is not limited to small numbers For example it could be used to indicate alarms every 5 minutes 360 minutes 6 hours or 129600 minutes 90 days 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 281 NOTE If Every X Minutes is used in conjunction with the TimeOfDay parameter indicates minute intervals relative to the first TimeOfDay parameter which will act as the base time In this case once the base time 1s set the TimeOfDay parameters will be overridden and ignored Examples To get alarms Every 3 days at 2 16 pm TimeOfDay 14 16 Every X Minutes 4320
323. se Dial on loss of GPS less than 80 clock quality if modem enabled Dynamic Parameter Name OnLostGPS Type boolean Default false Example OnLostGPS false Document 304702 Rev N Page 265 Page 266 Dial on extreme temperature less than 20c or more than 65c if modem enabled Dynamic Parameter Name OnExtTemp Type boolean Default false Example OnExtTemp false Call must complete with a SUCCESS command in order for the call to be considered successful else will retry the call Dynamic Parameter Name CallCompletion Type boolean Default false Example CallCompletion false Modem initialization string Unused on a Rock and is instead specified by the TTY Monitor Service If needed use ttymonconfig from Linux to configure this service Dynamic Parameter Name ModemSetupCmd Type String Range 0 to 40 characters Default AT amp FLIEO amp C1SO0 1 amp W Example ModemSetupCmd AT amp FLIEO amp C1S0 1 amp W Modem Dialing prefix Dynamic Parameter Name ModemDialCmd Type String Range 0 to 40 characters Default ATDT Example ModemDialCmd ATDT Modem hangup string Dynamic Parameter Name ModemHangupCmd Type String Range 0 to 40 characters Default ATH Example ModemHangupCmd ATH Phone number to dial when connecting to data center Dynamic Parameter Name PhoneNumber1 Type String Range 0 to 40 characters Default none Example PhoneNumber1 string Alternate phone number to
324. sed Alarm3 bit is to be inverted when output Name InvertAlarm3GPIO Type boolean Default false Example InvertAlarm3GPIO false Alarm3 Trigger threshold as a percentage of full scale percentage Name Alarm3 Trigger Type double Range 0 001 to 100 000 Default 20 0 Example Alarm3Trigger 20 0 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 301 Page 302 Format is alarm duration sec before auto reset of the alarm or P W where P is the on pulse time of the relay in seconds then the relay is off for W seconds before the cycle repeats until the alarm is cleared Example to cause the relay to pulse on for 30 seconds and then repeat every 12 hours 43200 seconds use 30 43200 Set this field to zero to turn the relay on until it is manually reset Name Alarm3Cycle Type String Range 0 to 20 characters Default O Example Alarm3Cycle 0 Output bit that is set when the selected alarm level condition is detected Note that GPIO bits are on the internal dual serial option cards and external relays are on an optional external relay board interfaced through RS 232 Name AudibleGPIO Type choice Choices Unused 1 GPIO bit 1 2 GPIO bit 2 3 GPIO bit 3 4 GPIO bit 4 5 GPIO bit 5 6 GPIO bit 6 7 External relay 1 8 External relay 2 9 External relay 3 10 External relay 4 1 1 External relay 5 12 External relay 6 13 External relay 7 14 External relay 8 Default Unused Example AudibleGPIO Unused Audible bit is to be inverted when ou
325. serial option cards and external relays are on an optional external relay board interfaced through RS 232 Name AlarmGPIO Type choice Choices Unused 1 GPIO bit 1 2 GPIO bit 2 3 GPIO bit 3 4 GPIO bit 4 5 GPIO bit 5 6 GPIO bit 6 7 External relay 1 8 External relay 2 9 External relay 3 10 External relay 4 1 1 External relay 5 12 External relay 6 13 External relay 7 14 External relay 8 Default Unused Example AlarmGPIO Unused Alarm bit is to be inverted when output Name InvertAlarmGPIO Type boolean Default false Example InvertAlarmGPIO false Output bit that is set when events have been recorded can be reset by clearing the event counter Note that GPIO bits are on the internal dual serial option cards and external relays are on an optional external relay board interfaced through RS 232 Name EventGPIO Type choice Choices Unused 1 GPIO bit 1 2 GPIO bit 2 3 GPIO bit 3 4 GPIO bit 4 5 GPIO bit 5 6 GPIO bit 6 7 External relay 1 8 External relay 2 9 External relay 3 10 External relay 4 1 1 External relay 5 12 External relay 6 13 External relay 7 14 External relay 8 Default Unused Example EventGPIO Unused Page 296 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 6 20 2011 Event bit is to be inverted when output Name InvertEventGPIO Type boolean Default false Example InvertEventGPIO false Output bit that is set while the system is triggered Note that GPIO bits are on the internal dual serial option cards and external rela
326. ss Stage 2 cut 0 066666 Butterworth low pass This is a wider trigger filter used for long period data Category CHANNELTRGFILTER Publishes Output Subscribes to CHANNELEXTRACTOR_Output and or CHANNELPREEXTRACTOR_ Output and or CHANNELOASISINTEGRATOR_Output Parameters added to module specific cfg file Filter settling time in samples Name SamplesToSettle Type int Range 0 to 300000 Default 3000 Example SamplesToSettle 3000 Page 158 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 GS21 Filter Advanced This is a GS21 trigger filter Rockhound module This is a Multi Stage IIR filter with the following characteristics Descr Short period GS21 filter Sample rate 20 sps Stage 1 cut 0 1 Butterworth high pass Stage 2 cut 1 333 Butterworth low pass This is a trigger filter often used for short period data Category CHANNELTRGFILTER Publishes Output Subscribes to CHANNELEXTRACTOR_Output and or CHANNELPREEXTRACTOR_ Output and or CHANNELOASISINTEGRATOR_Output Parameters added to module specific cfg file Filter settling time in samples Name SamplesToSettle Type int Range 0 to 300000 Default 3000 Example SamplesToSettle 3000 SPWWSS Filter Advanced This is a SPWWSS trigger filter Rockhound module This is a Multi Stage IR filter with the following characteristics Descr Simulation of short period world wide from VBB Gain x 10 Sample rate 20 sps Stage 1 cut 0 95238 Butterworth high pa
327. ss Stage 2 cut 1 333 Butterworth low pass This is a narrow trigger filter used for VBB short period data Category CHANNELTRGFILTER Publishes Output Subscribes to CHANNELEXTRACTOR_Output and or CHANNELPREEXTRACTOR_ Output and or CHANNELOASISINTEGRATOR_ Output 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 159 Parameters added to module specific cfg file Filter settling time in samples Name SamplesToSettle Type int Range 0 to 300000 Default 3000 Example SamplesToSettle 3000 Channel trigger Category CHANNELTRIGGER The CHANNELTRIGGER is used to perform triggering on a data stream from a single channel after it has been trigger filtered The result of the CHANNELTRIGGER is that outputs are published when the channel changes state from triggered to detriggered or from detriggered to triggered Typically the output of aCHANNELTRIGGER is subscribed to by a VOTER Threshold Trigger This module is a threshold trigger detector It accepts a data stream from a single channel of data and monitors it against trigger and detrigger threshold values expressed as percentage of full scale The threshold trigger publishes every time that the trigger changes state between triggered and detriggered This information is used by the Voter to determine when the overall system has been triggered and should begin event recording The trigger threshold detrigger threshold and the votes for this channel can be specified Category
328. ssage text from a file file or can contain delimited tokens from the Run Time Parameters Name Message Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default none Example Message string Semicolon separated list of file extensions to send Name FileExtensions Type String Range to 128 characters Default m evt txt Example FileExtensions m evt txt Count of number of retries before giving up on a file send Name RetryCount Type int Range 1 to 200 Default 10 Example RetryCount 10 Minimum time between retries in seconds Name RetryDelaySec Type int Range 1 to 200 Default 10 Example RetryDelaySec 10 Maximum delay between retries as retry interval is doubled in seconds Name MaxDelaySec Type int Range 10 to 345600 Default 14400 Example MaxDelaySec 14400 IP Port used for SMTP connections by the mail host Default is 25 but may be changed by host for security purposes NOTE Not needed if using the KMI Relay Name Port Type int Range 1 to 32767 Default 25 Example Port 25 Page 198 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Command console Category COMMANDCONSOLE The COMMANDCONSOLE provides a command interface to Rockhound allowing the user to communicate with Rockhound This COMMANDCONSOLE interface may take the form of a TELNET interface an RS 232 interface a GUI or could be used to emulate previous generation Kinemetrics equipment or even that of other suppliers Command co
329. ssoxtescasd inas 26 Link to external data source w cccccccsseeccccccccceeneeeseeees 191 Local mirror of a data SOULCE ccssccccccceesenseeeeeees 276 LPSRO Filter Advanced 0cccccccccc ccc eeeeeeeeees 157 ER PROT LTO N eT ER eS See Ie 157 LPWWSS Filter Advanced ccccccsecceeeeeee 158 E EEE E T I E I E ATT 158 Make a New Congiguration ccccccccccccccccsssseseeceseeees 46 Mak a Dew LAV OWE ereire niria a 46 Manage Plug in Files ccccccccccssssssccccccccnasenseeeseeeens 48 Manage Plug in Layout Files cccccccccsseeeceeeeeeeees 48 Mathematical integration of data A gt V gt D 311 MATLAB Format Data Archiver 000 180 Va TaD ATO I Cr aE 180 VL a EART E ASAE I A AEN E OE A 21 MiniSeed Format Data Archiver 00 174 Mima SSCOAT CHILO Lr ain o a a taeniee 174 MON TOI Giubeisedutcssetantoeueduecianemesnnanecaneiateeaieecuden Geen 205 Multichannel source fOr Adata cccccccccesseeeeeeeeeeeees 65 MULELCATeXES amp CAT Gli VEL aeiou 186 Mile id Gua AL Slay aana lanes 235 MZD24 Datta Interface ccccccccccccccccccceeeeeeees 113 MAD APTON CAN peer rn een ere cee eee eT eee nee ee rere 113 Network Trigger ccccccccccccssseeeeeseessceecccceeeeeeeeeaaas 293 INE WORT TT AG OT sss oe es ssa ees Nea Sad oticeees Biasdseekve 293 NMS Queue Monitor 0cccccccccceccceeeeeeeeeeees 19 NMSOUECTIIOMON 7 COT uaa 191 NOTIE TE R AE ENEN 283 Notif
330. st to one particular module and if shared outside of the module at all are only shared on an as needed basis For example a threshold trigger module will define parameters for the trigger level detrigger level and number of votes for that stream of data in its configuration file If the module is named Channell1 Trigger then the configuration file will be called config Channell Trigger cfg Each module is assigned a debugging level This is a hexadecimal bit mask for each module in the layout The debugging bits are used for Kinemetrics internal testing and debugging and are not intended for use by the customer Debugging information is stored in the file debug cfg 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 5 Rockhound wide parameters those that are expected to be used by multiple modules within the Rockhound system are stored in smarts cfg This file would hold parameters such as the identifying name of the unit plus widely needed parameters such as PreEvent and PostEvent time if Rockhound is being used for event recording Lastly hardware specific parameters are stored in the configuration file hardware cfg This file is used to hold values that are unique to a particular set of hardware and would include such things as serial numbers channel counts sensor types calibration values and other things that are particular to a given set of hardware The idea is to separate the hardware specific parts of the configuration from those that
331. system In general passwords keep the curious or the casual hacker out of an area where they are not wanted Passwords are not secure but in many cases they are good enough given the alternatives In a typical Q330 Rockhound ROCKTalk application there may be several passwords in use at any one time Although it is possible to eliminate many of these passwords for ease of use and leave your system wide open Kinemetrics does not recommend this The other alternative is to implement all passwords and have different password values for each this is more complex but also probably the most secure use of passwords alone As an overview the passwords available for possible use in a Q330 Rockhound ROCKTalk application are listed here Note that exactly which passwords you will need or use will depend on how your overall system is configured Q330 Serial Number The Q330 has a long serial number such as 01000001DEC25E78 which is part of the registration with the Q330 It is used in conjunction with the Q330 Authorization code to register with the Q330 remotely This value is required and is unique to each Q330 Q330 Authorization Code The Q330 has an authorization code which is required in order to make a connection to the Q330 Computers that are to communicate with the Q330 must register using this code and the Q330 serial number before a connection is established This value is required and is unique to each Q330 Rockhound Author
332. system will not create new event files KMI only Name DataCushion Type int Range 0 to 4000000 Default 10000 Example DataCushion 10000 Maximum size of log files in bytes KMI only Name MaxLogBytes Type int Range to 409600000 Default 102400 Example MaxLogBytes 102400 Parameters added to hardware cfg Unit identification string Name SMARTSId Type String Range 1 to 20 characters Default KMI Example SMARTSId KMI Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Network identification string Name NetworkId Type String Range to 20 characters Default KM Example NetworkId KM Site identification string Name Siteld Type String Range 0 to 20 characters Default none Example SiteId string User defined comment string Name Comment Type String Range 0 to 64 characters Default none Example Comment string Number of channels total in this system Name NChannels Type int Range 1 to 99 Default nchannels Example NChannels nchannels Multichannel source for data Category CHANNELDATASOURCE The CHANNELDATASOURCE is normally the first module in a Rockhound data flow and provides the interface to each of the digitizers which are attached to Rockhound It provides control of the communications link communications protocols configuration options data retrieval and Rockhound initiated control of a digitizer Rockhound may have several CHANNELDATASOURCE modules providing data lim
333. t 304702 Rev N Page 303 Page 304 Output bit that is always set Note that GPIO bits are on the internal dual serial option cards and external relays are on an optional external relay board interfaced through RS 232 Name Always1 GPIO Type choice Choices Unused 1 GPIO bit 1 2 GPIO bit 2 3 GPIO bit 3 4 GPIO bit 4 5 GPIO bit 5 6 GPIO bit 6 7 External relay 1 8 External relay 2 9 External relay 3 10 External relay 4 1 1 External relay 5 12 External relay 6 13 External relay 7 14 External relay 8 Default Unused Example Always 1GPIO Unused Always On Power bit 1 is to be inverted when output Name InvertAlways1GPIO Type boolean Default false Example InvertAlways GPIO false Output bit that is always set Note that GPIO bits are on the internal dual serial option cards and external relays are on an optional external relay board interfaced through RS 232 Name Always2GPIO Type choice Choices Unused 1 GPIO bit 1 2 GPIO bit 2 3 GPIO bit 3 4 GPIO bit 4 5 GPIO bit 5 6 GPIO bit 6 7 External relay 1 8 External relay 2 9 External relay 3 10 External relay 4 1 1 External relay 5 12 External relay 6 13 External relay 7 14 External relay 8 Default Unused Example Always2GPIO Unused Always On Power bit 2 is to be inverted when output Name InvertAlways2GPIO Type boolean Default false Example InvertAlways2GPIO false Output bit that is toggled for a heartbeat SOH condition Note that GPIO bits are on the internal dual serial
334. t and ROCKTalk will use the same default password See the detailed description of the CommandConsole module NOTE All Rockhound layouts must include a CommandConsole SCP FTP Login name and password of unit If file communication between ROCKTalk and the unit will be done via SCP FTP then an SCP FTP login name and SCP FTP password must be specified If file copy will be used instead of SCP FTP as in this example then the SCP FTP login name and SCP FTP password will be disabled LOGIN NAME Specifies the login name used for SCP FTP login SCP FTP PASSWORD specifies the SCP FTP password expected by the unit File Path to unit If file communication between ROCKTalk and the unit will be done via file copies then a file path to the unit must be specified The path can be specified by typing it in directly or by using the Browse Path button to navigate to the unit directory If this method is used the File Path must be directly accessible from the ROCKTalk computer In other words it should be possible to use the copy and directory functions of the operating system to access the directory and the files in that directory without needing to use SCP FTP or other such methods Local hard drives are certainly supported but shared or network mounted drives can also be used in this way The selected directory should be the one that contains the subdirectories bin classes config injar lib and outjar FTP used for file transfers This is
335. t any DFS output Name DFS Type choice Choices OFF 1sps 10sps 20sps 50sps 100sps Default OFF Example DFS OFF 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 109 DFS mode 1 Standard DFS mode Maximum 4 16 bit channels up to 100sps at 19200 baud 2 Extended DFS mode Maximum 3 24 bit channels up to 100sps at 19200 baud Name ModeDFS Type choice Choices 1 DFS Std 2 DFS Ext Default 1 DFS Std Example ModeDFS 1 DEFS Std Alarm duration sec before auto reset If zero then latched and doesn t auto reset Note Rock Alarm outputs are provided through the RockGPIO module which must be included in the layout Dynamic Parameter Name Duration Type int Range 0 to 7200 Default 0 Example Duration 0 Record temperature stream as deg Name Temperature Type boolean Default true Example Temperature true Record humidity stream as hum Name Humidity Type boolean Default true Example Humidity true Record VofV12Batt stream as vvb Name VofV12Batt Type boolean Default true Example VofV 12Batt true Record system voltage stream as vep Name VofSysPwr Type boolean Default true Example VofSysPwr true Record system current stream as vec Name IofSysPwr Type boolean Default true Example IofSysPwr true Page 110 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 6 20 2011 Record time quality stream as Icq Name TimeQual Type boolean Default true Example TimeQual true Record clock phas
336. t the software might work on another platform The following are included on the CD Rockhound firmware as an UPDATExx JAR file ROCKTalk support software Installation routines for supported platforms JVMs for supported platforms Support libraries for supported platforms This manual as a PDF file This section describes the process of installing the Rockhound software from CD The installation process uses Zero G s InstallAnywhere software which is a multi platform installer So although the installation examples you ll see here are for a Windows computer they are essentially the same as what you d see on a Linux machine or Sun workstation 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 49 Installing the JVM In order to run Rockhound or ROCKTalk software on your computer you must have a JVM installed If you know for sure that you have a compatible JVM installed on your system you can skip to the step Additional Installation Notes This section will tell you how to determine if you are using the correct version of the JVM and if not how to install the correct version On Windows Linux and Unix the fastest way to find out what version of the JVM you have installed is to open a command window and type java version as follows Command Prompt Microsoft R gt Windows NI CTM gt lt C gt Copyright 1985 1996 Microsoft Corp M gt java version java version 1 4 0 JavaCIM gt 2 Runtime Environment Sta
337. tem Status Aoma Eo woms Eo PGASOH GUI Main screen The panes of the PGAGUI show the user selectable title and logo followed by the list of digitizers one per line with their status and finally the overall system status At the bottom of the display are indicators for three alarm levels and SOH alerts as determined by the PGAGPIO module Menu items allow reset of alarm and SOH conditions as well as links to the Rockhound web servers of the local PC based copy of Rockhound and any digitizers interfaced via their ORB servers The PGAGUI includes a menu that provides access to configuration GUIs that allow customization 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 211 Display Title PGA2 GUI Status Display Logo File C DMP SMARTSDist customlogo GIF Browser C Program Files Internet Explorer lexplore exe Browse General Setup General Setup allows you to change Display Title Sets the title displayed at the top of the GUI Logo File Sets the logo displayed just under the menu at the top of the display Log File Setup Log File Setup allows you to change Enabled Whether PGASOH logs for each digitizer are enabled Max Log Size Maximum log size of each log file in kB Beyond this size the files are trimmed Log Entry Interval How often PGASOH data is written to the log file Log Directory Where PGASOH log files are stored Page 212 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Parameter Properties
338. ternal relay 7 14 External relay 8 Default Unused Example Alarm2GPIO Unused Alarm2 bit is to be inverted when output Name InvertAlarm2GPIO Type boolean Default false Example InvertAlarm2GPIO false Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Alarm2 Trigger threshold as a percentage of full scale percentage Name Alarm2 Trigger Type double Range 0 001 to 100 000 Default 10 0 Example Alarm2Trigger 10 0 Format is alarm duration sec before auto reset of the alarm or P W where P is the on pulse time of the relay in seconds then the relay is off for W seconds before the cycle repeats until the alarm is cleared Example to cause the relay to pulse on for 30 seconds and then repeat every 12 hours 43200 seconds use 30 43200 Set this field to zero to turn the relay on until it is manually reset Name Alarm2Cycle Type String Range 0 to 20 characters Default O Example Alarm2Cycle 0 Output bit that is set when an alarm level 3 condition is detected Note that GPIO bits are on the internal dual serial option cards and external relays are on an optional external relay board interfaced through RS 232 Name Alarm3GPIO Type choice Choices Unused 1 GPIO bit 1 2 GPIO bit 2 3 GPIO bit 3 4 GPIO bit 4 5 GPIO bit 5 6 GPIO bit 6 7 External relay 1 8 External relay 2 9 External relay 3 10 External relay 4 1 1 External relay 5 12 External relay 6 13 External relay 7 14 External relay 8 Default Unused Example Alarm3GPIO Unu
339. terra Q330 digitizer that is connected via a UDP IP socket connection If Rockhound is connected to more than one Q330 digitizer then more than one Q330FrontEnd module should be included in the Rockhound configuration layout The FrontEnd module does not subscribe to any other modules but simply communicates with the Q330 digitizer using the Q330 s binary packet protocol 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 79 Page 80 On startup the FrontEnd requests the current status of the Q330 digitizer and checks the various parameters against the FrontEnd parameters to make sure they match Parameters would include but are not limited to sampling rate and selected channels If the Q330 and FrontEnd parameters do not match then the FrontEnd module will modify the Q330 parameters and send them back to the Q330 Once the parameters of the Q330 and FrontEnd match several of the parameters are stored in the run time parameters of Rockhound so that they can be used by other modules for example for inclusion in recorded files At this point data will be accepted from the digitizer and passed into the Rockhound system for further processing by the rest of the modules Category CHANNELDATASOURCE Publishes Output Subscribes to NOTHING Parameters added to hardware cfg User settable name of the digitizer Name digitizer Name Type String Range 1 to 80 characters Default digitizer Example digitizer Name digitizer Chann
340. tes Advanced Name TXS1ze256 Type choice Choices 0 Dynamic 2048 1 Fixed 256 2 Dynamic 4096 Default 0 Dynamic 2048 Example TXS1ze256 0 Dynamic 2048 Page 268 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Maximum size for RAM based SDS ring buffer in KB Above this number the ring buffer is created on disk Advanced Name SDSMaxRam Type int Range 0 to 64000 Default 4000 Example SDSMaxRam 4000 Mode 2 timeout value in packets 0 Mode 1 normal 1 Mode 3 handshake 6 65535 Mode 2 periodic continuations required Advanced Name ModeTimeout Type int Range 1 to 65535 Default 0 Example ModeTimeout 0 PPP Dial Generation Module name PPPDialer This module 1s used to cause connections via a modem connection via PPP PPP should be separately configured for a flexible modem connection using the pppconfig script from Linux In this mode the modem will normally be in receive mode allowing for incoming calls for reasons such as manual file retrieval or system configuration When stimulated by the PPPDialer module for the reasons specified the PPP connection will dial out to establish a connection with a remote host for functions such as file transfer or ORB client mode with an Antelope system Category DATARELAY Publishes Output Subscribes to NOTHING Parameters added to module specific cfg file Dial on triggered event Dynamic Parameter Name OnEvent Type boolean Default true Example OnEvent tr
341. that have significant useful service life left in them The Rockhound design allows for use of these units within the Rockhound network topology To continue to use the Altus units they can be reconfigured to operate as digitizers sending their data to a corresponding Rockhound Altus front end module so that their data may be processed and treated very similar to data coming from a Q330 Once the Altus data is transferred into Rockhound it can be processed and stored in much the same way as data from a Q330 including continuous or event recording choices of several recording formats and all of the IP aware functions of Rockhound 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 321 Although there are no firm plans at this point it is also possible to create front end modules for earlier Quanterra digitizers so that those may be used in a network based on Rockhound technology Delivery of recorded files The primary intended method of file delivery is via FTP although e mail transmission of recorded file is also supported For FTP transfers Rockhound provides for two primary methods of FTP file transfer One method is the push method where files are pushed from Rockhound after recording to the user s FTP site for storage This is done by using an FTPSender module in the Rockhound layout The user is responsible for setting up and maintaining the FTP site The second method is the pull method where files are pulled from Rockhound by the
342. the Linux JVM installation Place the file in a directory usr java that you may have to create Make the file executable and run it by using the following command from the directory in which it is now located j2re 1_4_0_01 solaris sparc sh The script will display a binary license agreement which you will be asked to agree to before installation can proceed Once you have agreed to the license the install script will install the JVM ina directory named jdk1 4 0_01 in the current directory Create a jar file in the usr java jre1 4 0_01 bin directory or equivalent It should be executable for all users and contain the following one line java SUN TOOLS Jar Main S Reboot or log out and recheck the Java version Installing for Solaris Installation on a Sun workstation is mostly the same as described for Linux or Windows but the CD format common to many Solaris systems is somewhat incompatible with the formats created by the tools used by Kinemetrics It is recommended that you transfer these files to your workstation via FTP or another similar method and then directly execute the install bin file located in the subdirectory InstData Unix Solaris Be sure that you have appropriate permissions to install the software Once you are able to begin the installation skip to the step Installation Steps 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 51 Installing for Windows or Linux After inserting the CD locate the file INSTAL
343. the channel needed for EVT SUDS SEISAN and COSMOS files Name digitizer ch chan Gain Type int Range to 5000 Default 1 Example digitizer ch chan Gain 1 EpiSensor gain value should be set to match the sensor s jumper settings 1 2 5V range 2 5 0V 4 10V 8 20V Name digitizer ch chan EpiGain Type choice Choices 1 2 4 8 Default 2 Example digitizer ch chan EpiGain 2 EpiSensor range code where 1 4 2 2g 5 0 25g should be set to match the sensor s Jumper settings Name digitizer ch chan EpiRange Type choice Choices 1 2 3 4 5 Default 1 Example digitizer ch chan EpiRange 1 EpiSensor Cal Coil value in g V This is a factory calibrated value Name digitizer ch chan EpiCalCoil Type double Range 0 05 to 0 10 Default 0 05 Example digitizer ch chan EpiCalCoil 0 05 Altitude value for the channel in degrees needed for EVT SAC and COSMOS files Name digitizer ch chan Altitude Type int Range 90 to 90 Default 0 Example digitizer ch chan Altitude 0 Azimuth value for the channel in degrees needed for EVT SAC SUDS and COSMOS files Name digitizer ch chan Azimuth Type int Range 0 to 360 Default 0 Example digitizer ch chan Azimuth 0 Channel offset north value for the channel in meters Name digitizer ch chan OffsetNorth Type double Range 32000 to 32000 Default 0 Example digitizer ch chan OffsetNort
344. tings Name digitizer ch chan EpiRange Type choice Choices 1 2 3 4 5 Default 1 Example digitizer ch chan EpiRange 1 EpiSensor Cal Coil value in g V This is a factory calibrated value Name digitizer ch chan EpiCalCoil Type double Range 0 05 to 0 10 Default 0 05 Example digitizer ch chan EpiCalCoil 0 05 Altitude value for the channel in degrees needed for EVT SAC and COSMOS files Name digitizer ch chan Altitude Type int Range 90 to 90 Default 0 Example digitizer ch chan Altitude 0 Document 304702 Rev N Page 147 Page 148 Azimuth value for the channel in degrees needed for EVT SAC SUDS and COSMOS files Name digitizer ch chan Azimuth Type int Range 0 to 360 Default 0 Example digitizer ch chan Azimuth 0 Channel offset north value for the channel in meters Name digitizer ch chan OffsetNorth Type double Range 32000 to 32000 Default 0 Example digitizer ch chan OffsetNorth 0 Channel offset east value for the channel in meters Name digitizer ch chan OffsetEast Type double Range 32000 to 32000 Default 0 Example digitizer ch chan OffsetEast 0 Channel offset up value for the channel in meters Name digitizer ch chan OffsetUp Type double Range 32000 to 32000 Default O Example digitizer ch chan OffsetUp 0 Location code string for the channel needed for EVT MiniSEED files and or Ring Buffer storage
345. tion pairs e g C1 C4 Channels must exist Name GroupCorr1 Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default none Example GroupCorr1 string A comma separated list of three channel IDs used to prepare QSCD packets e g C1 C2 C3 Channel order must be specified as ZNE Name ChannelGroup2 Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default none Example ChannelGroup2 string A comma separated list of two channel IDs used to specify channel correlation pairs e g C1 C4 Channels must exist Name GroupCorr2 Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default none Example GroupCorr2 string A comma separated list of three channel IDs used to prepare QSCD packets e g C1 C2 C3 Channel order must be specified as ZNE Name ChannelGroup3 Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default none Example ChannelGroup3 string A comma separated list of two channel IDs used to specify channel correlation pairs e g C1 C4 Channels must exist Name GroupCorr3 Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default none Example GroupCorr3 string A comma separated list of three channel IDs used to prepare QSCD packets e g C1 C2 C3 Channel order must be specified as ZNE Name ChannelGroup4 Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default none Example ChannelGroup4 string Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 6 20 2011 A comma separated list of two channel IDs used to specify channel correlation pairs e g C1 C4
346. tion trigger filter 6 20 2011 SamplesToSettle 3000 Document 304702 Rev N Page 13 _kmi_1_STALTATrigger cfg STA LTA trigger to trigger recording STALength 1 0 Votes 1 LTALength 60 TriggerRatio 4 0 DetriggerPercent 40 0 _kmi_2_STALTATrigger cfg STA LTA trigger to trigger recording STALength 1 0 Votes 1 LTALength 60 TriggerRatio 4 0 DetriggerPercent 40 0 _kmi_3_ThresholdTrigger cfg Threshold trigger to trigger recording Votes 1 TriggerThreshold 2 0 DetriggerThreshold 2 0 Voter cfg Channel voter that tallies votes from all channels to decide whether or not there has been a trigger TriggerWindowMS 800 VotesToTrigger 2 AltusEvtArchiver cfg Data output formatter that records the data in Altus EVT format Channels ScaleDivisor 1 0 DirLayout FLAT OutputDir data events The file EventRecorder cfg is empty because the EventRecorder has no parameters The EventRecorder is a multichannel data recorder format independent that records a triggered event DataIntegrator cfg The DataIntegrator queues up the data for a channel time aligns samples from multiple digitizers and sends it to the data stream InputPluginLayout NONE Page 14 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 Rockhound and ROCK Talk Passwords In the following sections you will see a lot of discussion about passwords The Rockhound firmware ROCKTalk and the Q330 make use of these passwords in various ways to protect various parts of your
347. to the Rockhound system for further processing by the rest of the modules If the configuration of the Altus has not been changed the FrontEnd will attempt to recover data missing since the last Rockhound shutdown Missing data will not be recovered if the Altus SDS configuration has changed The amount of data recovered depends on several things The Size of the Altus SDS buffer The Retry Seconds parameter in hardware configuration The Recovery Limit parameter in the module configuration The amount of data actually in the SDS buffer The default parameter settings will recover data as needed for up to 1800 seconds 30 minutes As Needed is specified as the Recovery Limit parameter and the 1800 seconds is specified as the Retry Seconds parameter NOTE 1 In order to use very long recovery limits Retry Seconds set to more than 1800 you must make sure that there is sufficient SDS storage on the digitizer and that available bandwidth allows current data plus recovered data for extended periods of time otherwise the missing data may never be recovered or will take an unacceptably long time For large recovery limits Altus firmware v2 99 or higher is recommended NOTE 2 Altus firmware v2 89 and below only support 100sps streaming data Firmware versions 2 90 and later will support any of the sampling rates supported by the Rockhound Altus front end modules NOTE 3 Make sure that the Altus does not contain an internal modem as t
348. tput Name InvertAudibleGPIO Type boolean Default false Example InvertAudibleGPIO false Trigger level needed to trigger audible alarm Name Audible Type int Range 1 to 3 Default 1 Example Audible 1 Audible alarm if enabled pulses 3 times each minute until reset Name Pulsed Type boolean Default true Example Pulsed true Output bit set when there is an SOH condition Note that GPIO bits are on the internal dual serial option cards and external relays are on an optional external relay board interfaced through RS 232 Name SOHGPIO Type choice Choices Unused 1 GPIO bit 1 2 GPIO bit 2 3 GPIO bit 3 4 GPIO bit 4 5 GPIO bit 5 6 GPIO bit 6 7 External relay 1 8 External relay 2 9 External relay 3 10 External relay 4 1 1 External relay 5 12 External relay 6 13 External relay 7 14 External relay 8 Default Unused Example SOHGPIO Unused Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 6 20 2011 SOH bit is to be inverted when output Name InvertSOHGPIO Type boolean Default false Example InvertSOHGPIO false Format is alarm duration sec before auto reset of the alarm or P W where P is the on pulse time of the relay in seconds then the relay is off for W seconds before the cycle repeats until the alarm is cleared Example to cause the relay to pulse on for 30 seconds and then repeat every 12 hours 43200 seconds use 30 43200 Set this field to zero to turn the relay on until it is manually reset Name SOHCycle T
349. tural frequency for the channel in Hz Name digitizer ch chan NaturalFreq Type double Range 0 to 9999 Default 200 Example digitizer ch chan NaturalFreq 200 Sensor damping for the channel between 0 and 1 Name digitizer ch chan Damping Type double Range 0 to 1 Default 0 7 Example digitizer ch chan Damping 0 7 Altitude value for the channel in degrees needed for EVT SAC and COSMOS files Name digitizer ch chan Altitude Type int Range 90 to 90 Default 0 Example digitizer ch chan Altitude 0 Azimuth value for the channel in degrees needed for EVT SAC SUDS and COSMOS files Name digitizer ch chan Azimuth Type int Range 0 to 360 Default O Example digitizer ch chan Azimuth 0 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 6 20 2011 Channel offset north value for the channel in meters Name digitizer ch chan OffsetNorth Type double Range 32000 to 32000 Default 0 Example digitizer ch chan OffsetNorth 0 Channel offset east value for the channel in meters Name digitizer ch chan OffsetEast Type double Range 32000 to 32000 Default 0 Example digitizer ch chan OffsetEast 0 Channel offset up value for the channel in meters Name digitizer ch chan OffsetUp Type double Range 32000 to 32000 Default 0 Example digitizer ch chan OffsetUp 0 Location code string for the channel needed for EVT MintSEED files and or Ring
350. ubscribesTo _kmi_1_STALTATrigger_Output _kmi_2_STALTATrigger_Output _kmi_3_ThresholdTrigger_Output Type EventRecorder Name EventRecorder SubscribesTo Voter_Output Type AltusEvtArchiver Name AltusEvtArchiver SubscribesTo EventRecorder_Output Page 12 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 The smarts cfg file that describes this configuration appears as follows PreFkventSec 3 PostEventSec 10 The hardware cfg file that describes this configuration appears as follows SMARTS Id KMI NetworkId KMI NChannels 3 1 Name digl L TCPPort 9001 L Host 127 0 0 1 L chl FullScaleADCCounts 8388608 L ch2 FullScaleADCCounts 8388608 kmi ch3 FullScaleADCCounts 8388608 RetrySeconds 300 The various module specific configuration files appear as follows _kmi_1_AltusTCPFrontEnd cfg Reads SDS data from an Altus digitizer Compress true Channels 1 2 3 DigitizerId kmi SPS 100 Buffer 64 _kmi_1_ChannelExtractor cfg Extracts a single channel of data from multichannel output ChannelNumber 1 Digitizerld kmi _kmi_2_ChannelExtractor cfg Extracts a single channel of data from multichannel output ChannelNumber 2 DigitizerlId kmi _kmi_3_ChannelExtractor cfg Extracts a single channel of data from multichannel output ChannelNumber 3 Digitizerld kmi _kmi_1_ITRAFilter cfg IIR A trigger filter SamplesToSettle 3000 _kmi_2_ITRAFilter cfg IIR A trigger filter SamplesToSettle 3000 _kmi_3_CSMFilter cfg Classic Strong Mo
351. ue Dial on SOH condition as determined by the SOH File Generator module Dynamic Parameter Name OnSOH Type boolean Default false Example OnSOH false 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 269 Dial periodically for the purposes of checkin or to send continuously acquired data in minutes Set to zero to disable interval dialing Dynamic Parameter Name OnInterval Type int Range 30 to 65535 Default 0 Example OnInterval 0 Maximum amount of time to attempt a connection before giving up in minutes Dynamic Parameter Name MaxRetry Type int Range 30 to 65535 Default 480 Example MaxRetry 480 QSCD Packet Telemetry Module name QSCDPush This module is used to send selected channels of the data stream as QSCD formatted UDP packets to one or more QSCD hosts The module operates in active mode sending one packet for each of up to twelve three channel groups This module requires separate registration You will need to change your layout to produce two data streams one for recording say at 200sps and one for QSCDPush say at 20sps To do this you will need to completely rebuild the layout We recommend that you first save the current layout using the rhsave script When building the new layout we suggest that you enable Advanced Modules and then use the KMIAdvanced Simple Event Recorder and Telemetry layout so that the layout produces two data streams one for recording and one for telemetry through QS
352. ulian day representation for indicating day within the year e g February 5 would be indicated as 036 rather than 0205 Dynamic Parameter Name Julian Type boolean Default false Example Julian false Separate EVT file creation by digitizer name If separated the individual name and serial number of each digitizer will be used if available If not separated the UnitID will be used as the digitizer name and the license number will be used as the serial number Dynamic Parameter Name Separate Type boolean Default false Document 304702 Rev N Page 185 Example Separate false When the number of channels or sample rates require that multiple output files are created for a single event ZIP the resulting files into a single ZIP file Dynamic Parameter Name ZipFiles Type boolean Default false Example ZipFiles false When the system ZIPs multiple output files delete the original output files and keep only the ZIP Dynamic Parameter Name ZipNoSource Type boolean Default false Example ZipNoSource false Text Format Data Archiver This module is used to create simple multi column output files when used as an OUTPUTFORMATTER with an EventRecorder or ContinuousRecorder module Each column represents one channel of data starting with the first channel and each row represents one set of samples starting with the first set of samples in the file When a scaling factor is not used the output of the Multi
353. ult none Example digitizer ch chan StationCode string Calib value for the channel needed for Ring Buffer storage Name digitizer ch chan Calib Type double Range 1000000 to 1000000 Default 0 0 Example digitizer ch chan Calib 0 0 Calper value for the channel needed for Ring Buffer storage Name digitizer ch chan Calper Type double Range 9999 to 9999 Default 1 0 Example digitizer ch chan Calper 1 0 SegType for the channel needed for Ring Buffer storage Name digitizer ch chan SegType Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default Example digitizer ch chan SegType Number of ADC counts at full scale in counts Name digitizer ch chan FullScaleADCCounts Type int Range 1 to 100000000 Default 8388608 Example digitizer ch chan FullScaleADCCounts 8388608 Document 304702 Rev N Page 83 Retry request time in seconds Name RetrySeconds Type int Range to 14400 Default 300 Example RetrySeconds 300 Authorization code for Q330 connection Name digitizer AuthCode Type String Range 1 to 80 characters Default 0000000000000000 Example digitizer AuthCode Q000000000000000 Host address of the Q330 connection Name digitizer Host Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default none Example digitizer Host string Serial number for the Q330 Name digitizer SerialNo Type String Range 1 to 80 characters
354. upon the specified sensitivity values of the sensors used Category STATSGENERATOR Publishes Output Subscribes to RECORDER_Output and or CONTINUOUSRECORDER_ Output Parameters added to module specific cfg file Directory to hold created summary files Dynamic Parameter Name OutputDir Type String Range 1 to 128 characters Default data events Example OutputDir data events Directory structure for how to store created summary files Dynamic Parameter Name DirLayout Type choice Choices FLAT BYDATE STATION NETWORK Default FLAT Example DirLayout FLAT 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 221 Page 222 A comma separated list of three channel IDs used to compute JMA intensity values e g C1 C2 C3 Dynamic Parameter Name ChannelGroup 1 Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default none Example ChannelGroup1 string A comma separated list of three channel IDs used to compute JMA intensity values e g C1 C2 C3 Dynamic Parameter Name ChannelGroup2 Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default none Example ChannelGroup2 string A comma separated list of three channel IDs used to compute JMA intensity values e g C1 C2 C3 Dynamic Parameter Name ChannelGroup3 Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default none Example ChannelGroup3 string A comma separated list of three channel IDs used to compute JMA intensity values e g C1 C2 C3 Dynamic Parameter Name ChannelGroup4 Ty
355. used to help confirm proper operation of Rockhound and or the hardware Notification can be useful when it is necessary to alert certain individuals of important events generated by or detected by Rockhound Multiple Notifier modules may be set up to alert different individuals for different reasons Upgrading Rockhound firmware Rockhound may be upgraded from time to time by Kinemetrics For this reason a plan should be set up for dealing with the process of upgrading this firmware Firmware updates will be posted by Kinemetrics on their FTP site and can be used add additional features or to implement design changes or corrections Firmware upgrades can be made using ROCKTalk s Firmware Update selection which is made from the Setup menu Using this method the user may select the firmware JAR file to be sent and may select from a list of units to be updated Page 322 Document 304702 Rev N 6 20 2011 ROCKTalk s firmware update process will contact each unit and will log into the console of each unit using all valid passwords and will determine where the firmware input directory is located on that unit It will then log into the unit s FTP connection and will transfer the Rockhound firmware update to the proper directory After validating the correctness of the firmware image the unit will save the previous version of the firmware in a file called update jar prev and will then install and start the new firmware version You
356. vent is detected Name EventStart Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default none Example EventStart string String sent when an event is completed Name EventEnd Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default none Example EventEnd string String sent when an alarm is detected Name Alarm Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default none Example Alarm string String sent when a checkin is required Name Checkin Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default none Example Checkin string String sent for other conditions Name Other Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default none Example Other string Send any log messages that are received through this connection Note this can result in a lot of messages Name LogMsgs Type boolean Default false Example LogMsgs false 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 291 Send any critical error warning messages that are received through this connection Note that this results in messages that are part of normal startup Name CriticalMsgs Type boolean Default false Example CriticalMsgs false File Forwarder This module forwards files received from another unit using standard file senders Can be used to forward event files recorded by another unit Primary goal was to forward files within an RS 232 interconnect network so that files recorded anywhere in the chain can be sent by FTP to one unit running this module who can th
357. ware 1100cccccceeeevveees 322 OSCRNOMIEl otter 283 Using existing Altus recorders with Rockhound 321 Velocity IIR Filter Advanced cccccceeeee 167 VELOCT Cy PRET Per oe elu stan eid 167 VOLT witabes oa veicat O O 170 VOTE eenn E AEAN E N 170 Waveform viewerf cccccccccccc se nneeeeeessseeeeccceeeeeeeeenaas 241 Waveform Viewer Window ccccccccecceeeeeeeeeeees 33 WED SOIT VEE AEO TTA TO A 225 What can ROCKT ALK dO vicccccccccsesccccccccssneteeeseeeeeeens 20
358. xtensions for created files e g 20030625162449 dig1 4 C4 sac default is Sxx extensions e g s00 s01 etc Name SACExtension Type boolean Default false Example SACExtension false COSMOS Format Data Archiver A multi channel COSMOS format archiver for samples The module takes data in that is a multichannel data stream and writes it out as multiple COSMOS files one per data stream The output filenames are constructed from a combination of the starting time of the first sample in the file the UnitID the channel number relative to the digitizer and the channel ID as follows yyyymmddhhmmss UnitID chan chanID v0O A Julian day filenaming option is supported as is giving the user limited control over the population of the output data file by modifying the COSMOS CFG file see the documentation on the K2COSMOS utility 302438 for details this includes support for creation of v1 rather than vO files One file is created for each channel that is being recorded Time is taken from the time of the first data that is to be recorded NChannels UnitID and ChanID are taken from the RuntimeParams Channels to be recorded are taken from a comma delimited parameter string in the module config file called simply Channels The list includes an entry for each digitizer channel for example Channe ks kins ily kin 27 Kn tap OG s lp Gr rt ay Oer st 2o pP ase Channels The channel list validated against NChannels is used to
359. y getting it from a unit or from a file changing it and then saving it to a file or directly back to a unit to be updated ROCKTalk s configuration sending process will contact the selected unit and will log into the console of the unit using all valid passwords and will determine where the configuration input directory 1s located It will then log into the unit s FTP connection and will transfer the revised configuration to the proper directory After validating the correctness of the configuration data the unit will save the previous version of the configuration in a file called config jar prev and will then install the configuration and restart the unit with the changes It is also possible for you to write your own FTP transfer mechanism to transfer firmware and configuration updates To do this you would take a configuration JAR file and FTP it to the correct unit into the injar directory Although firmware updates may be sent to multiple units configuration data should not Be certain that you do not send the same configuration information to more than one unit 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 323 Whatever you call them on your own system a configuration file sent to a unit should be sent to the injar directory and should be called ftpconfig jar If you follow this naming convention Rockhound will recognize the existence of the file within 10 minutes and will validate and install it if it is a good image Kinemetri
360. ying the user from Rockhound 00 0000000 322 DTE ES pl E IOT ee er E NE A E Prt Ree Peer TE eee 306 OASIS Alarm Controller o on 317 OASIS Alarm controller module Advanced 317 OASIS DOIG OVO ie E tieattostalucdeinpncemtestiats 307 OASIS Data Bridge Advanced 0000000000000 307 OASIS DEPAY G UT rosnie S 306 OASIS Display GUI Desktop Only Advanced 306 OASIS Drift Computer Advanced 311 OASIS AUCIE COV uau A 315 OASIS Drift trigger Advanced 00000000000000 315 OASIS Mathematical Integrator Advanced 311 OASIS Statistics generator ooon 313 OASIS Statistics Generator aaeeeonaeneenenn 313 OAS TO ALGEN e haat acs Berisha 317 OAO OF TGA IRIS 3 vax cotts cues cded E acrdk aes ote oan esata ie 317 GASTO Dara Br OG oe aAA EAO 307 OAST ODT TOREA OU I ra N a 306 OASI ODIL OTEL G JOE T O A 315 OAS Popa EITT RL GOE R a E n A 315 OAS TON O a T pe T 311 OAS T S T ED 1G aa 311 OAS TS CACIO OS a a 313 GAS TOS dA Tio LLG AEE A ETONE 313 OldestFileDelete esssssssserssseresscresseressere 215 One Final Word on the Overview cccccccc008 17 Open a Terminal Window ssccccceececeeeeeeeseeeeaes 47 Open Layout esii a ia 24 OUTFOTF ORMA TITER ES 174 Oi CCV uaaa a a 4 49 PE SSW OOS i E NE 15 PGA Alarms Display GUI Desktop Only 211 PG AG BO resar T towel eeaeeeaeneteetas 299 PG AO te ateassaddieri ues ueleet sda vieuiastsdaadiersces
361. yout Wizard is described in another section of this manual After using the Layout Wizard to create the layout edit the unit parameters to set up the parameters in detail as required To do this select Edit Parameters from the menu or tool bar and set the parameters as needed Once the Layout has been created and the parameters properly adjusted to meet the requirements send the updated configuration to the unit by selecting Save Layout from the menu or tool bar and then press Send to unit The layout can also be saved to a file or the layout can be archived for future use Edit Rockhound Parameters To edit parameters of an existing Rockhound configuration select the unit to be affected first Next load the configuration from the unit or from a file by selecting Open Layout from the menu or tool bar and then selecting From a File or From a unit as appropriate Once the configuration is loaded into ROCKTalk select Edit Parameters from the menu or tool bar and edit the parameters as needed To change modules for example to change an event recorder to use STA LTA triggering instead of threshold triggering or to use an IIR trigger filter rather than a Classic Strong Motion trigger filter use the Replace Module function rather than the Edit Parameters function Edit Parameters is intended for altering parameters within currently included modules After changing the layout by replacing inserting or deleting modules it is a good idea t
362. ype Type String Range 0 to 80 characters Default Example digitizer ch chan SegType Sensitivity value for the channel in volts per unit e g volts per g needed for EVT SUDS SEISAN and COSMOS files Name digitizer ch chan Sensitivity Type double Range 0 001 to 10000 0 Default 1 25 Example digitizer ch chan Sensitivity 1 25 Full scale range value for the channel in volts needed for EVT SUDS and COSMOS files Name digitizer ch chan FullScale Type double Range 0 01 to 40 Default 5 0 Example digitizer ch chan FullScale 5 0 Sensor Type index for the channel 10 FBA 11 11 FBA 4g 12 FBA 2g 13 FBA 1g 14 FBA 0 5g 15 FBA 0 25g 16 FBA 0 1 g 20 FBA 23 30 WR 1 32 EpiSensor 33 S6000 34 Mark L22 35 Mark L4C 36 CMG 37 CMG3T 38 CMG40T 39 CMGS 40 KS 2000 41 GT S13 422 CMG3ESP 43 KMI SH1 44 KMI SV1 needed for EVT SAC and COSMOS files Name digitizer ch chan SensorT ype Type int Range 0 to 9999 Default 1 Example digitizer ch chan SensorlType 1 Number of ADC counts at full scale in counts Name digitizer ch chan FullScaleADCCounts Type int Range 1 to 100000000 Default 8388608 Example digitizer ch chan FullScaleADCCounts 8388608 Maximum retry request buffer time in seconds See Recovery Limit in the front end configuration Name RetrySeconds Type int Range to 1209600 Default 1800 Example RetrySeconds 1800 Page
363. ype String Range 0 to 20 characters Default O Example SOHCycle 0 Output bit that is set when events have been recorded can be reset by clearing the event counter Note that GPIO bits are on the internal dual serial option cards and external relays are on an optional external relay board interfaced through RS 232 Name EventGPIO Type choice Choices Unused 1 GPIO bit 1 2 GPIO bit 2 3 GPIO bit 3 4 GPIO bit 4 5 GPIO bit 5 6 GPIO bit 6 7 External relay 1 8 External relay 2 9 External relay 3 10 External relay 4 1 1 External relay 5 12 External relay 6 13 External relay 7 14 External relay 8 Default Unused Example EventGPIlO Unused Event bit is to be inverted when output Name InvertEventGPIO Type boolean Default false Example InvertEventGPIO false Output bit that is set while the system is triggered Note that GPIO bits are on the internal dual serial option cards and external relays are on an optional external relay board interfaced through RS 232 Name TriggerGPIO Type choice Choices Unused 1 GPIO bit 1 2 GPIO bit 2 3 GPIO bit 3 4 GPIO bit 4 5 GPIO bit 5 6 GPIO bit 6 7 External relay 1 8 External relay 2 9 External relay 3 10 External relay 4 1 1 External relay 5 12 External relay 6 13 External relay 7 14 External relay 8 Default Unused Example TriggerGPIO Unused Trigger bit is to be inverted when output Name InvertTriggerGPIO Type boolean Default false Example InvertTriggerGPIO false Documen
364. ype String Range 0 to 512 characters Default none Example GroupCorr10 string A comma separated list of three channel IDs used to prepare QSCD packets e g C1 C2 C3 Channel order must be specified as ZNE Name ChannelGroup1 1 Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default none Example ChannelGroup 1 string A comma separated list of two channel IDs used to specify channel correlation pairs e g C1 C4 Channels must exist Name GroupCorr1 1 Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default none Example GroupCorr1 1 string A comma separated list of three channel IDs used to prepare QSCD packets e g C1 C2 C3 Channel order must be specified as ZNE Name ChannelGroup12 Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default none Example ChannelGroup 1 2 string A comma separated list of two channel IDs used to specify channel correlation pairs e g C1 C4 Channels must exist Name GroupCorr 12 Type String Range 0 to 512 characters Default none Example GroupCorr12 string Holdoff time in seconds for data good flag Holdoff occurs after system startup and after a functional test such as FT or SRT Advanced Name DataGoodHoldoff Type int Range 0 to 3600 Default 30 Example DataGoodHoldoff 30 Document 304702 Rev N Page 275 Length of data window used for computations Advanced Name Window Type int Range 1 to 3600 Default 10 Example Window 10 Local mirror of a data sour
365. ys are on an optional external relay board interfaced through RS 232 Name TriggerGPIO Type choice Choices Unused 1 GPIO bit 1 2 GPIO bit 2 3 GPIO bit 3 4 GPIO bit 4 5 GPIO bit 5 6 GPIO bit 6 7 External relay 1 8 External relay 2 9 External relay 3 10 External relay 4 1 1 External relay 5 12 External relay 6 13 External relay 7 14 External relay 8 Default Unused Example TriggerGPIO Unused Trigger bit is to be inverted when output Name InvertTriggerGPIO Type boolean Default false Example InvertTriggerGPIO false Output bit that is set when external modem power is requested Note that GPIO bits are on the internal dual serial option cards and external relays are on an optional external relay board interfaced through RS 232 Name ModemPwrGPIO Type choice Choices Unused 1 GPIO bit 1 2 GPIO bit 2 3 GPIO bit 3 4 GPIO bit 4 5 GPIO bit 5 6 GPIO bit 6 7 External relay 1 8 External relay 2 9 External relay 3 10 External relay 4 1 1 External relay 5 12 External relay 6 13 External relay 7 14 External relay 8 Default Unused Example ModemPwrGPIO Unused Modem Power bit is to be inverted when output Name InvertModemPwrGPIO Type boolean Default false Example InvertModemPwrGPIO false Output bit set when there is an SOH condition Note that GPIO bits are on the internal dual serial option cards and external relays are on an optional external relay board interfaced through RS 232 Name SOHGPIO Type choice Choices
366. zard asks the questions needed to complete the layout Terminal Window Opens a terminal window via TELNET to the selected unit Waveform Viewer Window Opens a waveform viewer window that connects to the selected unit s Telemetry Connection module if one is included in the Rockhound layout See the description of the Waveform Viewer tool bar button and the description of the Telemetry Connection Rockhound module Get Registration Info Gets registration info from the selected unit This function gets registration information that is used to authorize use of the main Rockhound firmware as well as additional chargeable options for Rockhound When this function is selected a file dialog will appear that is to be used to determine where the registration information is to be stored The registration information is stored as a CFG file Kinemetrics recommends that registration information be uploaded and archived by the customer so that this information is available as a backup Be sure to assign a unique and meaningful name to the registration data file This information is useful when registering new hardware when assigning additional registration codes to Rockhound to enable additional chargeable features as well as if it should become necessary to determine the authorization status of a unit NOTE Registration is not required for Rockhound when used on a Rock digitizer such as a Granite 6 20 2011 Document 304702 Rev N Page 21 F

Download Pdf Manuals

image

Related Search

Related Contents

Driver ODBC Paie 100 / Paie 500  Model PLI-90 Pico-Injector User`s Manual  Transcend MicroSDHC 32GB  社会福祉課  UBK 825 Manuals (Portuguese)    StarTech.com eSATA Cable Adapter  Turbo-V Remote Panel  ホルダー総合カタログ  Philips Avent SCF660/17 User's Manual  

Copyright © All rights reserved.
Failed to retrieve file